« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
what promises signed in our blood do we break
leareth gets dropped on arda
Permalink Mark Unread

The Gate feels wrong from the beginning, but Leareth remains calm and finishes the casting. A modified Gate-spell that routes through several other planes, in order to avoid detection and cross shields, is bound to feel odd, and it's going to be very useful if he can get it working. 

This time, it works. He can't actually see the destination, though, only a shimmering curtain. Checking his personal shielding a final time, he steps across–

–and this is definitely not where he meant to arrive, the cave with the supplies cache down south. Leareth staggers, trying to find his balance, as the light from the threshold behind him winks out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's in a field of plump squashes. Yellow and orange and green and purple, covering an acre or so, with a big wooden house visible at one far end. 

Two things are notable: firstly, it's ridiculously pretty, more like a landscape painting of a field ready for harvest than an actual field ready for an actual harvest. All of the squashes are in glorious good health, all the surrounding leaves are green, all the trees at the edge of the field are tall and vibrantly autumn-colored. Spaced evenly through the field there are stone children in stone dresses with their hands flung up to the heavens. 

Secondly, the light is off. It's bright and golden like noonday sun, but it comes from the western horizon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Bizarre and alarming.

It doesn’t seem like anything or anyone is leaping out to attack, but he shouldn’t be here, and all his senses, mundane and magical, are immediately on alert. Sounds, movement? Ambient magic or mage-artifacts? Minds detectable to Thoughtsensing?

(A quick memory-search through all the religions Leareth knows of doesn’t turn up anything with iconography that matches the stone children, so that’s no hint to his location either.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The statues are magic! There are some people in the house! One of them has noticed him and headed out onto the porch to check who is in the squashes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth flashes through and discards a dozen different reactions, including 'immediately Gate out again' and 'hide behind an illusion until he knows what's going on'. He still doesn't know where he is, which means it may not be within range to Gate at all without a source of free magic to replenish his reserves, which the statues don't seem to offer. 

He'll settle for readying all his defensive shields, and then talking to whoever lives here in hopes that they can at least tell him what country he's ended up in. He still can't think of any explanation for the light being so odd. 

"Greetings," he says, on the off chance that he's still close enough to Valdemar for them to understand the language (seems unlikely). "I apologize for landing in your field." He keeps his Thoughtsensing open, not actively probing but listening for surface thoughts, trying to pick up on the stranger's reaction to his presence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The person has expensive silk robes and long black elaborately-braided hair and brown skin and a politely befuddled expression. He is thinking that there is a small god in his squash garden which is embarrassing because he's not dressed for it at all - and the small god looks kind of winded, or something - and if that's the small god's first shape it's a really good one! Though he looks frustrated so maybe it isn't. 

"We're very honored," he says in his language (he did not recognize Leareth's at all), and bows, and contemplates which squash is the best one to offer as a present.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they wear even fancier clothing to greet whatever kind of divinity a 'small god' refers to? He can pick up some of what the stranger means from his thoughts, but the sounds, though very beautiful, are completely unfamiliar.

:Can you understand me?: he tries in Mindspeech. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, the person responds immediately, expecting that to be heard, expecting the rest of his thoughts to be private, but not actually blocking mindreading in any way.

Maybe they ought to serve a six-course breakfast, if the smallgod is new at taking Quendi form - smallgods new at taking Quendi form like eating. He suggests to his son, back in the house, that he wake his mother, and maybe go ask the neighbors for eggs and rizwah flour and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think we have a misunderstanding: he sends. :I am a human mage, not a 'smallgod'. I intended to arrive somewhere else; I would appreciate if you can tell me where we are now:

(He's going to wait a bit before clarifying that 'expecting your thoughts to be private' does not actually work as a technique for shielding; he doesn't know enough of what's going on yet to be sure that he isn't thirty seconds away from facing sudden hostility, and he would prefer to have some warning.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh! I'm sorry! I don't know what a human is and usually all of the people here who aren't Quendi are smallgods. You're about thirty miles from Tirion, in Valinor. In the universe, he adds as an afterthought. 

Permalink Mark Unread

One assumes that they're still in the universe, but neither of the other place names is useful at all. :Why is the sun like that, here?: He points, not really expecting a useful answer at this point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Trees? I don't know what they're like where you're from. In Valinor the land is lit by the two Trees. Laurelin is golden - the one we can see now - and soon Telperion will wake. Telperion is silver. 

Permalink Mark Unread

On reflection, it's starting to seem less likely that he's still in 'the universe' after all, at least the one he's familiar with. Has he ended up in some undiscovered plane, rather than just routing through the known ones? It...seems like it might take a while to figure out.

:Those are not familiar to me: he admits. :Where I come from, the sky is lit by the sun – something like a very bright star, if you have stars here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We have stars here! If you go far enough east you can see them. Some of them are brighter than others but not anywhere near as bright as the Trees. When we lived only by starlight we were preyed upon by monsters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect, now Leareth has twice as many questions. Now that he's paying attention, it's increasingly obvious that the stranger isn't human – the physical differences are subtle, but the mental differences less so. Though meeting a nonhuman sentient being is much less strange than a world with glowing trees instead of a sun. 

:It may take some time to figure out how to return home from here: he sends. :In the meantime, if you are willing to offer a place where I can sit and rest, and perhaps tell me more of Valinor, I would be deeply grateful: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course! Our house is right back there, and you can stay as long as you'd like. 

- probably.

It crosses his mind for the first time that actually Yávië has been saying they should leave, and even though she is probably overreacting he should not promise the stranger that he can stay forever when actually there is debate about that. This is accompanied by a burst of irritation that this is even in question, kings have one job and it's to make sure that no one has to worry about open-ended commitments...

You can stay for a couple of days at least and I think it's very likely that you can stay much longer than that if you'd like but I would need to talk to some people, he corrects himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they're certainly very hospitable. That's convenient. Whatever potentially-messy political situation he's glimpsing the edges of, is less so. 

:Is there some complicated situation there?: he sends. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Uh, I don't expect you should need to worry about it but my oldest daughter lives in the city and hears all the gossip and - it's hardly my place to criticize people, mind, when I have no understanding of what all the difficulties they are going through, but I think that if even if you've invented lots of lovely things, and even if you're very wise and very courageous, it's additionally your responsibility to make sure little girls studying biology in your city don't ever get stopped in the street by men with swords who want to know whose side she's on, don't you think? 

Permalink Mark Unread

That definitely sounds like something Leareth needs to be oriented to, if he's going to wander around this world for a while trying to find a way out of it. 

:I agree: he sends, a little absently. Privately he's thinking that the King in question sounds woefully unprepared for the role. 'Inventing things' isn't a leadership qualification, as Urtho found out the hard way, and wisdom and courage are hard to quantify. :That is quite an alarming incident to hear about in connection with your own child. What are the sides in question here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. So understand, the King has led us well and wisely for a very long time, and we've grown to be the greatest of the peoples of Valinor, and while from what I know it sounds like there were some mistakes in how this situation has been managed, there's much I don't know.

The King has three sons. His eldest, Fëanâro, is by a different mother - she died, and she refused to come back, and the King's grief was very great and drove him to remarry, though perhaps it was unwise, and with his second wife he had two more sons, and two daughters.

And for a long time they all got along tolerably, I think, if not exceptionally well, but then - Yávië says that she heard that Nolofinwë, the King's second son, was saying that Fëanáro was ill-suited to rule and ought to step aside, and that if he didn't something ought to be done about it, and that's - well, it's terribly rude, and unwise to mention, but it could've been offered in the spirit of constructive criticism, right, or he could've favored Fëanáro eventually stepping aside in favor of Fëanáro's son, who is eminently suitable for the role. But somehow it got about that he was considering persuading Fëanáro to move out, instead, with his family, a proposal to which Fëanáro objected vehemently. And Fëanáro runs a guild of metalcrafters in the city and he set them to forging swords, and carrying them, gods know why, and so Nolofinwë did that too, and now it's a fashion in Tirion and everyone has those horrible swords and everyone is tracking who is in favor of who and spreading dreadfully stupid stories about one another. 

And - the city has lots of fads, right, they went through a time where everyone went around with their eyes closed to expand the other senses, they had a raging fight about the shift in phonemes from th- to s-, one year they declared that it was a bad year for having babies because of something strange in the air from their workshops, and no one had a single child until the Valar'd been called in to fix it. It's going to be fine. everyone will apologize to each other and calm down. But I still think, in the spirit of constructive critique - swords are a silly tool to make this kind of point with, they're menacing. Someone could hurt themself accidentally.

 

He is sincere in all of this including his conviction that the likeliest way for harm to result is someone hurting themself accidentally. He is worried he's giving Leareth such a bad opinion of the King, who doesn't deserve it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The notes of confusion are piling up and Leareth has slid through disbelief and right out the other side. Are the Quendi all like this? He's - going to move cautiously, because he seems to have landed across a vast cultural gulf and is missing pretty much all of the context. 

:In my world: he sends, cautiously, :such a situation would be alarming and likely to end with: bodies littering the streets :at least some injuries: he corrects it to, better not to cross too much of the cultural distance in one step. :Perhaps your people are more skilled at: being absurdly naive :the spirit of constructive criticism, and ending such disputes with apologies all round. However, I wish to note my concern:

Leareth thinks for a moment. It's possible he'll be able to find a way back to Velgarth by tonight, but it's seeming more probable that he won't, in which case an unstable political situation is worth paying attention to. And maybe doing something about.

...Not to mention that, from one example at least, the Quendi seem...good. And so does their world. For now. It also sounds like, accidentally or on purpose, they're about to stumble into an end to that goodness. 

:In my own world: Leareth sends, :I once advised a King: He's been a King, or Emperor, at least a dozen times, but he won't go into that for now. :If you think that your leaders might listen to, well, constructive criticism, from an outsider's perspective, then perhaps I can offer it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I should hope they'd listen! But you'd probably want to get Yávië's account of everything, she's been paying it far more attention than I have. 

They reach his house. It's three stories tall, made of wood, with squashes and spices hanging from rooftop beams and gorgeous tapestries on all the walls and a woman at a stovetop that has no visible fuel, cooking something delicious. 

Hello! she says. Do humans eat the same things as us - did Tehlan even ask -

I got caught up in explaining the nonsense in Tirion, her husband says.

Oh, that. You mustn't worry about that, Tirion's just always too caught up inventing things to ask whether they needed inventing.

Permalink Mark Unread

:If the food comes from your beautiful crops outside, then I suspect that I can eat it. And I apologize for not introducing myself properly – my name is Leareth: 

Is the stove magic as well? And is the woman also expecting her thoughts to be shielded without actually doing anything about it? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The stove is magic. The woman is also expecting her thoughts to be shielded without doing anything about it; her thoughts are, however, exactly what she just said.  

I'm Wilindë, she says. This is Tehlan. We have four children but only the youngest still lives with us, and he's out fetching eggs from the neighbors. 

Leareth can have some spiced squash dish.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's good! Sitting down is also good. He thanks her politely. And continues to not mention the fact that he can read all of their thoughts including the private ones. He's getting a little more relaxed, but he's not comfortable, yet. It seems safe and friendly and almost perfect in every way, but something here isn't adding up, and the part that he's missing could well be a threat.

:I would be curious to know more of the history of your world and your people: he sends while he's eating. Mindspeech is convenient that way. :Also your magic – you do have magic, yes?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We only have a little bit here personally, Wilindë says, making dumplings, but they have all kinds in Tirion. Yávië has a friend there who did our sprinklers. I - wouldn't even know where to start, with the history of the world -

 

In the beginning, Tehlan says, Eru, the creator, had a vision of the world, and he showed it to the gods and the smallgods, and invited them to take part in its creation. And they did, and they sang in a beautiful symphony that wrote the history of the world. But one of the gods, Melkor, sought to tell his own story, rather than Eru's, and when he learned that he couldn't he was angry, and sought to destroy Eru's, and sang discord and horror into the world, until Eru turned it all towards beauty and good. And Eru sent the gods down to shape the physical world, and Melkor went also, and whatever they built he would destroy - they would build mountains and he would explode them with molten rock, they would build rivers and he would fling the water up into the sky. And many of his changes added to the beauty and variety of the world, and the gods saw that he, too, had a needed role in its creation, but eventually they tired of losing all they created to him and retreated to Valinor - this place - and made it perfect.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I see: Leareth isn't sure if this is the sort of creation myth that's some amount metaphorical. :I will likely wish to know more of the gods, soon, but - where do your people come in?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We were created in the Outer Lands, beside the lake Cuivienen, when all the gods save Melkor had retreated to Valinor. Melkor discovered us first, and he stole people away to torture and kill and to breed his own race of beings, called orcs, that could kill the rest of us. But Oromë, the god of hunting, travelling in the Outer Lands, found us, and the other gods went to war with Melkor over the evils he had done, and they offered us the chance to come to Valinor. 

Most people were too afraid to accept. But three Elves - Ingwë of the Vanyar, Finwë of the Noldor, Olwë of the Telari - agreed to go see Valinor and learn if it was suitable for our people. They went, they returned, and they persuaded most of their people to accompany them. And when they arrived here, they built Tirion and taught the Valar the other things that our people needed to be happy, and the Valar worked with us on those, and our civilizations flourished.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...And what happened to Melkor, and the orcs?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The orcs are still there, I think, some of them. The gods did not know how to heal them and make them what they're supposed to be. Melkor was chained and imprisoned for three Ages.

Permalink Mark Unread

:'Was'? Is he still there now?: At some point he's going to have to clarify their calendar, but right now all of his instincts are on alert, hunting for the threat that he really ought to have asked about first

Permalink Mark Unread

He was paroled after the three Ages were up. He apologized at the seat of the Valar and understood the evil he'd done and swore to do no more of it, and to devote himself forever to serving the people he had wronged, and to work on the project of healing the orcs, which cannot be done without him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is possibly the most doomed plan that Leareth has ever heard of, but...not out of place, in a world of people who think that the worst thing about their nobility bringing swords into a succession dispute is that someone might hurt themselves by accident, but of course it's all going to be ironed out in the end with some apologies and embarrassment. 

:Thank you for telling me: he sends, choosing his words very carefully. :I...have a very bad feeling about this. I could be wrong - I am not of your world - but in my own world, it would do well not to trust the word of a being who has already shown his nature in his actions. And the events you hear happening now in Tirion have the smell of a god's interference. I find myself doubting that Melkor is as sorry as he claimed:

Leareth sits back to wait for the inevitable indignant defence of a god who murdered and tortured their people but should, of course, be forgiven because he apologized. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's been a hundred Years since his release and he's done as he said. I can't - really imagine how he'd be responsible for Fëanáro, Fëanáro makes a point of disliking him. It's not anything at all like the things he did before, in any event. But - I guess if he's making people dislike each other then even though that's not actually evil we really ought to know about it so we can correct for it? 

Permalink Mark Unread

...That's sort of kind of maybe a step in the right direction? 

:It could be that he has changed for the better: not that Leareth is betting on it :and nonetheless still likes to see the world - disrupted. Whether or not inciting conflict among your people ought be considered evil, it could lead to tragedy. My world bears a long history of such disputes that ended with much worse than a few accidental injuries. So either way, I think that something needs to be done, urgently: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I suppose you should probably go tell the King that, then, we're not carrying any swords around out here. He feels like this was sort of a snappish response and he feels vaguely apologetic about it but really, Tirion nonsense shouldn't be swallowing up perfectly nice things like meeting interworld visitors.

 

Wilindë serves him dumplings.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not in such a hurry that I would depart now before sampling more of your wonderful cooking: he assures them. He casts about for the most recent question dropped in favour of something else more urgent. :Might I clarify how long these Years and Ages are?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

A Year has 1440 days in it, Wilindë offers, smiling at him. It's been....maybe a hundredth of a day since you arrived. An Age is a hundred Years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does some mental math, nods. He's doing some estimating here, but 'about a thousand years' is plenty long enough for a god to arrange some kind of indirect plan that will, eventually, result in a lot more things broken or dead or on fire. Which is apparently how Melkor prefers it. 

:How long do your people live?: he asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know what you mean. Would Leareth like some pear tart.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth would like some pear tart. Also, what. :Do your people become frail with advanced age and eventually die of this?: And an earlier part is niggling. :You spoke of a person who died and refused to come back. Is it the usual state of affairs, then, for those who die to return to life again, as themselves?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- we do not become frail with advanced age and die of it, no, that sounds like it'd be really inconvenient! And yes, usually if someone dies then Mandos - the Vala of the dead - puts them right back, after straightening them out about whatever reckless decisions they died of.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is what happens to all living beings in my world, sooner or later. It is rather inconvenient, as well as tragic. What kinds of reckless decisions do people usually die of?: If nobody ever actually dies permanently for real, in this world, because they have a personal god to bring them back right away, maybe it's no wonder that they're so...trusting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's awful! You should take it straight to the Valar, I'm sure they can fix it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will consider it, thank you: 

For about thirty seconds seconds before he concludes with a resounding ‘definitely NOT’. He isn’t much inclined to trust gods, period, and even if the Valar are good, if they're as naive as their people and paroled Melkor and he's right about this being a terrible idea – or, honestly, even if he's wrong in this case – they won't stand a chance against the gods of Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People die of swimming accidents, mostly. Occasionally hunting accidents, Tehlan adds. I think once a child was hit by a cart.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. 

:You live in a good world: he sends, and means it. It's...something he's tried to imagine, sometimes. The kind of world where bad things do, sometimes, happen, but where nobody is ever punished permanently for one-time mistakes. Where a child can still be hit by a cart, maybe, but they come back again. Maybe after a god admonishes them to look both ways before they cross the street next time. 

Leareth is...having some kind of emotion about this fact. He's not sure what it is yet. 

Of course, there's the part where he's not at all convinced this world is going to stay a paradise for much longer. And it's not like he knows exactly how bad the parts of it are that lie outside the place where the gods retreated to build perfection around them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tehlan's son -- who looks about sixteen, if he were human -- comes back with eggs and flour, hands them to his mom, and stands against the wall watching Leareth with fascination.  What's the place where you're from like?

Permalink Mark Unread

:My world is called Velgarth: Leareth starts. :It has gods as well, though they're less helpful to people, and it has magic too. Which might be different from your magic – who made the artifacts here? Your stove, the statues: 

Permalink Mark Unread

People can make them, but it takes a lot of concentration, and I haven't learned how yet. Yávië's friend made the statues. We had a smallgod here just to make it rain on our farm, because we wanted to grow things that need more rain than this area gets, and he heard about it and said you could do it with magic. Now they water the yard. The stove my parents got as a wedding present.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles. :How clever! We also have weather-magic in my world, but none that can be cast onto an artifact to work by itself. Mortal magic users – humans such as myself, and other species – are responsible for most work with magic, either an artifact like your stove or, more commonly, simply casting when it is needed. Rarely, a god will intervene to create something. We do not have smallgods; we do have extraplanar beings which can be summoned for certain magical purposes, but they are not necessarily friendly and those more powerful than mortals are risky to call on:

He glances around. :I might show you some of my magic, if you wish?: Well, a very minor demonstration, he's low on reserves and has no idea how to get more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They think that'd be really cool!

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth can show them a mage-light in the palm of his hand, and an illusion that makes ones of the plates appear to vanish, and a little force-barrier that they can poke at. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They think that's really neat! It's the kind of thing that would be very hard to do with their magic, as far as they know, though none of them have really studied it. Wilinde thinks that it might help with getting through to the King, having magic, even though you wouldn't necessarily expect magic to be related to Kinging.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth agrees that this is plausible, and there's an argument that Kings should pay more attention to requests on their time from people who might be able to help them in unusual ways, such as with magic from another world. 

...He is, at this point, fairly convinced that this family in particular is the opposite of a threat, and also generous enough that they would forgive him for listening in on their surface thoughts (though he hasn't been bothering to do it much for the last few minutes). That being said, he does have the concern that this an advantage an enemy god might not be able to predict, he's not sure how it'll be an advantage yet and probably he could trust the family to keep it secret if he asked but he's not sure of that. So...he's not going to bring it up, at least not until he has an audience with the King and some better idea what in all hells is going on. He'll try to avoid looking at the private thoughts. 

:Does your world have sources of magical energy that can be drawn upon?: he asks. :Many of my larger and flashier forms of magic are not feasible without that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I - don't think so, not really? Unless the gods and smallgods are sources of magical energy. They seem like the sort of things that might be.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then perhaps if I do speak to your King later, and he requests magical help, I can ask him then. Though I think I do not want to depart before the–: morning, he was about to say, but they don't even have a sun:Do you have day and night, here? When is the usual time to sleep?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

People mostly sleep at Laurelin's height, because it's hottest. it's about to be the Mingling - when you can see the light of both of the Trees - and then it'll be Telperion's hours, which are softer and when you want to be out in the fields or so forth.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense. Unfortunately, I am used to shorter days: not to mention still drained from an accidentally-universe-hopping Gate, :and I expect I will need to sleep before Laurelin's light returns: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course! Do humans sleep on beds - we can make ours up for you - 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We do, yes, and that would be very generous of you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

While Wilinde bustles around doing that the color of the light changes. If you squint at the horizon you can now see distinct gold and silver beams of light, but if you look up at the sky it's a dazzling white with hints of purple streaked through it. The statues start spraying water over the fields, in a fine mist that makes the field appear to shimmer with rainbows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...It's pretty, but it's also really quite painful to look at. Leareth squints for a bit and then attempts a tinted translucent mage-barrier in front of his face. It helps a bit. :I think your eyes must be stronger than mine: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- can you not borrow mine?

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. From the sound of it, it's a very commonplace offer.

:...You would not mind?: he sends. :I think your customs are different from ours. In my world, this would be a very - intimate - thing to do. And my Mindspeech works differently, I think. If you do not object, however, I might try it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

You're very welcome to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will try sliding into Wilinde's mind, looking for the thread of sense-information. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilinde is trying the mental equivalent of shoving it at him, since apparently his magic is different.

 

Quendi eyes are, in fact, better. A lot better. The slight traces of purple are now obviously some color beyond purple that his eyes can't see, swirling across the sky; the ground is alight without being distractingly bright, and he can see for miles and miles. In the direction of the Trees there's a white stone city on a hill, and if Wilinde squints he can see the carvings on its walls. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Your eyes are in fact better: he confirms. :And your world is even more beautiful seen through them than through my own. Is that city Tirion?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

On the hill? Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:How far is it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

About thirty miles from here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not terribly far, then, but more than a day's walk. :Are there methods of transport that are faster than walking?: he asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't have a horse personally but some of the neighbors do?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Would it be much hardship for them if I asked to borrow a horse tomorrow?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I wouldn't expect so! Someone might be using their horse for something important but it's awfully unlikely that all of them are.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That would be helpful, then: He frowns. :Ideally I would make sure their horse returns to them, but I am not sure of the best way to do so, if I stay in the city: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you could let the horse go when you get to the city?

Permalink Mark Unread

:And the beast will make its own way home? Perhaps your horses are cleverer than ours: And almost certainly their roads are less subject to bandits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I should expect so! It's hardly far enough that a horse might get lost.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Good, then I will not worry about it: Leareth borrows her eyes again in order to check if the sky is still glowing or if the light has changed now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Still glowing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll make polite conversation until it's a little less blindingly-bright for sleeping, then, and hopefully pick up more context in the process. :You mentioned your daughter is studying biology in Tirion. What sorts of academies exist in your world?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All kinds - uh, there's plant biology and animal biology and small biology, and all of those kinds have branches for going out and cataloguing things or breeding new variants. There's artifact magic and song magic and glassblowing and composition and all the musical instruments and ceramics and woodworking and geology and astronomy and the study of gods and linguistics and historical linguistics and child development and cartography and poetry and theatre and cooking and theology and architecture and dance and light studies and you can apprentice with a smallgod who does something particular you want to learn about, like ...healing, or designing new animals, or making waterfalls pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is impressive. Your scholarship is very advanced – there is no city in my world with so many fields of study: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor are the greatest of the peoples of the Quendi at every discipline except mathematics and tile mosaics and silversmithing and fishing, she says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries and fails to pick out a connection between those domains. :What are the other peoples of the Quendi?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Vanyar, who live on Taniquetil, at the seat of the gods, and the Telari, who live on the coast. And the left-behind, but we don't know anything about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Might you tell me more of this 'seat of the gods'?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He points at a mountain in the distance, well beyond Tirion. The gods all have their own domain but they meet and hold council at Taniquetil, at the heart of the domain of Manwë, King of the Valar. The Vanyar lived in Tirion with us when they first came to Valinor, but they wanted to live closer to the gods, so they moved a long time ago, to settle about Taniquetil.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I see. Do you know what sorts of things do the gods discuss at these councils?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's where they discussed....whether the King ought to be permitted to remarry when his first wife wouldn't return? And the parole of Melkor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And, of course, he keeps running into new cultural gulfs in the places he leasts expects them. :Why is it the business of the gods whether the King can remarry? In my world, it would certainly not be something that needed Their permission: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they're the ones who taught us that a man should have only one wife, and a woman only one husband, for all of time with not even death parting them. When we were ignorant and lived in the Outer Lands we didn't know things like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And of course they took it completely literally, and earnestly went to ask permission from the gods when unforeseen circumstances came up, that's exactly what the Quendi would do and what humans wouldn't. :I see. I suppose it would not have arisen before, if your people do not usually die and, when they do, they generally come back to life: He pauses. :I am sorry if this is impolite, but - may I ask why his first wife wished not to return?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I have no idea. People say that giving birth to Fëanáro stole the life from her, and that's how he ended up with so much of it. And people say that she thought her husband would be happier without her - he wanted more children, and she was too sick to bear another -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure if that's biologically possible here, but he isn't sure his hosts will either, and he decides not to press, it could be a sensitive subject. Also, the fatigue from the Gate is catching up to him. Is the sky any less bright yet? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not yet!

Permalink Mark Unread

Gods, the days are long here. If 'day' is even the appropriate word when there's no night. Maybe he'll give in and try to sleep now despite the light. :I find myself quite tired: he admits. :I know it is not the usual time to rest, but I would very much appreciate borrowing one of your beds:  

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course!

 

Their room does actually get, if not properly dark, at least very dim. It has wall tapestries of Tehlan and Wilindë holding hands and then ones with one, two, three, then four children; the two of them look the same as they do today in all of them. The children seem spaced such that one is grown before they have the next one. 

The bed is soft.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth makes a mental note to ask a bit more about child-rearing traditions here. And another mental note to ask for something he can write on so he transfer the accumulating notes from his head to a more durable substrate. 

He closes his eyes, but before sleeping he briefly extends his magical senses further than before, now skimming over several miles around him. What's there to be noticed? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Neighboring farms, mostly not magic. This one is the only one to have sprinklers. Neighboring farmhouses, mostly with a little bit of magic - a necklace, a stovetop, a hairpiece. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And none of it is at all familiar, certainly nothing that hints at a direction home. Which he isn't expecting, at this point. There's also no sign of ambient energy to draw on. However, at least he can confirm that there's no hostile magic nearby. 

Leareth lays a quick perimeter of his own magical wards around the farmhouse, just out of habit – low-power, they won't be visible or do anything to people crossing, but they'll warn him of approaching magic, or if anyone other than the family enters the house. Then he goes to sleep. He'll probably sleep for at least eight hours unless anyone disturbs him first. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't disturb him. When he wakes, the light in the sky is a soft silver, sort of like moonlight but brighter. They are out in the fields harvesting their squashes.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably polite to ask if they would like a bit of help, before heads off for the city and whatever is going on there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure! They are going to harvest these three rows and then when a person with a wagon comes by they will put the squashes in the wagon to take to Tirion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth helps with those rows, it won't cost him much time. How fast will the wagon be traveling to Tirion, relative to riding a borrowed horse? 

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll go slower than a horse but get there before the next Mingling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not much delay, and it seems worth it for the chance to talk to the cart-owner and learn more about this world before he reaches the city. Are they willing to give him a ride? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Delighted to, once she arrives! The cart-owner piles in the squashes and offers various other goods from her carts in exchange; apples, tomatoes, eggs, fish, steak. Then she sets off again, the cart under its own power.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will use his senses to check if the cart is magical, first, and then ask her about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cart is magical. 

Yes, it is! We used to have it drawn by horses but it added a lot of logistical complications and I think the horses find the route boring at this point.

Permalink Mark Unread

:This does seem more convenient. Where did you obtain it?:

Permalink Mark Unread

In the city! Someone thought of me for one of the first self-moving carts because I make this run so reliably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's very helpful of them. Do you happen to know how they're made?: Leareth, fairly comfortable that the cart-owner has no hostile intent (the priors on any of the rural Quendi intending him harm are dropping lower and lower), is doing his best to not actually look at the unshielded but intended-to-be-private thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think someone tried to show me the spell but it was four hundred pages. Movement's hard for artifacts. I know that the magic part moves a gear and then the rest's just mechanical.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating. What kinds of thing are easy for your magic? Also, I am curious how it is written down. Is there a language for conveying it?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Light's pretty easy, I think. Uh, when you're encoding the artifact you're just encoding a rise or a fall, at each spot, so it's a two-character language. Horizontal and vertical lines, usually. I think during the planning stages people use various abstractions that are written with normal characters.

Permalink Mark Unread

:How strange – to me, that is, I am sure it is not at all strange to you. My world's magic is very different. Though light is also easy: He demonstrates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh! Where are you from?

Permalink Mark Unread

:A world called Velgarth. I seem to have ended up here by accident – I was attempting to travel somewhere else in my own world:

Permalink Mark Unread

Were you injured in the accident? It'd be rude to bring up directly but Quendi don't usually wear their hair that short unless it got caught in a wheel or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

:No – I was rather exhausted from it yesterday but I have slept since then. Why do you ask?" She's thinking something about hair, which is very confusing, but he's not going to let on that he's reading her private thoughts:

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi don't cut our hair that short - or at all, usually - unless something awful happened to it. It'd be painful to have it that short.

Permalink Mark Unread

:This does not hurt me: Leareth promises. :I suppose my people are different. How is it painful for your people - does your hair have sensation in it?:

Permalink Mark Unread

For whatever reason she looks very slightly embarrassed. Not - directly the hair, but the scalp, yes. That's - also why we don't wear it loose.

Permalink Mark Unread

Odd. This seems like the kind of thing where he might run headlong into some cultural taboo if he's not careful, so Leareth lets himself pick up a bit more on her surface thoughts; is there something here she's too embarrassed to say to a stranger? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hair sensations are nice. Hair sensations are only for marriage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. The obvious category for that particular flavour of embarrassed face. And if he does end up staying here longer, whether because getting home proves hard or because their political situation is in screaming need of fixing, he's going to get a lot of odd looks and random strangers' concern unless he does something about his hair. His current host has hers braided.

:If I decide to grow mine longer, is there anything I ought to know about your customs for managing hair - do your braids signify something in particular, for example?:

Permalink Mark Unread

People use them to signify what they're studying, sometimes, or where they're from, or lately who they're supporting in Tirion, but if you're foreign people won't assume any of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

An excellent segue. :I am curious about this business in Tirion. Do you know much of it? You must visit often, if you make this goods run regularly:

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of it, though lately every time I come back it's added a new twist. Ah, the short summary is that the King's first and favorite son used to have no interest in ever taking the job and now he does want it, which has discombobulated the people who were expecting to end up with it, and it is rumored that everyone involved is handling their hurt feelings less than gracefully. They've got swords, now, and big metal helmets with red feathers on top, they look like some bizarre oversized bird.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Certainly an interesting fashion choice: Leareth agrees. :I wonder what gave them the idea? Hmm, and do you have any idea why the King's son changed his mind?:

Permalink Mark Unread

The helmets are the Prince Fëanáro's idea, I think. The swords too. He says we'll need them in the Outer Lands - and that's why he wants to be King, he thinks we ought to reestablish contact with the Outer Lands and that he'll have to be King to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I see. Do you know why he thinks you ought to reestablish contact there, or why he needs to be King for it?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he probably needs to be King for it because it'd be an enormous undertaking, right, we'll need oceangoing boats and lights and apparently helmets and I think there are also helmet-shirts planned, and swords, and I don't know that he can call on enough favors, if he's not King. Certainly it would take a long time and I think he's a bit of an impatient person.

And he doesn't get along with the Valar, I think, and he thinks you can only grow so much if you live in their garden. And we have the people we were sundered from, back in the Outer Lands, the ones who didn't come, and should see how they're doing and tell them about writing and domestication and so on, and make sure their dead get returned to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't mention that he agrees with Prince Fëanáro on just about everything in her second paragraph. He hasn't actually met the Valar yet, so can't say for sure how trustworthy or not he thinks they are, but...gods. 

:Have you ever had a new King take over from the previous, before?: he asks. If their people don't die then he's much less clear on how it would happen. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No! I think that's why it's causing so much drama, if there were precedent then people'd know what to expect but as there is not, they get very inventive. She does not sound approving.

Permalink Mark Unread

:This may be an ignorant question, but - in my world, people grow old and die, and usually a new King takes on the role when the old King dies. In your world, this is not the case. Why was there talk of who would be the next King at all?:

Permalink Mark Unread

The King wants to step down. It's been four hundred Years and he's tired, and his wife wants to move out of the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Very understandable: Four hundred 'Years' must be closer to four thousand years in his own world. Which means that the King is older than he is. That...could be interesting. :Who are the other candidates to take over?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The King has chosen his successor and it's Prince Fëanáro. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hmm - it sounds like that ought to be final, then, but that some people still disagree about it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think some people are being rather foolish. But - yes. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you happen to know who they would prefer and why?: And, quick glance at her surface thoughts, is the cart-owner getting annoyed with this line of questioning? He's not sure that he's up on reading Quendi body language yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is of the opinion that at this point the interest in picking a different successor is turning into a national embarrassment. 

Nolofinwë, Finwë's second son, thinks that he's more temperamentally suited, and he's right, and more qualified, and he's right about that too, and will do a better job, which is certainly at least debatable. But the thing is - the understanding we've always operated under is that the King will pick a successor. And I think there's something interesting intellectually about the argument that the new king ought to be the most temperamentally suited person or the most qualified person, it's a fascinating argument, if we had a national debate about it it might win out, but the rule we in fact have is that Finwë picks, and even if that's not the rule we will arrive at in the distant future when we have developed the ideal set of laws, it's still very important that it's the law now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You make a sophisticated argument: Leareth sends. :For matters of coordination, I agree, it is important that the law as it is now be respected. Unless it is manifestly unjust, some might argue, or the ruler imposing it is abusing it in obvious ways. Still, it sounds as though neither is the case and your people have approved of Finwë over his reign?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Finwë is a good king. He should've shut down all this nonsense with swords, but he led us here and he's led us well.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you have any speculations on why he has not interfered with it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he's never been any good at saying no to the prince Fëanáro, since he had such a tragic early life.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Understandable, but unfortunate: He's going to leave off poking directly at the 'national embarrassment' for a bit now, see if he can learn more from sideways angles. :What were Fëanáro's interests before he wished to be the next King?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Silmarils. They're magical lights that can grow crops and provide light for our civilization outside Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, that seems important. Leareth wonders how many other important things he's missing because people don't think to bring them up as part of the obvious introduction to a visitor from another world. :How amazing! Might you tell me more?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He spent five Years on them. They capture the light of the Trees and cast light of their own, very bright, enough for cities and all the farmland around them. They probably do more than that, but I wouldn't know. He doesn't let anyone touch them. He wears them, sometimes, for important events. They're very beautiful. And not in a way that makes other things seem drab - they make everything they shed light on beautiful.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating: He hopes to find out more. :Also, might I ask you a favour? I do not speak your language and so can only communicate in this fashion, but I would prefer to understand the spoken tongue as well, if you were willing to teach me a little while we travel:

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course!! Where do you want to start, I've never taught anyone a language.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has learned a lot of languages in his time. He'll start by getting her to speak some sentences out loud as well as communicating them mentally, and then ask some questions about the grammar and word order for subject/object/verb, which kinds of words have grammatical modifiers applied to them, and then he can start collecting some basic vocabulary, pronouns, the names for various common objects or actions, and go from there.

He didn't remember to request paper from his hosts at the farm, so he also asks the cart-owner if she has anything he can write on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She does! She can teach him their alphabet, too, if she wants. It's gorgeous. The Prince Fëanáro designed it. The Prince Fëanáro dabbles in a lot of things but linguistics and magic are the big ones. They can practice Quenya all the way to the base of the hill Tirion sits on, where they'll have to get off the cart because it slows to a crawl fully loaded with two passengers going up the hill.

Permalink Mark Unread

Walking is fine. :It is a very beautiful city: Leareth sends, he doesn't have the vocabulary to say that in Quenya yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure the cities of your homeland are beautiful too.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. Usually not so clean, though. It...does remind me of a place I once knew: Urtho's Tower. It reminds him of Urtho, and there's still a distant pang in that, even two thousand years later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They reach the city. There are men at its gates, with swords, shouting at each other. Some of them are holding the swords but it is instantly obvious to anyone who has ever trained to hold a sword that none of these people have. Someone is stabbing the dirt for emphasis while he talks. 

There's a conversation in Quenya; he can maybe follow half of it, more if he's mindreading. 

"Who's that for?"

   "Everyone," his escort says. "It's food. I think we all still eat food. What's the story now -"

"The Prince Fëanáro nearly murdered the Prince Nolofinwë in open court."

    "Huh."

"The Prince Nolofinwë started it," someone else volunteers. "He told Finwë that two loyal sons remained to him."

   "Mmm."

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not fully alarmed yet – it does, in fact, seem that if fighting breaks out the sword injuries are more likely to be accidental than deliberate – but he brings all his defensive shields up instantly. And is reading everyone's thoughts, though it's hard to pay attention to that many so he mainly focuses on the dirt-stabbing shouting man.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dirt-stabbing shouting man is angry with the King; Prince Fëanáro is plainly planning to kill people when he takes power and if that's not disqualifying what is? He is saying as much to another shouting man, who is of the opinion that probably you shouldn't publicly go round calling the King's heir a traitor to his people if you don't want him to get mad at you and admittedly the death threat was excessive but that's Prince Fëanáro, right, and he's not going to actually hurt anyone on purpose or surely Mandos would have something to say to him about that. 

Other people are also shouting, both out loud and in their thoughts. 

- can't back down now because if they win he'll kill him -

- the King didn't say anything -

- the King doesn't care, the King's decided, the King would like us to all calm down and so that's what we should be doing -

- the Vanyar'll get involved, if it comes to that -

- the Valar'll get involved, if it comes to that -

Permalink Mark Unread

Great timing. Just perfect. 

Leareth takes a deep breath. He's still a very long way from oriented, here, there's a lot he doesn't know about the history and culture that inform what's going on right now. But - someone has to do the sensible thing, clearly

:Could everybody please be quiet for a moment: he sends to the entire group, putting some force behind it. Then, just to the dirt-stabbing man and the other man defending Prince Fëanáro: :Might I speak to you both?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Who is that -

- the form's not quite right, though it's good for a first attempt -

 

They stop shouting.

Who're you? Uh, sir? asks the angry dirt-stabbing guy.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not one of your smallgods: Leareth clarifies. Get that part out of the way. :I come from another world, and have arrived in yours by mistake. When I learned of the dispute over succession, I decided to come to the city immediately - I have experience advising a King, and my world has had many transitions of power, whereas it sounds as though this is your people's first? I wish to offer what advice I can to your King on how to resolve this disagreement peacefully: 

He keeps his mindvoice level, friendly, but with the tone clearly indicating that he's not asking for permission. And waits to see how they're going to respond. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They blink at him, a bit confused. 

 

I - don't know if he's taking visitors right now, someone says after a bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I see. Then perhaps I can speak to Prince Fëanáro first. Where is he?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- I don't know if he's taking visitors either. 

Nelyafinwë will be. 

- they started this, it's their fault -

- I didn't say the visitor should go to them, just, Nelyafinwë'll be taking visitors -

- Prince Fëanáro moved into the palace, when all this started, someone tells him. Right at the center of the city. I can go with you, if you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," Leareth says to the last person in Quenya, his accent is probably terrible but he's got that much vocabulary. He switches back to Mindspeech. :I may speak to Prince Nolofinwë as well, but I wish to understand Prince Fëanáro's intentions with this death threat first. And, who is Nelyafinwë?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Prince Fëanáro's son. He's, uh, easier to talk to, and his office is open whenever he's awake. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then I suppose I would not mind speaking to him first. Why is Prince Fëanáro difficult to talk to?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think he trusts very many people, and I don't think he likes talking to people he doesn't trust.

They can head through the city. The streets are mostly deserted, with occasional clumps of people whispering to each other in the shade of its various (beautiful, architecturally improbable) buildings. There's audible singing, though they don't run into the singers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough, Prince Fëanáro, Leareth thinks to himself but doesn't say. Instead he compliments his guide on the city, asks some polite questions about the fashions in architecture.

He keeps his Othersenses wide open, both for magical artifacts and for hostile nearby minds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When people want to build a building that's impossible (say, because they want it to float) the Valar (big gods) or Maiar (small gods) will help them. Though lately people have been trying to build things they can build without such help; we're not new to building anymore, and in the Outer Lands there'll be no one to rely on but ourselves.

 

There's lots of magical artifacts here. The lights are magic, some of the storefronts (open to the air, with no glass in the windows) have magic jewelry, the fountains are magic, some of the people are wearing magic things.

Lots of people are watching him, trying to figure out what he's doing here. Wondering whose side he's on.

 

The palace is stunning, even by local standards. His escort hesitates for a second (should I tell them in advance? I might be interrupting, though) and then picks a door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't going to enlighten the curious people, mostly because he doesn't know yet. It's starting to feel plausible that he'll end up on neither side, if both are behaving badly. He isn't sure yet what he would choose to do about that. 

He asks his guide what they think of the plan to reopen contact with the Outer Lands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's our birthright as a people. We were meant to live there, but the Valar screwed up so badly that they had to bring us here for us to get a chance to grow up at all. That doesn't mean they own us forever.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's interesting. :No, I shouldn't think they own you at all: Leareth sends, and pays attention to his guide's surface thoughts; how do they feel about the gods? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are actually mostly thinking about whether it'd be rude to telepathically tell Prince Nelyafinwë to expect them or rude not to. You shouldn't telepathically address someone who lots of people might be tempted to telepathically address unless you're sure that yours is the most important interruption that could plausibly be happening at the moment, which for a prince usually rounds to 'don't', but on the other hand a visitor from another world is very important? There's an argument it's the most important thing? This is kind of a terrifying decision to have to make. 

(Prince Nelyafinwë stopped routing things through an assistant because of all the leaks to the traitors).

The questions about the gods are being answered on autopilot from debates held in the city forums a Year ago before things got so bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

There was a debate? Fascinating. Leareth discreetly slips out his paper and makes a note.

:I do not mind waiting a little: he informs his guide, :but - I am concerned there is time sensitivity to this situation: Assuming things haven't already escalated past the point of no return. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His guide nods. 

 

The door opens. These people have swords at their belt and also daggers, and they size up Leareth and look past him out at the street -

Why don't you come in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods to them, and slips into the room. :My name is Leareth. I arrived here by accident from another world. I heard that there was a tense situation and I wished to find out more. And to offer what help I can. I have advised a King before: 

What are these people thinking? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're showing this interaction to someone else, in the next room. They're trying to figure out who saw him and how long it'll be before they have to answer questions about having him here. They're wondering if he's dangerous. If anything were to happen to Prince Nelyafinwë there'd be no way to get out of this peacefully, at that point - they're planning to send someone to inform the King, who won't do anything but it'd look bad to have this play out without having informed him -

Send him in, the person in the next room says, decisively, so they do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone informing the King is good, hopefully the King will ask to speak to him and he won't have to bang his head on a no-visitors policy. He wasn't making any attempt to conceal his progress through the city, quite a lot of people saw him and had feelings about it; that seems hard to have avoided, if he'd wanted he could have hidden himself and his guide behind an illusion but that would have screamed subterfuge-of-some-kind and set off different questions.

Leareth is, in fact, dangerous. He's also not planning to harm anyone – or, at least, not to be the first mover on that, escalating the violence here is the last thing he wants to do but he's not going to stand by and do nothing if it escalates despite his best efforts. 

Leareth keeps all of his thoughts to himself, and follows them into the next room.  

Permalink Mark Unread

This Quendi is tall and has striking red hair and looks up as if startled, which he isn't, and says "- welcome to Tirion! Can I help you with something?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, speak Quenya only little," Leareth says haltingly, he can manage that much without consulting his vocabulary notes. He switches to Mindspeech, trying to convey as much friendliness as he can in the overtones. :My name is Leareth and I come from another world. I hear your political situation is complicated. I have relevant experience and wish to help your people resolve things peacefully: 

And what is this non-startled Quendi thinking? 

Permalink Mark Unread

tell the King that there's a visitor claiming to be from another world, interested in the political situation, and we're of course delighted to interface with him on the King's behalf but if doing so will want to send updates at least daily, since the King's wisdom will be much needed for such an unprecedented situation, he is saying to one of the people who escorted Leareth in -

and simultaneously to someone else I don't think this merits interrupting my father - which, he is privately thinking, is a gamble, and a dangerous one, because of course this obviously merits interrupting his father, who'll be here ten seconds after he hears about it and who will also establish himself as unqualified to be King of anything ten seconds after that -

and at the same time, to a different person, put off Mólië until the Mingling, with my profound apologies, I think you may as well be straightforward that it's about the alien visitor because she'll take less offense and there's no way Nolofinwë doesn't already know -

And ideally he'd offer Nolofinwë eyes on the situation, that being the only offer that could even potentially be taken as good faith at this point, but the decision not to tell his father means he really, really cannot do that, it's one thing to be keeping his father at arms' length from anything delicate and entirely different to be doing that while strategically leaking it to other people -

 

"I have relevant experience", meaning that his people have gone to war, there are other ways to read it but he's pretty sure that's the right reading - that's not the part I need advice on

 

Another world! he responds, delightedly. We didn't know there were any others. You don't mean the Outer Lands?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I also did not know there were others until now: Leareth sends, smiling with more genuine warmth. :And no, I do not mean the Outer Lands: 

Most of what he's feeling is relief; at least there's one person in the goddamned city with any of the appropriate paranoia. It's still a baby-duckling level of it, but the ability to route multiple conversations at once is extremely impressive. He can't do that, he can process hearing a couple different threads, but he can't answer even two at once. The information on Prince Fëanáro is rather thought-provoking. As is the hint at how Nelyafinwë – he's guessing this is Nelyafinwë despite introductions not having happened yet – feels about Nolofinwë, the other claimant to the throne. He wonders who Mólië is and how important she'll prove to be. And what the current King's relationship is with Nelyafinwë is, such that him interfacing with Leareth and providing daily updates is a reasonable proposal. 

:May we speak privately?: he sends. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Might be dangerous. If you were trying to push this mess over the edge the next step would be to kill someone, without witnesses, and let everyone trip over themselves blaming each other - but if you were doing that you'd also be very sure the victim wouldn't know exactly what happened, Leareth has no reason to imagine he'd be delayed in returning -

Of course, he says, and sends his staff out, and cuts their ability to hear through his ears but not to see through his eyes, and sends a summary of all this to Macalaurë.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," Leareth says out loud. He holds his hands loose at his sides, palms open in the most non-threatening posture he can manage (hopefully it signals the same thing here), and does some very quick thinking.

He's obviously never been in exactly this situation, but he's experienced enough vaguely-analogous ones. Normally, he would play it carefully, take his time mapping out the various intricacies, before choosing how to insert himself. 

He isn't sure he has that kind of time. More importantly, it's not clear he has leverage in the way he's used to. The Quendi may be inexperienced in some matters, but they're also long-lived - Leareth could be younger than Nelyafinwë for all he knows - and their civilization is, in many ways, clearly more advanced than his. And Nelyafinwë is smart. And, due to the cultural gaps, unpredictable to Leareth. 

There are always some moments when the right path, in expectation, is to take a leap of faith. 

:I will be forthright with you: he sends. :Your world is a paradise next to mine. And the Quendi I have met so far show the marks of having grown up in paradise. Your people are kinder and far more able to coordinate than the people I have known in my homeland. Yet, I have seen many things in my time: he would say he's older than he appears, except that won't even mean anything to an ageless race, :and the pattern that jumps to my attention, here, is one headed for death and destruction: 

He shrugs, slow and deliberate. :Perhaps I am wrong, since your people are different. However. I have spent a very long time trying to improve the state of affairs in my own world. Having observed the flourishing and prosperity in this world - having, for the first time in my life, seen paradise with my own eyes - I am horrified at the prospect that it could be destroyed. I wish to prevent such an outcome. I hope that you might share that goal:

And he waits to see how Nelyafinwë will respond. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's so much context that he has no idea where he'd even start, trying to give someone enough of it to - 

- but he's assuming that they got here by accident, that's better than lots of things you could assume, even if it's simultaneously too generous and too harsh - 

The stranger's body language is mostly not too hard to interpret, so maybe that goes both ways.

He looks down. 

I'm very afraid you're right, he says. It was a very terrible mistake - or several of them - to let things get this bad.

It wasn't, not even in hindsight, he's been over it a thousand times and he can't actually pick out a single thing he could reasonably have done differently, everything he tried was fatally undermined by some corner of the mess he hadn't heard about even though he'd talked to four hundred people trying to make sure he hadn't missed it, it wasn't fair, but that's not exactly the kind of claim you can make credibly, and it's a bad sign, insisting that you did nothing wrong as your country catches fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

And his thoughts are bare to Leareth, it's - well, for one, it's painfully reminiscent of a time in his own past, back at the very beginnings, except - except, really, Nelyafinwë has done so much better than Ma'ar ever could have, it's been centuries and it looks like things still haven't, quite, crumbled beyond salvaging. And Nelyafinwë is the sort of person who post-mortems his own mistakes, and - who recognizes that not even a King is sovereign over reality itself, that a lack of mistakes and the best intentions aren't enough to keep a country from catching fire. He lives in paradise, and he still gets it, what so many people bounce away from – that things can fall apart, that there's no ultimate rule of justice and fairness holding the universe together. 

(At least, Leareth assumes not; he is in a different world that could have different metaphysics. But it's a world that contains a god who was once a torturer and murderer, and this kind of mess developing despite clever and valiant efforts to stop it has the marks of god-interference all over it.)

And Nelyafinwë is questioning Leareth's motives and goals. Good for him. 

:There are some things I wish to say to you in complete secrecy: he sends, with carefully-shielded Mindspeech, from what he's observed it ought not to have any chance of leaking to the others but he's not sure enough of that to actually say the things:There is a spell from my world I might cast to ensure our privacy, but I understand if you would be leery of this, given that I am a stranger. Though, given the situation with your death god, there is little I can do to harm you that would not harm my own interests even more: 

Permalink Mark Unread

If that blocks osanwë - the way that my people speak to one another with our minds, which I think is slightly different than yours - it'd be troubling to do for more than a few minutes, as people will try to contact me and be frightened if it fails. If it doesn't block osanwë then that sounds fine.

 

 

Actually, he says to Macalaurë, I need you paying closer attention -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, why -

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfamiliar magic. I don't know what he can do. Just - repeat back to me everything I did or said, make sure I remember it, make sure it makes sense, if something's off send people in -

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you should tell Father.

Permalink Mark Unread

And now he has to play this very carefully so Macalaurë doesn't decide to do it himself - he's so tired -

 

I'm planning to. But this is delicate and you know the mood he's in right now - and we don't know what the danger is, precisely - if something's off about me he can override me, if there's something off about him what do we do -

Permalink Mark Unread

You're planning to when?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tomorrow. 

 

He offers Leareth a chocolate, because the motion with cover his distraction.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles and takes the chocolate. It's shockingly delicious. "Very good!" he says, he has that vocabulary too. 

:I am not sure how the spell I know will interact with osanwë: he goes on. :If it blocks it, tell me and I will not maintain it longer than a minute - you might pass on to your people that they can interrupt to check on you if it is longer. In that case I would want to redesign a version that did not have such a blocking effect. May I try it now?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He tells people not to expect to be able to contact him for a minute, they're testing a magic interaction.

Sounds good!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gathers his reserves, concentrates, and casts the shield. It's not a high-power spell but it's going to take a significant chunk of his strength, he really needs to find an outside source of magic. 

–And Nelyafinwë will notice that his ability to reach any of the other Quendi has cut off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's terrifying. He beams at Leareth. Wow. I don't think even our gods have magic that can do that. It does seem to affect our telepathy; can you say whatever it is you wanted to say quickly so we don't worry them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't object to that. He only has a couple of things to say, and it'll tire him less the shorter the time he needs to hold the shield. Nelyafinwë is a shockingly good actor and Leareth is suitably impressed; his face gives away nothing of his alarm. Not that it's doing him much good, right now. 

:I realize I do not have leverage to demand secrecy from you: he starts, :but I ask that you use your own discretion, and share what I tell you only with those you trust absolutely and judge need to know. One. The pattern I see here screams more than impending disaster; a long history plans that ought to be foolproof nonetheless failing, to me speaks of a god's meddling hand. The gods of my world have thus disrupted my plans many, many times. I strongly suspect that your god Melkor may not have been as contrite as he claimed. If I am right, then your situation is dire indeed, but I doubt Melkor expected my arrival and perhaps there is still a chance to pull away from the disaster he wishes to create: 

:Two. The Mind-Gifts of my world work very differently from your osanwë; in particular, my Gift does not recognize the distinction between public and private thoughts. I hope I might learn to avoid reading private thoughts, since it is rude to your people and also distracting for me, but I tell you this because I am aware of what you have been thinking and where it does not match your words, and because this ability of mine may be of use to you for gaining intelligence, if you wished to request that: 

Mindspeech is fast but his minute is trickling away. He's poised to offer to drop his own shields fully, in hopes that osanwë will consider that equivalent to making all of his thoughts public, and letting Nelyafinwë verify his intentions, but he takes a moment to check his reaction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's the worst possible news. 

- he mentally reviews the time they've met to see if he's thought about it yet, and he hasn't except very indirectly, and maybe this is enough - have some discipline - if he'd noticed, I'd have noticed him noticing - he's got to think about something else - is Melkor orchestrating the conflict, yes, seems likely, though it's very hard to tell how - should've just let him speak to his father, who is constitutionally incapable of having failings not already known to all of Tirion -

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's sort of unfortunate. Leareth considers, and decides against, actively probing for whatever dark-secret failing Nelyafinwë thinks he has – it's a tradeoff, it probably is relevant, but he's also pushed pretty hard already and he's decided on trust and cooperation as his first attempt. He's seen enough to know that he respects Nelyafinwë, that the man is both competent and genuinely desires that his people not end up in a stupid, pointless, wasteful civil war. And that means he's an ally, if Leareth can get him to agree on that point. 

:I am going to briefly drop my mental shields: he sends, there are still some seconds left. :I hope this will make all of my thoughts public by your magic, so that you might verify that I wish you and your people no harm, and that however I arrived here, I would like to help you repair your situation before I depart: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods distractedly. The problem is that he actually has too much attentional capacity to occupy it doing math or something - he could take the circlet off, but that'd be weird - so he seems to have selected a strategy of occupying it with blind panic, which is stupid and embarrassing. It occurs to him to think that he thinks his father is too smart to be blackmailable about things.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Do you need time to think? I can drop the shield so that your colleagues will not worry: 

Leareth frowns slightly. :I am also going to stop looking at your thoughts; I have seen enough to know that you are someone I wish to have as an ally. If it would be easier to think with certainty that I was not observing, however - perhaps I can place a similar shield only around myself, and you can verify that your osanwë cannot reach me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I do need some time to think alone. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth drops the shield, and then raises a new one just around himself, weaving it tight, he's not sure how much the Quendi senses can pick up on but hopefully Nelyafinwë will be reassured by what he can see for himself. 

"I go?" he says out loud, gesturing at the door with a questioning face, he doesn't know the words for 'I can wait outside if you wish'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a deep breath. Smiles. "No, it's fine. I apologize."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, and leans against the wall to wait. He entirely does not trust Nelyafinwë's smile or reassurance that it's fine, but he'll accept it at face value for now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes some more chocolate. Eats it.

"Does it cost you? To make it so no one can hear -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth follows some of that, his receptive vocabulary is better than his expressive in Quendi; he suspects Nelyafinwë is asking if it's tiring for him.

He can't actually answer in Mindspeech without taking his shield down. "Yes." He makes a gesture with his hands intended to indicate a moderate amount.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "You can - again - if it's helpful."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, unfortunately, is having a hard time following what exactly Nelyafinwë wants him to do. And dropping the current shield so he can ask about building a new one will cost more energy. Instead, he concentrates and expands it to include Nelyafinwë; he can pull it back if it turns out that what the man wants is the opposite. :I am sorry, what?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I take it you think we should speak under concealment because otherwise someone might be capable of reading us? That's an ability the Valar are only known to have within their own domains but it is possible he's found some way around it. I'm trying to figure out how necessary that is, because it's a major constraint on how much planning we can do.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mainly wished it be private when I shared it initially. If I can obtain a source of power, it will become very cheap to shield in this way – I might even build a permanent set-spell on a room: He shakes his head a little. :I doubt even a god is listening to everything all the time, but the moment that a stranger from another world first spoke with you would be a particularly salient one: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. What's a potential source of power?

Permalink Mark Unread

:The Maiar were suggested to me. Or a artifact that produces energy for some particular function might be repurposed: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can get you a Maia, if this process wouldn't harm them. I think that we should bring this theory and whatever options you have to help us explore it to my father's attention, ideally in some way that doesn't attract Melkor's, though he is almost certainly aware you're here. An additional complication is that Nolofinwë will have learned - or will learn shortly - that you have magic from another world and are working with us, and I don't know what he'll do in response. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I had planned to go speak to him after you. Ideally with you, your father, and the current King present. I am not sure if that is workable immediately, but - if I do gain a power source, I will have considerable ability to prevent any violence between you, were that to arise: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They've talked a lot but maybe they'll be on better behavior in your presence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth starts to ask about what went wrong in previous conversations, but remembers that right now they're both behind an impassible shield and he is no longer keeping detailed track of what Nelyafinwë is thinking. And getting details on past arguments isn't nearly as sensitive as some other items. 

:My current plan is to drop this shield and go with you to your father; we can discuss less sensitive matters on the way. I can manage another shield today without becoming exhausted, and then we can figure out if a Maia can provide energy in a way that is not harmful to them: 

He pauses. :Before I do that - do you trust me? I did offer to let you see my thoughts: briefly, and Leareth has more than enough mental control to make sure he's only thinking about the current situation, :and that offer is still open: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'll probably learn more from your proposals about what to do, but I do appreciate it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, and lowers the shield, leaving just his ordinary personal shields.

Permalink Mark Unread

So, tell me about the world you're from.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hard to figure out where to start. :It is much worse than this one – well, at least worse than here, I am not sure of the state of your Outer Lands. Some people have magic similar to mine. Most do not. My world is fragmented into many small countries, often at war with one another, usually over petty matters. On average the civilization is much less advanced than yours, though there have been periods of flourishing; things always tend to return to the same state. One where the majority of people are subsistence farmers, who often go hungry and sometimes die of it. Where most people cannot read or write, much less go to study at an academy. Also, unlike the Quendi, humans and most other intelligent races will grow old and die within a century. And we have no god of the dead as obliging as yours. Souls may come back into the world, eventually, but remembering nothing of their previous life: 

He ducks his head. :I...found a way around this. I preferred not to die before I had achieved all that I cared about. Someday, I hope, I will bring that to everyone in my world, but it is a far harder problem than I first thought. I never dreamed I would find a place where it had never been a problem at all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

What sort of assistance do they need? Can we help?

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Perhaps. I hope so: Surprised, and realizing he probably shouldn't be, he turns to smile at Nelyafinwë. :Your world's scholarship may be of great value. Perhaps your magic too. Possibly even the Valar: He's going to have to be convinced of that point, though. :Later. Once your local situation is less trending toward disaster. You must repair your own ship before rescuing another: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. It occurs to me that I agreed with you that this looked likely to be a disaster but we might have very different visions of what that means - what is it you're afraid of -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, in my world, it is not uncommon for a succession dispute that has escalated to the point that the loyalists for both sides are shouting at each other in public while carrying weapons, as I observed at the city gates, to very soon end up with one side attempting to claim a victory by violence. Which generally involves a large fraction of both sides ending up dead. 'Blood in the streets' is a colloquial phrase in my world, and would be literal in this case: 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's twenty people who know how to use the swords. I guess if you were motivated you could maybe manage anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

:A depressing number of wars in my world were fought largely by placing sharp things in the hands of untrained peasants and giving them a day or two to drill before sending them out to run at each other. That is generally sufficient to cause a very large number of deaths: 

He glances over. :Perhaps your people are genuinely less inclined to violence than mine, but I am not inclined to bet on it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We are very much capable of violence, it just doesn't come up much. We were expecting to need to defend ourselves, in the Outer Lands.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. :...And what did you mean, when you said this seemed headed for disaster? Was it something different?: He hasn't even gotten into all of the things that tend to happen after an attempt at violent revolution, whether it succeeds or fails. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that was about my - worst case scenario. That people would clash and lots of them would die and Tirion would splinter and we'd have two cities with two Kings, or that the Valar'd get angry and kick us out of Valinor - that's what my father thinks would happen -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Is that a possibility?: It's one he probably should have thought of, and didn't. The gods of Velgarth don't tend to intervene so openly. But even they make exceptions, in dire circumstances. Leareth isn't sure how bad things have to get before the Valar would consider it 'dire'. 

:The worst case scenario: he sends, :is that it happens, and does not end there. Wars have lasted for generations in my world, sometimes. Children growing up who never knew peace. And - that is if the fighting is with steel alone. I am not sure what magic of your world might be called upon for violence, but - in mine, there once existed a magical weapon that could rip apart continents: 

(And the only reason it doesn't exist now is that it was used, eighteen hundred years ago, shortly after the Tower that Tirion reminds him of went up in its final conflagration, and it's still not over now, the damage is still being felt, returning to haunt the future.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. The war between the gods shook the continents, but I don't think even - I don't think any weapons we've created could do that.

 

I guess if we were at war for centuries, we might create new ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It occurs to me: Leareth sends, slowly, carefully, they're not behind shields right now, :that what might begin as a war between people, could - lead once again to a war between gods: 

That this could be exactly Melkor's plan, he doesn't quite say explicitly – not that he sees the how of it, yet, but it's hard to do that, with gods. So often you don't until centuries later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He lost the last one badly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. :I have no experience on direct war between gods: he sends. :The gods of my world do not operate in that way. However, I have certainly seen cases where one kingdom was thoroughly defeated, pushed back onto worse lands, and at some point - centuries later, perhaps - found new weapons or new alliances, and tried again. Conditions change: 

He shakes his head again, looking over. :I have very little certainty in any of what I am saying; I still know little of your world: But, worst case scenarios. He would have said bodies in the streets was his median estimate of the outcome here, nothing near the worst case. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

No one wants people to die. Even my father doesn't - I don't know what you heard about that -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I heard that your father loves the study of magic and languages, and has invented some kind of magical artifact: Which, come to think of it, he should investigate as an energy source; he still has no idea how magic here works, he can't tell where the energy for the cart was coming from. Maybe Prince Fëanáro will know. 

:And somebody claimed he tried to kill Prince Nolofinwë: he adds. :Which might or might not be evidence that he wishes for anybody to die. I am, as of now, unsure what to think – but I weight your word above that of a stranger at the city gates: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He threatened to kill him. I wouldn't have predicted he'd do that so it could be I'm far wronger in my estimation of him than I imagined. With that said - they were standing in front of half of assembled Tirion, and Nolofinwë said to the King that two loyal sons remained to him - Nolofinwë himself and his younger brother, who sensibly left the country a while ago - and my father drew his sword and told him that if he continued saying such things, maybe he'd stab him. I think he wouldn't, but that's what he said. I think what he wants is for Nolofinwe to - cease to be something he needs to think about - and I think he's not quite sure himself how far he'd go to achieve that, but we did manage to point out, earlier today, that stabbing him will definitely not achieve it and will probably make it super unachievable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth almost chuckles at the last sentence. :Probably. Particularly given the situation with your death god: He hesitates. :I...can perhaps verify your estimation of your father: By mindreading him, but he's not yet convinced enough of the security of osanwë to speak about that openly either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems like probably a good idea but - if I'm wrong about him it's because he's wrong about himself, it wouldn't be that he's concealing things effectively. He's - not a very subtle person.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Also the sense I have gotten. And an awkward trait at best in a potential future King: He suspects that his original hosts were right, and Nolofinwë is clearly the more temperamentally suited of the two. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Before the question of his Kingship became so intertwined with lots of other things like whether the Noldor will get to leave Valinor and whether his father loves him I think it would've been fairly straightforward to convince him to surrender it once he had it. Now - not so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I...see, yes. That is an unfortunate entanglement. Now, I suspect I may agree with your father's reasoning on recontacting the Outer Lands, but - do you know why it is so important to him?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks it's bad for our growth as a people to continue to live under the rule of the Valar. And there are some people out there and we ought to know what became of them, and maybe teach them the things we've learned.

Permalink Mark Unread

:And what do you think of that?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently there are other worlds where people are dying and starving. We have got to get stronger, whatever that takes, and get where we're needed, wherever that is. 

 

This is not a lie but the process that produced it is rather smoothly dissociated from the history of how he arrived at this belief, and tailored to Leareth instead; that's not even entirely conscious, though he notices it after the fact and wonders if people who read all each others' thoughts constantly avoid it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't reading that closely, he picks up on the disconnect but doesn't find it notable – it's not like he isn't doing the same thing all the time, and the relevant part is that it's not a lie. He just nods his agreement.

Are they nearly at their destination? They've been walking for a while but also the Palace is quite large. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His father does not live in the palace and only after considerable to-do consented to a tunnel. They're not there quite yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is curious why his father objected so strongly to living in the Palace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He, uh, doesn't actually get along with the King at all. They were estranged for most of my childhood" and Maitimo's the one who changed that. "And he dislikes incidentally running into his father's children and grandchildren by his second wife."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is able to follow along with what he's saying by reading his surface thoughts; it's helpful to have him speaking Quenya out loud, actually, he can nab a couple more vocabulary words. :I see. What led to this estrangement - was it related to his mother's death?:

Permalink Mark Unread

"The remarriage. My father blames the King's second wife for - approaching the King when he was vulnerable and grieving, and persuading him that he should abandon hope that Miriel might in time recover and desire to return to life, and persuading Miriel that the King wanted more children and as she couldn't give them to him she would only hurt him by returning to life. I think - there was plenty of blame to go around, but it was a mistake for the King to remarry as soon as he did and a mistake in which his own culpability is probably slightly diminished by his grief and confusion."

Permalink Mark Unread

:An awkward situation: Leareth agrees. He isn't sure what else to say, yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

My father ran away from home when he was thirty - uh, this tall - he gestures to indicate maybe a ten-year-old. Got an apprenticeship, got married, had a son, didn't speak to his father again until I was six. Nolofinwe's - account of this whole mess would include that the King expects his relationship with Nolofinwe to survive wronging him in this, and expects Fëanáro to walk away and never speak again if he thinks he was ill-done-by, and that he's letting that rule his judgment here.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Plausible, I suppose. Is it - common, here, for children to run away from home?:

Permalink Mark Unread

I know of only a handful of other cases and the children were much older. At the time it was wholly without precedent. And among our people to miss, for any reason, a chunk of your child's scarce years - when they are small - is counted among the greatest tragedies a person can experience.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is something that would deeply grieve most parents of my world also: And here, for several thousand years at least, there haven't been any greater tragedies to compare it to. Like, for example, a child pointlessly dead of some illness – still a horrifically frequent occurrence in most parts of Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. I don't have children yet but I can imagine that it's unimaginably difficult, balancing the obligations of a parent and the obligations of a King.

 

Something in that was not quite a lie but skirting it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is curious, but lets it slide. :And while grieving as well would make it even more difficult. Especially if - loss of a loved one is so rare and unexpected, in your world: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. It wasn't, in the Outer Lands, but here we thought we were safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. :The King would remember that time, correct? But not your father, or his siblings, or you: What a strange kind of generational divide. 

–It's one that his world will have, someday, if everything succeeds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That’s right. My father was the first child born to the Noldor in Tirion, after we built it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That could only have caused it to feel even more important and precious to the King: Leareth guesses. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, no question. The whole thing's just a perfect storm of sacred things bumping into each other. And now they're at his father's house. These guards, too, know how to use a sword (and there are guards stationed in the tunnel between the palace and Fëanáro's house, which is interesting.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will take a quick glance at the guards' thoughts, and pay attention to which direction they actually seem to be guarding in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're guarding Fëanáro's house against trouble coming from the palace; Nelyafinwë so obviously isn't that they've relaxed, seeing him. Nelyafinwë is joking with them, now, all three of them in separate one-on-one conversations, asking after the fit of the helmets and promising jokingly that the next time there's drama he'll make sure it's in some vacation resort or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- from the Outer Lands, yes. He thinks it's another world; they believe the oceans divide the worlds, there. Don't make fun of it, they had none of our advantages. If you don't mind -

 

The guards step aside. He opens a door into a library, thousands of books and scrolls on its walls, where another Quendi is seated. 

On his desk are three gemstones as magical as a thing could possibly be. They're radiating it, drenching the rest of the room with it so at a glance it looks like everything is magical; they also light it, brighter than the Mingling but not as obnoxious or as difficult to look at. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances up at him. 

I don't buy it, he says calmly. 

 

The problem is that Leareth looks too much like a Quendi and isn't one. If the process that created him and his people is different than the process that created the Quendi, he should look very different; if it is the same process, he should appear to have been made by the same hand, not necessarily with the same criteria but with the same worksmanship, the same degree of optimization; he's a less optimized Quendi and shouldn't be. It's the kind of alien someone who has only imagined aliens would imagine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nelyafinwë bows. He sighs very quietly in the back of his head. "Father, Leareth. Leareth, Curufinwë Fëanáro, High Prince of the Noldor, the King's heir."

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps he shouldn't explain it, since it'll make the next attempt more intelligent, but the attempts could stand to get a good deal more intelligent before he'd believe one and anyway he doesn't like conversations where he's keeping track of what inferences are downstream of ones he's trying not to share. And Maitimo believes him, and Maitimo's only stupid about politics.

 

Do you know how many kinds of animals there are in Valinor, Leareth?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth bows as well, not trying to match it exactly since he's not sure how finely-detailed their customs around greetings are. He is confused and he doesn't like it. He's going to be paying very detailed attention to Fëanáro's thoughts for the next bit; Fëanáro, unfortunately, thinks faster than he does. Not many can claim that honour. 

:No: he sends, levelly. :At least ten: He saw that many on the journey. :Likely thousands, if things here work the way I am accustomed to: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hundreds of thousands. And all of them are far more different from us than you are, which is interesting. The other races of peoples are more similar to us, because Aulë designed his dwarves from his memory of the intent of creation, and Melkor his orcs from the forcible breeding of Quendi, and Yavanna's just not very imaginative. But still they're more different from us than you are.

Accepting the premise that there are other universes, I would expect that the beings of those universes would be more different from us than the other beings of our own universe, more different even than the animals; the animals are constrained by sharing an ecology and in many cases an ancestry, needing to digest the same things and source light the same way and compete against the same predators, and the beings from another universe wouldn't be. Or, maybe, I would expect them to be identical, if the god who designed us designed you too, or if our design is more overdetermined than it looks from inside it.

I would not expect beings that are almost like Quendi, but with worse vision, and hair that grows on their cheekbones.

 

His private thoughts: that perhaps he shouldn't have said that bit about the hair, it's got to be a sensitive subject.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...You know, that is a fascinating and confusing question: Leareth admits. :To which I have given very little consideration, because there were other pressing matters. However, it is in fact very odd, and I would like to understand it myself, since perhaps it holds the answer to some critical question of metaphysics: He looks Fëanáro in the eye. :It seems, however, that you think you have a different explanation?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think someone sent you for these. He gestures at the gems. Or me, but probably these; Mandos could only hold me up for so long. 

He is worried Mandos would in fact think it a bright idea to just keep him dead until everyone calmed down, but he trusts his sons to ensure this wouldn't work. (His thoughts glance on the sons, who are apparently very numerous; Nelyafinwë is one of the ones he trusts least). 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Someone being who?: Leareth wonders what the other sons are like. Probably fascinating, if that part runs in the family. :And, perhaps I can help you test this theory. Is there anything you might observe, or fail to observe, about me, which would convince you otherwise?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

My brother, Melkor, conceivably Nelyafinwë but he won't say that, Indis. The second wife.

I was hoping you might have an explanation. In the absence of one, you probably have a language, or do they mysteriously speak Quenya in your world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reaches out to Nelyafinwë with carefully-shielded Mindspeech. :How likely is it to convince everybody there has been an assassination attempt, or incite a riot, or otherwise cause havoc, if I cast the barrier again so we can speak without being heard?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Leave me out of it and I'll explain. Fewer people address him expecting a response than me anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shield goes up. 

...Leareth sways slightly before catching his balance. That's nearly the end of his reserves; there's what looks like a powerful magic source, right there, but it's not obvious at a glance how to draw on it or whether he can, it's different from his own magic, and also Fëanáro might be able to tell if he tries and it could easily be interpreted as a hostile move. 

He waits to see Fëanáro's response – readying himself, to the extent he can, for a hostile one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, how could that be done using things that are known to exist - a Vala could do it in their domain, presumably, which implies a Maia correctly specialized could too, but Leareth is neither - the Silmarils couldn't move someone away from another person but they could slow the world around them, if he spent a Year figuring out how - Nelyafinwë looks normal but illusions are easy -

 

- there's lots that's not known to exist, of course, but no one else would've thought of it first -

Under most plausible assumptions about what Leareth is, stabbing him would not help. He might try it anyway, of course, but not yet.

He reaches for the Silmarils, pulls them into a pouch that he designed specifically to conceal their light, tucks it into a pocket against his breast. 

What's this demonstrating?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles slightly. Fëanáro is sharp. And has something closer to the right level of paranoia; Leareth can't help but admire that, however inconvenient it is for him right this second. 

:It is not mainly intended as a demonstration: he sends, :merely as a way for us to speak privately. This is magic from my world and hopefully even your gods will not be able to evade it: Yet, at least, and he isn't sure of it but you can't be fully certain of most things and he has to act anyway. :In any case. Within five minutes of hearing about both Melkor and your current political situation, I suspected his involvement. It has the smell of a god's scheme. If I am correct, then matters are likely to deteriorate drastically, and my instincts say you are on the brink of it already. Your world is better than I could have imagined, and I do not wish to see an evil god bring death and destruction to it: 

His smile broadens. :Also, I know many languages – eleven to a basic conversational level, and more if I find a way to transport books in from my world. It would be my pleasure to teach you, if you are curious, but I am not sure it is the most pressing matter: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it is. Languages are hard to fake; I don't think Melkor could do eleven, not from civilizations that interact with each other and are influenced by one another.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That is a good point. If you are someone who studies languages in depth, you might ascertain a great deal more from this than most people: Leareth glances over at Nelyafinwë, trying to catch his eye, and mouths the word he thinks means 'down' in Quenya, hoping this will convey that he's planning to lower the barrier. Teaching Fëanáro eleven languages might be strategically useful but it's not sensitive

:I am going to lower my shield: he informs Fëanáro. :I am not sure how much paranoia is warranted here, however, I suggest we not discuss Melkor while your gods might in theory be able to listen: 

Shield comes down. :Did anything happen?: Leareth asks Nelyafinwë as soon as he's able to reach him with Mindspeech. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A lot of things are happening, because of his father's decision to threaten to murder his brother earlier today, but no things happened as a direct result of the shield. You're good.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Apparently I am going to be teaching your father eleven languages from my world, as he thinks this is hard to fake and it may convince him that Melkor - and presumably the Quendi candidates - could not have sent me. It would be well if you could hold off anything escalating in the meantime: Leareth's lips twitch. :At the very least this ought to keep your father occupied for a good while: 

What is Fëanáro thinking now – is he talking to anyone now that the barrier is down? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Subjectively a minute twenty-five seconds, he says to Nelyafinwë, who nods. I want to learn the languages. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like to have something to tell the public -

Permalink Mark Unread

To tell the traitors, you mean. 

Permalink Mark Unread

To tell the public in such a fashion that the traitors will hear it from someone they believe and think they've outsmarted us. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, all right, come up with something. 

"Well?" he says to Leareth. "Eleven languages. Are there eleven peoples in your world?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:Considerably more than eleven, though it depends how one counts – hmm, I had been lumping modern Tayledras and Shin'a'in together with ancient Kaled'a'in, since they substantially share vocabulary and grammar, but the latter is archaic and was spoken about two thousand years ago in my world – I believe one of our years is a tenth as long as yours, so two hundred Years. For reference, among humans – the race that I am – that period would encompass perhaps eighty generations. In any case, the others are...:

He mentions three related but distinct tribal languages of the north that he found worth learning, as well Valdemaran, Karsite, Rethwellani, Hardornen, the trade-tongue of the region, and both the official state language for government matters and the colloquial day-to-day language of the Eastern Empire. Rethwellani and Hardornen are related; they both share an ancient common root with the Eastern Empire's tongues, to which Valdemaran is more closely related even though it's smack in between the two other countries. The northern languages form their own family, they're not mutually intelligible but they share a lot of grammar conventions. He's not sure where Karsite came from; probably it's related to a language family further south. The Kaled'a'in-descended language family is a third cluster, and trade-creoles in general are their own mess, this one is no exception, it's got a pared-down grammar and is smushed full of random loanwords from all over the place.  

Permalink Mark Unread

He gradually goes from suspicious to intrigued to wildly uncomplicatedly curious and would like some sample sentences from all of those, and then some more from Rethwellani and Hardornen, and then an explanation (preferably referencing all this history) of every grammatical irregularity. He repeats back everything said to him, perfectly, and then tries steadily unlikelier variants: "I had been eating?"  "I have been eating, but you have not been eating?" "I had been eating when you ate me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Leareth is mostly just becoming more impressed, and gradually relaxing a little despite himself; he had completely not been expecting this to be fun. Fëanáro in this mood reminds him of Urtho, if you substitute 'languages' for 'gryphons', and honestly the former is much more appealing to him. The unlikely sentences get a chuckle from him. He can give sample sentences easily; he can't explain every grammatical irregularity to Fëanáro's satisfaction, at least not from memory without referencing any of the notes he doesn't have.

Leareth is starting to notice that it's been a long time since he ate, though. Or slept. He can manage for a good bit longer without the latter if he can obtain the former, and better still if he could refill his magic. He doesn't feel comfortable enough with Fëanáro yet to ask about the Silmarils. 

:Nelyafinwë?: he tries instead. :I wished to check what is happening on your side. Also to find out if meals happen on a schedule here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can have something sent in, do you eat the same things as us? There's a lot happening and I'm watching most of it, is there a specific thing you're looking out for -

Permalink Mark Unread

:So far it seems I can eat your food without difficulty. I am curious mainly whether people seem to be more or less agitated, and whether there are speculations about me. If nothing is urgent, though, we can discuss later – your father is still ravenous for my languages: He returns his attention to quickly check what Fëanáro is thinking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Word's gotten around that you say you're from another world, and also that you're confused and from the Outer Lands, and that you went to talk to the King about things. I don't know what Nolofinwë thinks, which will be the most important thing. I think people are mostly less agitated - we asked ours to get off the streets and go read some new research about the Outer Lands -

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is a clever story. I was - not sufficiently discreet on my arrival, given what I know now. Hopefully this will cover for it: He's not sure what else he ought to have done, if he'd pretended to be a Maia then he wouldn't have gotten the helpful orientation and might not have found out about the succession dispute at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't imagine there's any way to land in another universe with a hostile foreign god you don't know anything about and guess right off your safest cover story. We might be able to swing this - not with Nolofinwë, I think, but with the public at least...

Permalink Mark Unread

"I ate your hat, I ate your hat because I am your hat, I am your hat because I ate your hat? Grammatical?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:That would be a relief: "Yes," he says out loud to Fëanáro. "Make sense, no." He's been slowly picking up more Quenya vocabulary as well. :You are very quick with languages: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not with only languages," he says. "Or do I say, not only with languages? In Quendi there is a general quickness to people. Quick at languages, probably quick at math, probably quick at magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Not only with languages'. My people share that trait." He'll answer out loud in Rethwellani as well, Fëanáro clearly has the vocabulary down. "I am quicker than most humans." Modesty has never been one of Leareth's personality traits. "I suspect the average Quendi is quicker than the average human, just as your eyesight is better, and so your extremes would seem - very impressive, from where I stand." 

It's very irritating, if there were any chance of it working he'd consider trying to switch to a Quendi body, but he'd need to convince one of them to have children with them - if that were even possible, biologically speaking - and then wait a very long time, and that's assuming his–

bastard gods, he thinks to himself, he should have thought of this a day ago. He has no guarantee that his immortality will work at all here, and he needs to check that as soon as possible, and be about six times more cautious in the meantime, damn it not so long ago he was being blasé about Fëanáro considering stabbing him. Not that it'd be likely to get through his personal shields, but he can't guarantee that, it could be a magical sword. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The average Quendi is older than the average human, maybe a Quendi of thirty would not seem very quick to humans. Or maybe they would, already they would see better. Or do I say 'they would still see better'. I am not an average Quendi anyway, I am the quickest Quendi."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth refocuses; that can be dealt with later, not right this moment, at the very least he doubts Fëanáro will let anyone get away with killing him before he's extracted every single language fact. "I think that 'already' is the word you want, although for humans eyesight arrives early – in fact, children see and hear better than adults, usually, our bodies deteriorate with age. Yours do not?"

Clearly Fëanáro has no particular leaning toward humility either. What's he thinking right now?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's thinking about other sentences to tease out the distinction between 'already' and 'still'. "I still went to the store today, I already went to the store today, both are good? But if I say, a Quendi of thirty would already seem quick, I shouldn't say, the Quendi would still seem quick."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanáro is really a very...focused...sort of person. 'One-track' would be the unflattering way to put it, despite his Quendi ability to have multiple threads of conversation. 

"Already is, you were expecting something in the future and it came sooner? 'Still' means something was true in the past and you might expect it no longer to hold but it does. Quick - we might say clever, also - is something that would increase with age, usually, whereas, hmm, you might say: a human of thirty is already adult-sized, a Quendi of thirty is still this high." He gestures at around the height that Fëanáro supposedly was when he ran away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah hah." Someone brings an elaborate spread of food and hands it to Nelyafinwë, who passes it on to them. Fëanáro wants the names of everything on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the dishes are unrecognizable to him and thus don't have names in Rethwellani, but Leareth can label bread and cheese and some familiar-looking fruits and vegetables, and give the generic word for 'pastry' for the things that look like that. It's really remarkably similar to the food he knows, when you think about this; he mentions this as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. He frowns. 

How did you get here?

The important question is 'did you get here by some process no one else in the history of your world would plausibly have stumbled on', but that's a leading question so he is going for the more neutral one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth switches to private Mindspeech. :We have a magic we call Gates - it allows opening a door from one place directly to another, even if they lie thousands of miles apart. Gates themselves are common enough; I was trying a very unusual experiment, a way to make a Gate undetectable. I expected to arrive in a cave where I store some rare books, and instead I stumbled into sombody's squash garden: He's not going to give any more detail in a place where a god might overhear. Just in case, someday, it matters. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So here's my biggest reservation at this point. There's a Quendi math concept, your world might have it too since your math is the same - there's never two of something.

Permalink Mark Unread

:We do not have the saying, but - if you mean that two is an un-parsimonious number, compared to 'one' or 'countless' - I have been musing on it also. Perhaps there are countless worlds, and accidental journeys between them are absurdly rare, such that they happen once or twice in the history of a world – or perhaps they happen more often and usually end in the visitor's death in some quiet patch of wilderness: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- how would that happen? The death in the wilderness part, interworld transportation being exceptionally rare seems plausible.

Permalink Mark Unread

He still keeps forgetting about the 'paradise' part. :In my world? Cold weather and lack of drinkable water, most likely, perhaps wild animals, starvation if they survived the first two, or poisoning from a non-edible plant eaten in desperation. A human lost in a wilderness they are unfamiliar with is unlikely to survive unless they are very clever and resourceful – having mage-gift would help, but not remove the danger entirely, even a mage needs to sleep and your world contains no ambient energy that I can draw on. I imagine this is not the case here, but might still be in your Outer Lands?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, we started in the Outer Lands and we managed all right but maybe these days it's that deadly, with the monsters Melkor made still running about. In Valinor all the plants are safe to eat and there are enough Maiar you can usually find one by wandering through a forest shouting for a day or so. There are some wild animals but they're mostly more afraid of us than we are of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I assume that your people also started as a group, not all separated and alone? If you were to abandon a group of ten humans in the same wilderness, their chances would be far better – even two would be more likely to survive, since they might trade off on sleeping and watching for danger, and more hands and eyes mean more opportunities to find firewood and water in time: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They started in pairs, husband and wife, and in clusters of six, twelve, eighteen, twenty-four, thirty-six, and forty-eight, for a hundred and forty-four in total.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That is bizarrely specific. Do you have any idea why?: Leareth frowns. :My people have no cultural memory of arising in such a way. I doubt that we were created by the gods at all, as I assume the Quendi would have to have been for it to occur in such a way; in my world, animals change over many generations and sometimes entire new species result, and the world is very old. Though some races on my world were god-created, more recently, so it is possible this happened in our prehistory: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eru, the god who charged the Valar with the making of the world, made us directly; the Valar cannot create sapients without his aid, or Melkor would have done that instead of having to make orcs from Quendi. I don't know what he had in mind with the specific groupings.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating. I think our gods cannot directly create a sapient species either; they do it by modifying others, or in one case reuse human souls in horse-shaped bodies for reasons that somewhat make sense in context. I do not know that we have a god that created the entirety of the world and the gods in it; if we do, they have never communicated in any way that was recorded or remembered: 

Fëanáro seems pretty convinced on the 'other world' part. Leareth wonders how convinced he is on either the Melkor plot, or Leareth's motive being helpful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What're your gods like?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Decidedly unhelpful, for the most part. Cryptic and mysterious. Very slow, tend to act indirectly. They do not usually speak to mortals of their goals: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar are also typically very slow. They're happy enough to talk to us, though. They want us to behave ourselves and be happy in paradise.

 

 

He does not think much of this goal.

Permalink Mark Unread

:A kinder aim than most of the gods of my world: Leareth admits, :but - one that would frustrate me. Especially if they have given up on bringing paradise to those still outside it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They have no way to get here if they want to. And some of them do; they were looking for a lost family member, when the Valar decided it was time to depart.

Permalink Mark Unread

:The Valar never went back for a second pass? How hard would it have been?:

Permalink Mark Unread

They transported us to Valinor by moving an island across the sea. They did make a second trip, but not a third. I don't know why, except that they're stubborn and sort of stupid.

Permalink Mark Unread

:And so you would like to do it yourself?: Leareth frowns. :Or build your own paradise there, I suppose, one not run by stubborn and stupid gods. Your people might be more than capable of it, now that your civilization has had all of this time to flourish: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I don't plan to come back. We needed their help, back then, since the lands they'd abandoned to Melkor were desolate and full of monsters, and lightless because they never got around to lighting them. But now? We'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I believe it: Leareth smiles. :I do not think I could stay for all of it - if there is a way back to my own world, which there ought be if I Gated here, then my people have greater need. However, it does seem that in the near term, you have a problem. One that looks very worrying to me, and that could throw all of your hopes off course, if I am right about who is responsible. That, I do wish to help with. I have relevant experience – since humans are so short-lived, our kingdom have had many opportunities for succession, and disputes that were resolved in various ways:

He watches Fëanáro's thoughts closely to gauge his response. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is annoyed to be reminded of the succession dispute, which cannot possibly matter at all next to there apparently being other worlds. Nelyafinwë just aspires to universal popularity and takes it very poorly when left with merely overwhelming popularity. And Indis's children never stopped acting like children. I don't think there's anything there to worry about.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I strongly disagree. It is not the most important matter, no, not by far – it is petty compared to the hope of exploring other worlds – but I fear it is very urgent: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë's not going to do anything except sulk and yell at my father.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not worried about Nolofinwë. I am worried about - meddling: He glances around, then sighs and reaches for Nelyafinwë's mind. :Is anybody going to panic if I use the thought-barrier again? Your father is being stubborn: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that, he says dryly. He should tell people not to interrupt him and then it'll pass unnoticed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth passes back wordless acknowledgement. :I may be very tired after this: he admits. :Do not be alarmed - I will not push it to the point of danger: And maybe he can convince Fëanáro to let him draw on the Silmarils. 

:Prince Fëanáro: he sends. :Please request that nobody interrupt you for a few minutes. I would like to speak privately again: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's going to do that again, he tells a specific other person. Same check-in afterwards. 

All right, he says to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shield goes up. 

–And he had less left than he realized, Leareth looks around for someplace to sit, if there isn't a chair or something nearby it's going to be the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't set up his study with chairs for visitors because then they stay forever but he's very quick on his feet. He jumps his desk and grabs Leareth with one hand while the other one closes protectively over his Silmarils. 

What happened? he asks, sounding more suspicious than concerned.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Simply tired. Gate here was draining, cannot replenish magic as in my world: Except for the gems that Fëanáro is definitely still suspicious he's here to nab, which means that asking is fraught. :I will be all right: Holding it is easier than getting it up, there's only a little he needs to feed in to keep it stable. :We have - two, three minutes. I did not wish to speak of my theory about Melkor where there was any possibility he might be listening, because I only just arrived in this world and I do not yet know the correct level of paranoia. The appropriate paranoia against gods in my own world is very, very high: 

:I am not worried about Nolofinwë: he repeats. :If it were merely Quendi involved, I would think it likely that all would come out well, given your people's history. But – from what I have learned, this situation appears to have repeatedly gone worse than it ought, given the level of effort and cleverness being put in by all sides, and that makes me suspect enemy action. The fact that it is so hard to pin down – that it could be happenstance, except why would it fall against you so many turns in a row – is why I think it bears the marks of a god's work. And Melkor exists. This does not seem like a stretch to me. Do you not think that Melkor, who required all of the other Valar to defeat, is worth taking seriously? And even if you are not sure of my theory, if it is plausible at all, then a grave situation multiplied by a one-in-ten chance is still worth acting on. You are perfectly good at paranoia, I think, you know this to be true: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Huh. 

 

No, you're right. I should have thought of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I am right: Leareth sends, :then Nolofinwë, and Nelyafinwë and perhaps your other children, and the King, and even you, have all been pawns in this scheme. And I suspect Melkor intends a far worse outcome even than blood in your streets – yes, worse. I am not sure how he would play this into fighting the other Valar, but then again, I would not expect to be able to predict a god's plans: He tries, again, to gauge what Fëanáro is thinking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not totally convinced it'd be terrible if Melkor fought the other Valar. Probably it'd be at least a little terrible. It'd also be pretty interesting. He's trying to think what things might be attributable to him, and not coming up with anything, and not really less convinced, for this. 

You think your magic lets you fight him?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Perhaps. Or a combination of my magic and yours, and what we can learn with cross-study, or - magic from a third world, if we find it necessary to explore further. Or merely very good planning that takes their existence and plans into account, assisted with the privacy my magic can offer: For about thirty more seconds, this particular time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I think it's a good idea. And if we defeat Melkor the rest of the Valar might reconsider interfering with our departure from Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Perhaps. I will wish to seek more confirmation that Melkor is in fact involved, here, before we attempt it: Not that he has very much doubt, but - it's a new world, the rules aren't going to be what he's spent two millennia training his judgement on. 

–and abruptly Leareth's knees are no longer willing to support any of his weight. It is, on reflection, a particularly ill-advised idea to run sufficiently low on reserves right now that he can't maintain his basic personal shields against attacks, even if Fëanáro seems to be feeling cooperative right now, and he's close to that. :Barrier coming down: and then it's done. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How does your magic work, is it tiring the same way as running or mining?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Roughly. Not usually - so limited. Need an energy-source here. May I catch my breath a minute?: Where's Nelyafinwë? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Standing against the wall looking concerned. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think I have convinced your father of the gravity here: Leareth assures him. After thirty seconds of rest, his legs are working again. :You are right, he is not subtle in the least, but he is capable of paranoia. It need simply be aimed in the correct direction: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He already told you this? he's saying to Nelyafinwë at the same time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I took it straight to you. That was a minute fifty seconds, for me -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Get Curufinwë - and get Tyelcormo, actually, I think Huan would be able to notice the presence of anyone who'd warrant these additional precautions -

Permalink Mark Unread

If we can avoid relying on that we should, he says, and in parallel tells those people to come here, and in parallel says to Leareth, oh good, that's a relief.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes: Leareth agrees. To Fëanáro: :You can let go of me now, I think. What do you plan to do from here?: He's not going to let on to Fëanáro that he's reading his private thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He mostly wants to get out of Valinor faster. He was planning on sending scouts, first, if the Valar didn't prohibit it, get a report on local conditions they could use to figure out what they'd need...invent it, improve it... but if there's a plan at work to stop him, then the best defense is to be faster than the plan. The Valar are slow. If the Noldor march out of Tirion in six days there's no way Melkor will be able to adjust his plans accordingly. They're not ready - they don't have armor, they don't have enough magic lights, they don't have boats - they can maybe buy boats off Olwë - ideally they'd have a Year of food supplies in case feeding themselves is much harder than anticipated, for example if the local population is at the highest population density the land can support, which would be bizarre of them but which should be accounted for anyway -

- but not being ready is easier to correct than being pawns in a war among the Valar. 

I want to announce that we're leaving for the Outer Lands immediately, he tells Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Moving faster than the gods can adapt is, in fact, one of the few strategies Leareth has found to ever work – in the short-term, at least, but some short-term victories are harder to reverse than others, and 'crossing an ocean' seems like one. 

:Do you have a plan for transport?: he sends, including Nelyafinwë as well. :It is possible I can help. I would, however, need a source of usable magical energy – as you have noticed, the spellcasting I can do from my personal reserves alone is limited: Well, and he's still drained from an accidental inter-world Gate, it's going to take a lot longer than a day to recover from food and sleep alone and now is a particularly bad time to sleep anyway.

:This would also mean I might assist with shielding and defence: he adds, :if there prove to be threats in the Outer Lands – oh, and light also, that is easy for my magic to do: The part he can't help with is food – well, indirectly he can use weather-magic to ensure good crop yields, but that's slow, and there's also only one of him. He could Gate supplies across the ocean, maybe, but that would only work if those remaining in Valinor were willing to provide them... 

Permalink Mark Unread

- not really, no. What works as a source of magical energy - can you use the Trees -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Possibly. I am not at all sure how my magic interacts with the magic of your world, yet – though the fact that my senses can detect it at all, hints that I ought to be able to work with it in some way: Leareth smiles. :I hear you have studied magic in depth - and, you are the quickest Quendi. Perhaps you might explain your theories to me, and that will give us an idea of how to proceed: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Our magic doesn't work off sources, you can make any object magical. You could try this - he picks up a ring off his shelf - and see if you can get anything out of it, I suppose. Does it affect the source when you take magic from it?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Your magic is very different in nature from that of my world. Where I am from, magical energy is - like firewood, in a way. It is a universal fuel, it collects in streams and lakes as water does, and drawing from those streams reduces them. But your world has nothing even resembling that, so - I am not sure of the answer to your question: 

Leareth takes the ring and focuses his mage-senses on it fully, trying to pick up as much as he can about its structure, and in particular, whether it's leaking or radiating anything that resembles mage-energy. He doesn't yet try to touch it, just looks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is magic; Leareth could reach in and interact with the magic, if he wanted. It's not very magic. It is differently magic than anything from Leareth's world would be; the magic feels like it's sitting atop the world, instead of tapping into something that's everywhere. 

It's exquisitely pretty, when you're looking at magic as much as when you're looking at design.

Permalink Mark Unread

He examines it for a while. 

:Would you have the ability to sense if I were about to damage this?: Leareth sends to Fëanáro. :It looks as though I ought to able to touch it, but it would grieve me to break your artifact accidentally, and I am still not sure how my magic will interact with it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I wouldn't notice. I can make another, though, more easily than transportation to the Outer Lands.

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right: Leareth reaches in and, very carefully, tries to touch the artifact the same way he would a node or ley-line, seeing if he can draw its power into himself – and if anything happens to it in the process. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not quite like a node or a ley-line, but there's something there, and he can have it. When he's taken it, it wells back up, like how a hole dug in the sand right on the ocean shore will refill if you empty it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's neat. :It works: Leareth confirms. It's not a lot of power, it's not going to get him a Gate, but if he can keep drawing on it repeatedly for a while, he can get back enough reserves that privacy-shields aren't a problem. :What is the usual function of this ring?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Slows down everyone else relative to you. Not by very much, but - it'd be handy if I'd underrated Nolofinwë and it came to a sword fight, or if we had one in the Outer Lands.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating: He wonders how much his mage-senses would be able to analyze its structure, see the components now that he knows what it does - whether he can even perceive all of it. :I do not think such a thing is possible in my world, except perhaps to gods. In any case, might I hold onto it for a time? I can replenish my magic from it, but only a little at a time: He shrugs. :And not enough to bring your people across the ocean. But, one thing at a time: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Though if you can make do with light-stones, those are more numerous.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh - if this works, then I most likely can, yes, unless they are much less powerful. I am not sure how you quantify the power of an artifact, here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them do things that are harder to do, but I'm not sure that's the same thing. Falling off a cliff is not hard to do but in a sense it's very powerful.

Permalink Mark Unread

:No: Leareth agrees. :In my world's magic, one might distinguish power from - complexity. To lift a stone roof into place, you need power – only a very strong mage could do it at all, and only if tapping on energy outside themselves: He's going to steer away from combat-based examples for now. 

:However, an illusion like this: he demonstrates a simple one, a tiny image of Tirion from a distance as he approached it, :is hardly any power at all, yet requires years of skill and training. Perhaps your magic does not have anything analogous to this distinction: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think almost everything we do with artifacts is about complexity and not power. Unless we're harnessing some force beyond that which powers artifacts. The Silmarils captured the light of the Trees because they needed more light than any set of instructions would let them generate.

Permalink Mark Unread

:And is the light of the Trees diminished as a result, or do they shine just as brightly still?: That seems like an important distinguishing factor for how exactly this magic works. :And how did the Trees become able to shine so brightly at all?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar made them; in their own domains the Valar can alter the world in lots of ways that we can't replicate in artifacts or in songs. Mandos can raise the dead, for instance, and I've tried to figure out how to do it myself and I haven't discovered a way. Yet. The Trees are not dimmer for the Silmarils; I captured only the light they give off anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :Then I think it very likely I could power a Gate - even across an ocean - from the Trees also, and without damaging them. Though aiming it to its destination would not be trivial, and will require some discussion and experiments. And, of course, once we are on the other side I will not be able to draw on them: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have been planning on the assumption we won't return. The Valar might not allow it, but even if they do, Fëanáro probably won't at first; if people can go back and forth at any moment they'll lose their focus. Valinor is gentler, easier. It won't win out in the long run but it starts with a big advantage.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I would still prefer that I might use my full power in defence, or simply for transport and logistics within the Outer Lands. Or in an offensive against Melkor: Leareth draws on the energy from the ring again, replacing what he used for the illusion, and waits for it to refill. :It had been speculated earlier that perhaps the Maiar are a source of energy in a similar way – do you think that any of them will choose to accompany your people?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huan will. I wouldn't think he'd mind being a magic energy source as long as you can do it by petting him or something. The context attached to that thought is a mental image of a giant fluffy wolfhound. Presumably if you can interact with Maiar and Valar in that fashion you could also detect one?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I have not yet had a chance to test it but I suspect so. Could Huan come here such that I can try it?: Leareth thinks he remembers the name from a side conversation but, again, he's not going to reveal to Fëanáro yet that he's been listening to those. Nelyafinwë can decide to tell his father if and when he trusts him to use that information responsibly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I've asked him to. Would it be worth a side trip to see if you can see Aulë, who is a Vala, as well? I think I need to give people three days to pack, so we can get some errands done in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I think so, yes. After I have slept. It is possible I need more sleep than Quendi do, and I wish to be well rested before attempting such a long-range Gate: He frowns. :And...I would think twice before speaking to Them of anything we have discussed: 

Permalink Mark Unread

This makes him feel a great swell of affection and trust for Leareth.

We absolutely shouldn't. They're all idiots and will mishandle it. But Aulë tries, sometimes, so he's better than most of them, and I think it's safe enough to chance a visit.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Huh. That was bizarrely easy. Maybe it shouldn't be surprised. Fëanáro is, as his son pointed out, not a subtle person. 

(Privately, Leareth thinks that both Nelyafinwë and his father are making a mistake in expectation, given what they know, by trusting his motives as much as they seem to be. Leareth certainly hasn't done enough to prove his trustworthiness, and – well, he hasn't actually decided for sure against taking over himself, if it seems like no one else is going to handle the situation competently. It's not his preferred path, he would rather not commit himself to staying here long-term, but it's an option.) 

:If you think so, then I will trust your recommendation: he sends, briefly bowing his head. He's going to gamble that even a Vala won't be able to get through foreign-magic shields to read his thoughts, at least not so soon; hellfires, they missed Melkor, it really doesn't seem like directly reading intent is among the Valar's skills. :If it is all right with you, I would like to speak with Huan first, and test whether he can assist with providing energy for moderate-sized spells, and then I would like to rest for a time:

Though not sleep right away, probably, there are certain tests he wants to run without anyone else's observation, now that he has reserves to spare. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He should be here in a little. You can teach me more Valdemaren in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will happily answer Fëanáro's questions and tell him whether his sample sentences are grammatical, while sparing some attention to at least slightly track any side conversations happening in osanwë. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can gate us across to the Outer Lands. Needs artifacts, but doesn't use them. I think we should send a scouting party today, and everyone else in three days. Maybe four.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are we going to explain why the hurry -

Permalink Mark Unread

Once we get there, I think. He's going to check if he can detect the presence of the Valar; once we know whether Melkor accompanies us across the sea or not we'll have a better picture of what we're dealing with. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think a lot more people won't come if we don't explain the reason for the hurry.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't need cowards.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't really know what we'll need. If the scouting party can leave immediately and return later today we could perhaps decide, from that, what we'll need.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't want Nolofinwë or his hangers-on, they'll be a distraction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Misery, anger, frustration.)

Perhaps. We should see what the scouts find. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. 

 

I'd like you and four others, your choice, to be prepared to leave immediately by magic to the Outer Lands, he tells someone else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that's a new one. Immediately as in - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Within the hour. Still bring Huan here first. The interworld visitor offered to help but he needs to check how his magic interacts with Huan.

Permalink Mark Unread

On our way. Why's he helping -

Permalink Mark Unread

Not clear. As long as he's sincere about getting us across the ocean, though, it won't matter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How long are we going for?

Permalink Mark Unread

A day. Figure out if the whole coastline is settled and whether they'll have us - or whether there's coast they're not using - and whether the fish are as normal, like Ulmo claims - and bring back a soil sample and a water sample.

Permalink Mark Unread

Got it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is directing someone to pack up his library, directing someone to leave some place with a shipment of needed supplies, directing a couple of people out of an argument in the street with a meaningless errand that should get them away from anyone they can fight with -

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

- a perfect storm of misery and anger and terror which he does his best to push away from conscious awareness, it's probably readable, it's probably very obvious - 

- there's no winning move here, is there. (There never was.) If he doesn't answer that'll reach Nolofinwë, and he'll take it as a worse sign than the death threat, not wrongly. But there's no chance he can manage sixty seconds of conversation without thinking anything - and he can't explain that Leareth is with him and has mindreading magic, the implications of that are obviously terrifying and he can't offer assurances about even a tenth of them - his father already wants to leave them behind and that can'thappencan'thappencan'thappen it's a whole big continent out there Leareth's range can't be infinite - might be less than theirs, actually -

My father knows, stop talking to me, he says, because that'll make him go away without anything reaching Nolofinwë and that makes it the only move that might not destroy anything permanently, just for a very long time, because he promised that he wouldn't lie in private (this isn't in private, that is in fact the whole problem) (less emotions, have some control of yourself) -

- he asks a farmer a hundred miles from here to harvest their crops and make for Tirion, he asks a smith in the mines in Formenos how much work they can finish in the next week, he tells his father that if there are enough gates for it one should be to Formenos, there's no time for the people there to make it to Tirion - and they're loyal -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, good idea - 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can micromanage all the protestors, if he wants to. These ones can be asked to go copy a scroll from the library and these ones asked to pick up some sandwiches to bring to Aroronto who hasn't left his workshop in three days and these ones asked to patrol the river south of the city and these ones asked to outfit some horses and these ones asked to climb the Tower and relieve the watch posted there and he can split his thoughts into a fine mist over his city and not have any interesting feelings or impressions whatsoever.

Permalink Mark Unread

The door opens without a knock to a blonde Elf with muddy fancy clothes and a bow slung across his back and an enormous wolfhound at his side. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huan, Leareth, Leareth, Huan," he says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huan's the dog," the Elf says helpfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not one of the Quendi, to be able to split his attention ten ways at will, and he's been scattered trying to catch as much as he can of the conversations, without leaving any blatantly obvious pauses in his conversation with Fëanáro. Which, fortunately, can be conducted almost entirely out loud, because Fëanáro is a genius and already speaks Valdemaran almost as well as he does. That, at least, makes it easier not to leak anything in Mindspeech overtones, so he doesn't have to control his thoughts or feelings much, just his face and voice. 

...He's having trouble keeping up. Fëanáro wants him to Gate in an hour? He's - for one thing he isn't sure he even can, even if using Huan to draw on for power works on the first try, he's still kind of drained (reflexively he draws on the ring that he's still holding again) and he hasn't slept and Fëanáro apparently doesn't care about any of his requests. And he hasn't had a chance to explain the information and testing he needs, for example, 'a map' or at least 'a bearing and distance'. Though if he just has to hit the continent itself, it's probably pretty big, he can be imprecise... 

(Something is wrong. Leareth can't spare enough attention to really track whatever in all hells just went on with Nelyafinwë, but the spike of misery was hard to miss. He would really prefer not to end up trying to help these people survive on a hostile new continent when there's some sort of unresolved social drama simmering – not to mention, what if it's downstream of Melkor, upstream of some predicted poor decision that will lead to disaster, he can't trust anything that seems off right now – but also now is the worst time to try to ask Nelyafinwë about it.) 

"My pleasure to meet you, Huan," Leareth says, as well as he can in Quendi. :Do you understand me?: Mindspeaking with a small god is potentially fraught; if it seems iffy he can have one of the others translate. At the same time, he leans into his mage-senses again; what kind of magical is Huan? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huan is EXTREMELY MAGICAL. He is made of magic instead of what ordinary dogs are made of, magic holding cells together and magic holding fur together and magic holding the air still around him so it doesn't shiver to announce his presence. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He doesn't really like talking," says the blonde Elf, patting him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth shrugs internally and holds out his hand for the dog-god to sniff. If Huan takes up that offer, Leareth will try petting him next, and test whether coming into incidental contact with that tight nexus of magic is the same thing as actually touching it with his mage-gift. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The dog-god is happy to sniff him, and happy to be petted. 

It is possible to make contact with Huan without touching the magic with his mage-gift, if he's specifically trying to achieve that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth leaves it at that for a bit, making sure just being near it isn't harming him, and then glances at Fëanáro. :Does Huan understand it if you speak to him? I wish to ask his permission to draw on some of his magic, which I think ought not cause any harm given how it went with your ring, but I do not wish to startle him: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He understands you fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :Huan, I am going to try to draw on your magic, to see if I can use this to help Fëanáro: He keeps petting, and this time reaches out with his Gift as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huan goes still, but doesn't object. He can draw on the magic just like the artifact's magic, though there's a whole lot more of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth conceals a sigh of relief. He keeps going until his reserves are full to bursting, which takes under a minute, and then straightens up. :Huan's help will be sufficient for almost any magic, short of a Gate large enough to admit all of your people and crossing an ocean: he sends to both Fëanáro and Nelyafinwë. :For that, I suppose the Trees would do. I would prefer to begin testing it with smaller Gates in any case. The next question is aiming it. The usual method involves having visited a place myself, which would obviously rule out crossing the ocean with it. However, I can use a blindly aimed version, if you are able to provide either maps or an approximate direction and distance. The latter would be particularly imprecise, however, I assume you wish to reach the Outer Lands at all and not some exact location within them: 

Leareth ducks his head. :Also, if you wish to do it before I have had a chance to sleep, then I will not be accompanying whoever chooses to go at first. I will be very tired afterward, Huan's assistance or no, and I do not wish to place myself in a position where I am unable to defend against threats to my safety: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good! I'd like to do a trial in one hour with Tyelcormo, Huan and a few of their companions. It makes sense for you not to accompany them, as we don't know what to expect to find there and can't afford to risk you.  We can give you a direction and an approximate distance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am willing to attempt it, then, though I cannot promise immediate success. Might I have a place to lie down and rest for the interim?: And he reaches out with private, shielded Mindspeech to Nelyafinwë. :May we speak privately?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- you mean in a room that doesn't have other people in it? Sure. 

He can rest in the library, he says to his father. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Library's this way."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth follows Nelyafinwë. He's actually not especially tired, right now, his body hums with mage-energy, but he has a lot of thinking to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

The library's very pretty and has luxurious couches. What can I help you with?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Two things. One. Your father is...in a massive hurry. I am concerned that this will not leave enough time to prepare. I assume that Tyelcormo knows the danger he is consenting to, here, but – I wished to make sure that you were also tracking this, and ready to either stall or ensure that necessary preparations are made in time. Also, I might wish to at some point explain to you all of the uses of my magic, so that you can take this into account in your planning:

Slight smile. :I trust you to make wise use of limited resources, more than I trust your father: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- it does our relationship a lot of damage, when I stall him. I'm trying to talk him into taking more of our people along when we do leave, I have limited ability to make other asks. One of our limited resources here is my father's patience. Tyelcormo knows what he's doing, and there's very little in the world that could seriously threaten him, but - yes, ideally we'd have more time. I do think there's a strong case we'll make use of limited time better than our adversaries will.

Permalink Mark Unread

Internal sigh. Your father is poorly placed to be King, if he cannot muster the most basic of patience, Leareth thinks but doesn't say. 

:I understand: he sends. :I agree, on the last point, but I was not sure your father was truly making the choice for this reason, as opposed to - years of bottled-up haste to begin, I suppose. Perhaps I sell him short. If I can help by making it cheaper for him to assent that more of your people come along, perhaps by Gating all of them here from various locations, or if I can assist in transporting supplies so that we depart as well-equipped as possible, I will do so. Though it may trade off against my ability to defend myself or anybody else once we arrive, since it seems your people need less rest than mine and your father is not particularly eager to take this into account: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He was planning to wait another thirty Years, I do think the haste is a consequence of the concern you raised rather than - general impatience. But impatience for very good reasons still has many of the harms of impatience for bad reasons. The people he wants to leave behind are Nolofinwë's faction in Tirion. I think it's larger than he realizes, and we need them. But - shrug. Separating the factions will probably prevent whatever harm Melkor meant to do through them.

Permalink Mark Unread

:There is an argument either way: Leareth agrees. :In an emergency, if we meet a threat greater than we can handle, I could perhaps return to transport them - without offering a way for anybody else to return, if your father does not wish it, and assuming they were still willing. I can Gate myself alone back to a place I have already seen much more cheaply, and I still hope to be able to use the Trees for a Gate departing Valinor: 

He looks down at the beautiful rug underfoot. :My second question is - are you all right? You...seem unhappy. Generally, and especially at a particular moment earlier. I do not know the cause – I am no longer trying to read your thoughts, since I trust your goals and it seemed to trouble you before, and in any case I cannot keep up with the number of conversations that Quendi can, so I was rather scattered. You need not tell me, of course, it is your business and not mine. However, it concerns me. Is there anything that I might do to help?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I love Tirion and these people and I am afraid that we will be permanently divided by the events of recent years. I think you might be able to help, but it'll have to wait until the more urgent problems are solved.

 

So it'll be all right, then, so long as he can keep himself under control. He can do that. It's not forever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is fairly sure that Nelyafinwë both isn't saying anything and is making a deliberate effort not to think it. It's unfortunate, that he feels he needs to do it, but not as unfortunate as his not knowing about Leareth's abilities, both for strategic reasons and because, well, Leareth is trying to cooperate with him. He's keeping a lot of secrets, and intends to for a good long time, but - that one in particular would be seen as a worse betrayal the longer he waited, and justifiably so.

:That is all. Can you ensure that someone comes to find me when your father is ready for the Gate?: And he goes to stretch out on one of the couches, which is just as comfortable as it looks, and closes his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He leaves. Once it sounds like Leareth is asleep he stops scattering his mind about Tirion and goes to his room and -

- yes, this is fine, he can do this for the short time until they leave Tirion and it matters less what Leareth thinks of him. Of course it will still matter, because Leareth doesn't think Fëanáro has any business running a country, but -

- but buying himself time now is particularly valuable. 

He gets back to work. 

 

An hour later someone comes to let Leareth know that Tyelcormo's party is ready to depart.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth did in fact nap for most of the hour; it seems like a good idea not to have been awake for a day before attempting a difficult casting in a new world. He's been awake and pretending to be asleep for the last few minutes, though, mostly extending his senses, gauging quick snatches of the surface thoughts of random passersby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are bringing food for the scouting expedition and worrying about the political situation and wondering what magic Leareth can do and being glad he chose to support the rightful heir to the King.

Permalink Mark Unread

None of that spells immediate disaster, at least. 

Leareth sits up when he feels someone coming with the intent to collect him. "Now?" he says in Quenya. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, if you're ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not exactly the readiest he’s ever felt for something, but he nods and follows.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has joined up with three other Quendi; they're wearing backpacks and have bows, arrows and long knives. Huan is licking his paw. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth! Whenever you're ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

:What direction and how far?: Leareth includes all of them. :I may have to make several attempts:

Permalink Mark Unread

He points. Eight hundred miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

That’s...far. But feasible.

Leareth builds the threshold on the door to the room; that part is easy. Then he fixes a point in mind as firmly as he can, and - lets the Gate search. 

The first try fails entirely; his concentration isn’t focused enough on a particular place, the spell can’t resolve it. Not particularly surprised nor alarmed, Leareth gives up after a minute, before it can drain him too far, and beckons to Huan, holding the threshold itself steady.

A niggling confusion finally slips into place. The horizon seen through Quendi eyes had looked...off...but there had been too many notes of confusion and he dropped that one. :...Is your world flat rather than spheroid?:

Permalink Mark Unread

- yes. Is yours spheroid? Huh!

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating, no? It makes blind Gates more difficult in my world, in fact, since a 'straight line' between two points must in fact be curved. I was doing those adjustments instinctively. A second try ought to be easier, if the line is truly straight: 

Leareth pauses. Holding the threshold steady isn't costing him much, not nearly as much as a full search attempt; he ought to clarify all the other possible misunderstandings. :One of your miles. How many times does would my arm-span fit into it?: He stretches out his arms. Probably Quendi can do that kind of mental math effortlessly; for sure Fëanáro can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Twenty-one hundred, he says immediately after sizing up Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does some slower math of his own. :...Interesting. Mine are close. Slightly longer, I think. Not different enough to matter when it is approximate anyway: 

He tries again. The second attempt gets him – ocean. Conveniently, it's a clear day. 

:Slightly off: he sends. :Not sure on exactly what bearing; presumably I did not go far enough. Can any of you see land?: He can't spare the concentration to borrow their eyes while also holding a live Gate open. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Should've been more than far enough if the bearing was right, he says, but looks. I can see the shoreline.

Permalink Mark Unread

:How many miles? I ought be able to land you much more precisely on the next try: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Try eight hundred fifty.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth carefully unweaves part of the spell – he loses most of the energy bound up in the distant terminus, but that's fine, he can spare it. He makes sure the threshold is stable and then aims again, telling the spell to land just...here

This time, when it snaps into place and the flash of light clears, it shows land. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's dark, as dark as his world would be on a moonless night. There are ...trees, or something like trees with leathery grey not-leaves.

"Cool," he says. They walk through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sends a mage-light through after them so he can get a slightly better view, and tries to fix it in mind; a direct Gate will be less tiring than a blind one. :I will open the Gate again here for your return: he sends to them. :Fëanáro, when is that? I will not want to hold it too long so would prefer they were ready nearby. If possible: It seems all too likely they'll run into trouble of some kind and Fëanáro will be sending out a search party instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A day from now; give them enough time to scout the area and meet the locals and get our samples.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will take the Gate down without waiting any longer. 

:What do you intend to do with the samples?: he sends once he's done, recouping as much of its energy as possible. Unfortunately Huan isn't around to draw on, and he's kind of lightheaded from the power-drain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Make sure our crops can grow here.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ah. Clever - it would have taken me some time to think of that. Of course, you have had time to prepare: Leareth glances around. :I suppose we are on a deadline, now. What other preparations are there to make, and are there places I might assist?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The next thing we should do is talk to the King. Since until then he technically does not have permission to take the Noldor to the Outer Lands.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you wish that I come with you?: If he does, Leareth can read the King's mind during the conversation, gauge his feelings about the whole matter. Nelyafinwë, presumably, can guess that as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, you certainly should; you change the whole situation and you ought to be the one to present your theory.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: Leareth is tempted to ask whether it's a very long walk. He doesn't; he can probably make it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is back near the office where he first met Maitimo; Fëanáro is generally a brisk walker but can take a hint (about that, not about anything else) if Leareth's having trouble keeping up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does slow him down somewhat, and is feeling pretty winded by the time they reach their destination, but not in a way that's especially visible; he's going to be Mindspeaking anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The King bears a striking resemblance to Fëanáro and does not, of course, look a day older; he is standing at the end of a long and stunning hallway whose ceiling is made of domes of very thin quartz. 

"Leareth," says Fëanáro, "Finwë, King of the Noldor; Father, Leareth visits us from another world." He's deliberately putting translations in his public thoughts for Leareth; privately he's thinking how he hates this place and soon will never have to see it again.

Permalink Mark Unread

The translations are helpful even though he's reading the private thoughts anyway; less digging around and having to multitask. 

Leareth bows. He can't remember if there's a correct Quenya honorific for greeting the King so he doesn't say anything. He waits for either the King or Fëanáro's lead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Welcome to Tirion," says (and sends) the King. "It is a labor of love by our people and I hope you've found it hospitable." He's embarrassed about the troublemakers, but he thinks they'll calm down given a bit of time.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is a beautiful city. And from what I have seen of your kingdom, it is in many ways a paradise. Though I have also seen some things that, coming from my world and my experience there, I find to be worrying: He glances over at Fëanáro, directs Mindspeech at him privately. :I would like to use the barrier again if we are going to speak of this, however, I assume it will alarm people even more if the King is to become uncontactable. What would you advise?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tell everyone we're testing his world's different magic, Fëanáro says. There are guards who can see you're not bothering him or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does so, and then senses for the nearest magical object; at this point he's pretty sure he can draw on any of them without damaging them, and he needs more power than he has left for a privacy-barrier to last longer than a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nearest is the Silmarils, but that ceiling is also magic, and the crown, and Fëanáro's sword.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll nab some power from the ceiling, that seems the least fraught. (Leareth wonders what it's been enchanted to do, or whether the magic is just to hold it together.) 

Shield goes up. :There is something I wished to discuss with you only with no chance of being heard: he sends. :A concerning theory that I have, regarding your recent troubles: Quick skim of the King's thoughts, to see if there's anything there that should inform his next words. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The King is afraid, now; he hasn't known even the Valar to do that. Probably Fëanáro thinks he has things under control but Fëanáro makes mistakes - rather larger ones, as Olórin put it -

Permalink Mark Unread

:This is a trivial spell in my world: Leareth informs him. :Different magic. I am not sure what your Valar are capable of - whether they might listen to a private conversation if it were not so shielded - and since this theory concerns them, or one of them, I wish to take every precaution. I have no wish to harm you or any of your people – my goal here is to help ensure that no harm comes to this place, or to your world more broadly: 

Not that he expects that to be very reassuring to the King – and correctly so, honestly Fëanáro has been way too quick to trust him – but it's the truth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I see, says the King. Where are you from, exactly?

Permalink Mark Unread

:A world called Velgarth. It has gods, like yours, and magic that is rather different from yours, and – is worse, in nearly every way. My people grow old and die of it, and do not come back, at least not with their self and memory intact. We have hunger and disease and abject poverty everywhere, and I am not sure that any centre has had scholarship as advanced as what you have in Tirion. We do, however, have more expertise than your people do in a few areas. I came here by accident, using a spell called a Gate, which can open a door directly between two places so that the distance might be crossed instantly: He shakes his head. :I meant to travel several hundred miles and instead my door opened on another world: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you safely return? If so, this might have been a lucky accident - we can help you.

 

He is not totally sure he believes this. He doesn't have Fëanáro's specific objections, it just seems unlikely. And tailor-made to be interesting to Fëanáro, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is extremely reasonable of him, really, Leareth can't disapprove. 

:I have not tested it yet. I expect so, since my abilities work here at all. One obstacle is power; my world contains ambient magic in large quantities, and – other sources–: he is so not going to test whether blood-magic works, although the fact that they come back when they die means it's hovering in the back of his mind as an option of last resort – although upsetting the Valar might disturb that, he isn't sure... :The other is the reason I have come here to speak with you, and it concerns your political situation: 

Leareth looks the King in the eye, his expression level. :In my world, there have been thousands of instances of succession, since there are many kingdoms and Kings live short lives. And many of them were...not peaceful. If I were, in my world, to observe the kinds of - trouble - that I have seen here in Tirion, I would expect there to shortly be blood in the streets: 

He ducks his head. :Alone, this would not be so convincing – Quendi are different, in many ways you are far better. Your immediate offer to help my world showcases it. However... I learned also of Melkor. And, from Nelyafinwë, I learned that...the political situation has been deteriorating for a long time, and despite all reasonable efforts made to salvage relationships. One such instance is happenstance, but a pattern indicates enemy action – and in my world, when there is no clear enemy, only a pattern of inexplicable bad luck, this inevitably indicates the subtle meddling of a god. And so I came to suspect, very shortly after my arrival here, that Melkor was not as apologetic as he pretended. And I fear that he wishes for your situation to end in a far worse state than the current one. Even if you think this is unlikely – if you consider it plausible at all, the severity of the outcome is enough to warrant taking it seriously, or so I would argue: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That, too, sounds like Fëanáro's style of thinking about things. 

Perhaps we should bring the possibility to the attention of the Valar, who can investigate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries to think. He...doesn't know that he should be aiming to say whatever will convince the King of Fëanáro's plan, because he isn't sure that Fëanáro's plan is the right one. He doesn't have enough context to judge for himself, yet, and gaining that context will take time. Time that they can't, necessarily, afford to wait. Leareth doesn't trust the King to make the right judgement here either, though. He would trust Nelyafinwë more if the man weren't spending so much mental effort on suppressing misery and trying to not-think about a secret that, at this point, Leareth is pretty sure cannot possibly bother him enough to warrant the effort that's gone into hiding it. 

Not fully trusting anyone else to make the right decision has been his default state for the last few millennia, of course, but usually he's better oriented than this.

Leareth takes a deep breath, yoinks more energy from the ceiling to maintain the shield. :Forgive me, perhaps this is simply outlander prejudice, but – I am not feeling ready to trust your Valar. The gods of my world, though they may be well-intentioned: or they may not, but the fact that they might be isn't a lie, :tend not to understand all things, and they have made many what I would call blunders. And if I am right, then Melkor fooled the other Valar into releasing him. To my eyes, this does not bode well for their competence to investigate: Assuming Melkor hasn't suborned them entirely, but that might be taking it a step beyond what the King can absorb right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know that they were fooled, says the King slowly.

The parole of Melkor was a matter of much debate, and many of the Valar opposed it. The ultimate decision would be that, should we build our paradise by imprisoning eternally one who threatened it, we would be failing to embody the ideals that make us better than him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That is not information I had: And it might change things rather a lot. :I do see the argument. And my understanding is that Melkor claimed he would repair the Outer Lands – if this had been his true intention, I would approve of it: 

He frowns slightly. :I...am perhaps biased against trusting the judgement of gods, who may have an idea of paradise significantly removed from the one I would choose. I have long experience to go on, and yet, the gods of your world may truly be more trustworthy: 

He's pretty sure Fëanáro will disagree hard on this point. The trouble is, he doesn't know which of them is right

:Fëanáro: he sends, privately. :Is this true, of the Valar? Also, I have explained my theory now. If you wish to tell him your plan, now is probably the time: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar vary;  there were definitely some among them who doubted Melkor, and some among those who still supported his release. The reason they won't help is that they won't do anything, not for Years. You can ask my father if he disagrees. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth refocuses his attention fully on the King. :However, an issue with the gods of my world is that they do not respond quickly. I hear the Valar are perhaps even worse. So I would not necessarily object to asking their aid, but I would feel uneasy about relying on it. Especially since they will need time to deliberate with one another, and Melkor would not need to deliberate with anyone, and so might easily act before they have time to resolve anything: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That does seem possible. I think we should send to them without delay, but there may well be substantial delays in their response.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That could be reasonable. My intuition is to be cautious, here – to take at leave five minutes to deliberate it, surely that is not too much to ask. However, it is, in the end, but an intuition, and one shaped in a world that is not yours: 

Leareth thinks fast. He is worried that the Valar are a route for Melkor to obtain information - on him, on their theories and plans. The King evidently trusts the Valar, even if he admits they may be slow. 

:Perhaps: he sends, slowly and carefully, :we might try to find the best of both worlds, here. A practice used in my world is something called an unbiased investigation – someone may bring in an expert to look at a past crime scene, for example, but without telling them of any existing theories. Because theories might be wrong, but once they are in your mind, they shape how you perceive the evidence of your senses, and it is harder to recognize their flaws. The Valar will be slow anyway. We might as well wish for them to be slow and correct, and they are certainly powerful enough to come to the right conclusion. So, I might suggest that we go to them, and speak of my concern - the political aspect alone - and of the fact that this does not seem natural, given what I know of your people and their virtues, and I suspect a plot by some malevolent actor. And allow them to choose their own angle for finding out who that actor might be: 

Leareth lifts an eyebrow slightly. :I think that is a reasonable plan in itself, and it would also assuage my paranoia that this might be a way for Melkor to learn that we suspect him, and take action more directly. Gods are very difficult to outsmart. I have found it best to take every precaution, even when most of them seem unnecessary: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The King is relieved, because his wife is going to the Valar anyway about Fëanáro and this seems like a better frame for it than 'do things about Fëanáro.' That course of action seems wise to me - and of course we can discuss it for as long as any of us have concerns to mention, I didn't with my initial recommendation mean to suggest that the issue was settled. I think it likely, actually, that the Valar are already investigating the situation - I know it to have caused them considerable dismay. Violence and threats are unknown to Valinor; it would be encouraging indeed if they were introduced by some hostile entity.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it fits. You commented yourself, once, on how everyone seemed to have heard the worst possible account of things from the worst possible person - and there was that odd time when Artanis insisted she'd heard me saying something I hadn't said -

Permalink Mark Unread

It fits. Other things might fit too; I haven't tried fitting grand conspiratorial theories, really. But certainly, everything has been harder to resolve than it should have been. Much of that, though, was your own decisions -

Permalink Mark Unread

And much of it was Nolofinwë's, unless we're about to learn Melkor impersonated him. It's not hard to get people to make mistakes if you control their access to information. Father, what I want to do is leave immediately. Leareth's magic can enable it. When we learn more, we can reconsider, but in the meantime, Tirion is under threat and the way to stop all this division is to permit our departure with all who have the courage to accompany us.

Permalink Mark Unread

That will be a great grief to our people, I think, and one that could maybe be avoided if we can unravel the scheme at its roots.

Permalink Mark Unread

Too slow. And do you think with his plans discovered he'll slink off and leave us alone?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes a slow breath. Taps the magical ceiling, renews his spell again. There are centuries of context here, no, millennia of it, not just political but emotional, the wounds between Fëanáro and his father. He's about to step into the middle of it, and even complete access to both of their thoughts doesn't guarantee that he'll step right. 

:I can give you only my strategic advice, as an outsider: he sends. :I agree there would be a cost to the unity of your people, if we depart in haste. However, it - gives me a very itchy feeling, having such a large land area where we have no intelligence, no presence or force. And - I imagine that your Outer Lands contain suffering, as does my own world, but they are much nearer at hand, especially with my magic to aid yours: 

He turns his gaze on Fëanáro, frowns slightly. :I do not think it is true that your departure will resolve the division here. I think the King is right, and alone, it may worsen it. The advantage it offers is that Melkor cannot have seen it coming, and thus it will disrupt his plots, and his levers for future plots, much more thoroughly than the Valar can at first. If it were my choice – it is not, but if it were – I would advise a major expedition to the Outer Lands. Not all of your people, yet; I think Tirion is salvageable, and if this proves false, I can set up communication magic so that we might be alerted of it and change plans:

He turns his eyes back to the King. :I would speak to the Valar, as we mentioned, and I would also wish for a meeting between the disputing parties, to see if there is any way that this expedition can happen without deepening that rift further. If you thought it wise, I would be very curious to hear Nolofinwë's thoughts on the matter. It is a complex one, all of us are missing information, and more minds on it would help:

He glances back at Fëanáro. :It is, of course, not my decision for a reason. You both have more context than I do: 

If that weren't true, he might consider putting compulsions on all of them just to simplify matters. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Communications with the Outer Lands sounds acceptable, if they're limited to emergencies. I don't want people going back and forth, that just seeds more opportunities for Melkor to interfere.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can't ask everyone to leave anyway, parents of young children ought to stay. I thought you were going to ask people to delay children and wait until there weren't any -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but there's no time for that now. I think we can make things good enough for children in twenty Years. Maybe ten.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth resists the urge to pinch the bridge of his nose. He's starting to get a headache. Mostly from the nonstop magic use, but some of it is frustration. 

:I think: he sends, :that we have no way of knowing, yet, what will be possible in the Outer Lands or how long it would take. I would agree that it is currently no place for children, or for anyone who cannot defend themselves and others – though I suppose we will know more soon, when: if :Tyelcormo's party returns. And I would only offer communication for a dire emergency, since it would come at great cost to myself: He's not actually sure there's a better way to do it than himself, personally, Gating back to Tirion. He can't use any of his known communication spells without a mage on the other end to pick it up, and currently there's exactly one mage in this world. 

(Unless he finds a way to bring in help – that's a thought already on his mind – but he's not going to touch on that yet.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all right, then. He has no doubt Tyelcormo will be entirely fine, and this is not just ignorance of how dangerous a place can be, though it is probably some amount ignorance of how dangerous a place can be.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think the possibility of straightforward transit to the Outer Lands and communications with them does make an expedition more appealing, Finwë says slowly. He would like his people to stay here where they are safe but trying to hold onto Fëanáro always results in losing him more thoroughly. Our priority should still be mending the divisions among the Noldor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, slowly. 

:If possible, yes: he sends. :We ought at least try. It may be easier to mend, armed with the knowledge that it is perhaps an outside adversary that seeds this dissent and mistrust. I have found people can often come together before a common enemy, even when they were at odds before: He's looking at the King, but the words are more for Fëanáro. 

Leareth hesitates, choosing the words carefully. :I understand that this is sudden: he sends. :And thus hard to absorb: He glances over at Fëanáro, but this time, he's speaking mainly for the King. :However, if I am right, then - your people are not safe here in Valinor. Not anymore: He bows his head. :I am sorry to be the bearer of such news. And I hope I may be wrong: He's pretty sure he isn't; still, the sentiment is genuine. :But - something is amiss, that much is impossible to deny: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Finwë doesn't want to believe that there's danger in Valinor. He is smart enough to not dismiss the idea anyway. He nods, a bit numbly. He's worried that things will explode again as soon as Nolofinwë and Fëanáro are in the same room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants to leave for the Outer Lands and is hoping the political nonsense doesn't take long enough to delay that. Sure, let's get Nolofinwë in here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances at both of them in turn. 

:Remember that, in all likelihood, none of you have been seeing the exact truth here: he sends, carefully. :If there is an adversarial process at work, controlling access to information. The way to combat this kind of longstanding campaign of misinformation is to be patient, and charitable to one another - no, even more charitable than that - and to keep an open mind. Right?:

Fëanáro badly needs that advice, he thinks. The King likely needs it as well. Probably he can keep things from exploding, given the advantage of mindreading and knowing if things are about to get out of hand. If things get really heated, he can - probably stop any violence. Maybe stick all of them behind separate barriers to cool down. Or something. His mind is already flashing through various possible contingency-plans. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Melkor didn't succeed at making him distrust anyone actually trustworthy, so even if Melkor turns out to have been behind this it's still informative about Nolofinwë that he fell for it. But he can be patient while Nolofinwë is inevitably an idiot about this, so long as they're making progress on departure from Valinor.

I'm happy to do some things to promote reconcilation so long as they help with or don't distract from our immediate departure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I thought you had Years more preparation to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

If our crops will grow out there, nearly all of it's skippable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth watches both of them, his expression neutral, waiting to see if a plan is going to be proposed. He's done a lot of pushing his own agenda already. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we should talk to Nolofinwë and craft an announcement of the expedition, aiming to depart a Year from now -

Permalink Mark Unread

A week.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think Melkor, if he is indeed responsible, would be able to substantially adapt in a Year and we'll have more time to prepare -

Permalink Mark Unread

A Year's long enough that he might, a week isn't. We're ready, Father. We've been ready for a long time. We were stalling to soothe our own sense of propriety, not to get things done. Our people survived in the Outer Lands when we had nothing. The riches of Valinor will make it even easier.  And if it's a mistake, we'll come home. The fastest way to learn anything is by trying it.

Permalink Mark Unread

We didn't survive in the Outer Lands, Fëanáro, not all of us. People died.

Permalink Mark Unread

So people will die! That doesn't leave them any worse off than they are right now. Better off, I think, at least they tried something instead of sitting here like - a glittering pool of stagnant water -

Permalink Mark Unread

If this is what you want, you can do it. But I'd rest easier if I felt sure I'd conveyed to you what you're risking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We might die. We might do violence to one another, for Melkor's reasons or our own, and be delayed in returning. We'll lose precious things, some we can't rebuild. Some people might die and decide not to come back. We'll be hungry. We'll hurt the locals, accidentally or in anger. Some of Melkor's monsters will be trying to continue his works. I'm not stupid, Father. I just think there are worse fates than living in the world and coming to grief for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A month? 

Permalink Mark Unread

A week. This isn't a negotiation; I picked the best tradeoff between preparing and acting quickly, and that's a week, and waiting longer than that would be worse, so we won't do it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A thousand people. No children. Equipped to engage with the locals diplomatically, to ensure we're welcome, to avoid confrontations that might set us back -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. That means they have to be loyal to me, I don't want the factional nonsense imported into the expedition. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it cannot unify the Noldor if it's clearly the actions of one part of them. You can take Findekáno, you can take Findaráto, you can take their companions - Findaráto has cousins he should be seeking, on those shores -

Permalink Mark Unread

We all do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. A thousand people, chosen so that every part of the Noldor feel represented, all understanding that I've entrusted you with the command for this expedition and that they'll be sent home if the troubles of Tirion spill over into operations there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I only have one way to send them home, Fëanáro says pointedly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If need be, Fëanáro, you will invent a boat.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

A thousand. You and Maitimo can come up with a list but I might take people off it, if I hate them or they're stupid.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. And we should send for your brother now so he can be apprised of the plan and make suggestions -

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no brothers but you can update Nolofinwë if you like. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is there a way for me to contact another person while you're shielding us against Melkor's potential interference? the King asks Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not without modification to the spell, which I have not had time to design: Leareth admits. :I - will gamble that Melkor cannot read your private thoughts; it is mainly the discussion between us in osanwë that I wished to happen behind shields. If you simply step outside the area and contact the person you wish for, without revealing why, I think that ought to be safe: 

He looks over at Fëanáro. :I will say now, that I think finalizing a plan, including the timing of it, is premature. I agree that haste is worth it, in expectation, given that we do not know how quickly Melkor can adapt. However, your scout party will have information to input, and so will Nolofinwë, I hope. Fixing a plan in mind too firmly now could make it hard to take those updates into account: 

Glance at the King as well. :And - whatever you choose, I would suggest you not announce it publicly, if it can be avoided. Misinformation can go both ways. My recommendation would be to prepare assuming a week, but to maintain plausible deniability that it might be a year, until the last feasible moment – the fact that I can rapidly Gate people and supplies to a central location means that the final stage might be done in an hour or two. This will minimize the chances we give Melkor to prepare or to interfere. What do you think?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think announcements are premature at this point, at least, though it's hard to imagine organizing thousands of people without advertising when they'll depart. He steps out to call his son. Fëanáro paces.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits, mulling over ways to wrangle the logistics. Announcing some sort of group assembly for discussion? Or maybe several, in different places, if people need to be collected who aren't in Tirion. The trouble is, any scheme where they're pretending one thing and actually planning for another is going to be recognizable as that to a smart adversary. Leareth doesn't know how clever Melkor is, or how well he understands the Quendi; in the interest of planning for the worst, he has to assume the answer to both is 'very'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The King comes back. 

Nolofinwë is on his way, he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did you tell him to come alone?

Permalink Mark Unread

I recommended it. He disagreed, and I did not overrule him on this since this morning his life was threatened in my presence.

Permalink Mark Unread

He waves his hand dismissively. There was an important point to be made and I'd tried a lot of other ways of getting it across. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And now he intends to attend with an entourage, says Finwë, tiredly. Have you already told people to prepare for a departure soon?

Permalink Mark Unread

You'd have to ask Nelyafinwe, I delegated the communications stuff to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why isn't he here -

Permalink Mark Unread

Didn't want to come. I don't know why.

Permalink Mark Unread

:You could perhaps step out a moment and tell Nelyafinwë to be discreet in his communications about this: Leareth suggests. He tries to keep any hint of tiredness from his voice, though he's sympathizing heavily with the King right now. :I think he will know what you mean and why, even without further detail: 

He looks around. :I am content to wait for Nolofinwë, but if possible I would prefer to sit down. It has been a long day and the shield is tiring to maintain: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can bring a chair in when I talk to Nelyafinwë. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tell him to come here, says the King. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If you like. He steps out to do this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits, and thinks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He brings a chair when he comes back. 

Nelyafinwë says he has urgent business de-escalating arguments in the city and will join us once he's done, he tells the King. And he hasn't told anyone about a planned departure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits. He's pretty sure that isn't the main reason Nelyafinwë is stalling on coming, and also that it's currently in everyone's interest for Nelyafinwë to be allowed to stay away. :De-escalating arguments seems important: he acknowledges. :I do not think I have urgent need of his input, since he was the first person here who I spoke with: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's the best at keeping Fëanáro and Nolofinwë communicating productively, though, says the King. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I have considerable experience in mediating tense conversations. If it seems that it is not going productively, we can choose to pause things and summon him: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Finwë thinks this is a strange thing for Leareth to feel strongly about, most people find Nelyafinwë trustworthy. Maybe the unrest in the streets is worse than expected? It seems like the sort of thing a malicious actor might intentionally stir up...he can talk to Nelyafinwë later and get the whole story. First, he just has to get his sons to agree to work together.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does find Nelyafinwë trustworthy. More so than anyone else here, in a very significant sense; he's the only one who knows about Leareth's mindreading. Leareth would prefer not the give the King a false impression that he doesn't trust him, but he's also concealing information here, and that makes it delicate to navigate. He decides against saying anything else. For all he knows, Melkor is stirring up unrest in the streets. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë, and his entourage, arrive a few minutes later. Nolofinwë is darker-skinned and more sturdily-built than Fëanáro, and otherwise looks much like him; he's accompanied by a dozen quiet people with swords. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The King is privately worrying that that's provocatively many. Fëanáro thinks it's probably about the right number if they want to kill him. 

 

The half-brothers glare at each other. 

"Nolofinwë," Fëanáro says, "this is Leareth, a visitor from another world."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not intending to let anybody kill anyone else. He rises, bows politely to Nolofinwë (might as well be courteous, it's not costly to him), and sits again, saving his energy. Checks the privacy-barrier.

He gives the same speech as before; it's getting quite smooth now. His world's background; his perceptions of where a political situation like this one is headed; the level of bad luck and mislaid communication that hints at enemy action, and particularly bears the signature of a god's work. His suspicion of Melkor.

He keeps a close look at Nolofinwë's thoughts the entire time. What sort of motives does he have; what are his priors about the situation? How is all of this landing with him? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë is pretty sure you can't interact with Fëanáro for ten minutes without noticing that he has no business being King so hopefully that has already been noticed. It seems unlikely that it'll come to fighting in the street; even the most belligerent young people he's talked to on both sides were horrified by Fëanáro's stunt earlier today, and are retreating from him over it. Surely they won't do the same thing themselves to their friends. Fëanáro might murder someone, but Fëanáro is different than most Quendi and the fact he might doesn't really suggest anyone else might. 


Of course, Melkor could manufacture provocation - make it look like the other side attacked first - and then you could perhaps drive people to violence, defending one another. 

 

I think we ought to ban swords in the city, he says to his father when Leareth is finished talking. Without them, no provocation could drive people to violence faster than we would hear of and resolve it; with them, it would be easy for Melkor to impersonate someone and start a fight. 

 

The King immediately looks to Fëanáro.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Starting in a week, when we leave; it's hamper logistics in the meantime. 

 

 

Leave? In a week? Nolofinwë says disbelievingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

So far, Leareth finds Nolofinwë's reasoning on the matter to be adequate, at least. He's perhaps too confident in his people's disposition against violence, but it's hard to blame him for that, when there hasn't ever been counter-evidence and he might actually be right. 

:I think that depending what we learn of them, a major expedition to the Outer Lands offers a way to get ahead of Melkor: Leareth explains. :It would be valuable to know if he has wrought anything there - and it will offer a place for some of your people's restless energy to go, that is not violence. I am not sure that a week is the correct interval, however, I do think that my arrival makes speed feasible, and that we ought not waste that advantage. In the meantime, I think that measures against rapid escalation would be a good idea: He tries to convey in the overtones that he's a little impressed; he didn't think of it himself until it was mentioned. 

Leareth turns to Fëanáro. :Why do you think banning swords would hamper logistics? The argument is not clear to me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We need more of them, assuming people in the Outer Lands will want some, and we need to train the people departing to use them. We can do the latter just outside the city limits, if that's easier, but lots of the people who forge them work within the city, and if we want to do the training somewhere inconspicuous we'd want to do it within the palace.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ah, yes, a straightforward ban would not make sense. It would seem advisable to ask your people not to wear swords in the streets. The blades might be stored in a particular room, handed out for training and then collected again; those who forge them can deliver them to the staging area by some means other than wearing them. Does that seem workable?:

Leareth checks again what Nolofinwë is thinking, whether his reaction to the planned expedition is still one of disbelief. He sort of wants to convey that yes, he has noticed that Fëanáro isn't very suited, personality-wise, to the position of King – though him leading what is approximately a military expedition and colonization seems more reasonable. He's not going to say that to Fëanàro's face, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë does not like the plan to leave at all. Maybe Leareth is imagining that sending Fëanáro off to the Outer Lands is a good way to get him to stop angling for the crown, but actually Fëanáro can do far more damage in the Outer Lands (and most of the damage he could conceivably do in Tirion would be done by persuading or ordering people to go to the Outer Lands), so this plan is not an improvement at all. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

A request not to wear swords in the streets seems fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile this person is thinking about a lot of things!

 

 

- Maitimo was lying, most obviously, that his father knew it; he can't ask why because of the magic shield but none of his top guesses make a whole lot of sense! Nothing Maitimo has done for the last Year has made much sense; presumably at some point you just have to admit to yourself that you never really knew someone; especially if the someone is Maitimo and 'they couldn't have been lying that whole time' is a ridiculous thing to be tempted to say to yourself. But even presuming Maitimo to be a hostile stranger working for Fëanáro, why that specific lie - one he couldn't possibly keep up for very long - unless he was planning to make it true soon - actually, yeah, that almost had to be it - and then the interworld stranger had some kind of suggestion that Fëanáro and his close associates leave for the Outer Lands right now -

- a man finds a venomous snake on the ground dying of the cold, and cradles him in his shirt and brings him back to his home and sets him by the fire to recover. And the snake bites him. And the man cries out in pain and anger, why - when I cared for you - and the snake says, you knew what I was when you picked me up. Except it would be nice of the snake to at least say that.

Permalink Mark Unread

What kind of expedition are you considering? Nolofinwë asks the King. 

      We discussed sending a thousand people. From all parts of the Noldor, so it's a unifying project. 

It has the wrong leader for that. 

       Finwë sighs heavily. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth is distracted from Nolofinwë by this other person's thoughts. He's almost certain it corresponds to Nelyafinwë's secret flaw, and he's not certain, from what he was able to skim of surface thoughts while attempting to multitask, but he has a suspicion of what that "flaw" is. And that it's not, in itself, something that bothers him in the slightest. (His assumption had been much worse – that Nelyafinwë had murdered somebody in secret, or something of that shape).

–the other person's thoughts about Maitimo - he's confused about how names work, but pieced together that this is Nelyafinwë's other name - indicate something potentially a lot more frightening, though. A campaign of misinformation and mistrust doesn't necessarily have to be about politics alone. 

Damn the gods – could it be one thing at a time instead of ten? Leareth knows that's an unreasonable thought. Reality doesn't care about how much he can process and deal with at once. Nor do enemy gods. 

Focus. He can try to address the mess with Maitimo and this new person...later. Somehow. 

:I know little about your leadership politics: he sends to Nolofinwë. :Ultimately, this is your King's decision, as he has the context for it. But - in my eyes, Fëanàro's qualification as a leader for this is his passion for the entire project: Pause. :However, separating out the question of who leads it from the expedition itself – in isolation, do you agree that it would be advantageous to explore the Outer Lands?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Advantageous for what? For the great glory of the Noldor, conquerors of all the world, certainly. For the locals? I am uncertain. For our children, inheritors to a vast mess instead of a relatively contained one - no.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

This has been debated, Fëanáro says. Extensively. For decades now.The overwhelming conclusion was that exploration would be beneficial to the locals. Mandos won't tell us at what rate they die of accidents or monsters but it's substantial, and right now those dead are sundered forever from their families; we can change that. Literacy, crop productivity improvements, fabric, magic artifacts, domesticated animals - we can offer all the benefits of Valinor, but theirs to pick and choose instead of being forced to accept or reject the whole package. If the locals don't want us in a given location we'll settle elsewhere; there's lots of wide-open land. I would ask your purpose in resurrecting an argument you lost so soundly, but I know it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sighs internally. He stands up. 

:If I am right, Valinor is already under threat. There is already no guarantee that your children will inherit the world you have now, instead of one much diminished and marred by violence. And outmaneuvering Melkor, gaining resources he could not reasonably have predicted your people would have, is a way to combat this:

He isn't sure if honesty will land. But, part of the problem seems to be that he doesn't make sense to Nolofinwë. And, to some extent, that Fëanáro as a person doesn't make sense to him either. Leareth may not approve of everything about Fëanáro, or think that he has the skills and experience to achieve the vision he's aiming for, but he understands why. 

:I will tell you my personal reasons for supporting this: he sends. :My world is much, much worse than yours in every way. My people grow old and frail with time, and die within ten of your Years, and they do not come back. And many, perhaps a majority, do not last that long; starvation or disease or violence kill them first. There are countries where a third of all infants die before they are this tall: He gestures at about the size of a five-year-old. :I have been trying to fix the troubles of my world for - a long time. And now I come here, and find a land that is already a paradise, and a people who, growing and flourishing in paradise, have attained remarkable heights of scholarship and success that my world has never seen. And – I rejoice for this, and I am also afraid, coming at the time I do and seeing these signs of unrest and violence to come, and my suspicions that a clever and powerful adversary is behind them:

Leareth looks down at the floor. :But, most of all, I wish for the people of your Outer Lands to benefit also from such a paradise. They are your cousins, but even were they not, they are still people. They experience joy and suffering just the same; their lives, I argue, bear the same value as yours: He closes his eyes. :I would argue the same of the people of my own world. And someday I hope that the fruits of your world will benefit mine as well. I do not think that this ought necessarily involve any conquering, but even if it did – I would take Quendi conquerors, if it meant that no child in my world ever died of hunger again. Perhaps that is my bias, but I hope it is one you might find understandable: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë - doesn't know quite what to make of that, except that this is probably a losing argument. 

 

I think if you select your thousand people by trying to minimize dissent, you'll miss out on perspectives you may need in the Outer Lands, he says instead.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, yes, Nelyafinwë said that too, you can agree with him on some people as long as they understand that I need to be able to operate in the Outer Lands with the expectation my instructions will be heeded. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë sighs. Thank you. I imagine we can arrive at a satisfactory solution. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Confusing, that, since he was assuming Maitimo'd be maneuvering to keep him out of it. He might still do that but convincing Fëanáro to absolutely refuse Nolofinwë any say would've been the most convenient and most deniable intervention point.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth is fairly sure that Nelyafinwë absolutely isn't trying to maneuver this person out of attending the journey. In fact, his earlier remark about being upset that his people would be divided is falling into place now. He still isn't sure what to do about it, though. Although it's not in itself necessarily sensitive enough to only be discussed behind shields; maybe he can pin down one or both of them soon and figure out what their problem is and how to address it before it leads to whatever downstream disaster Melkor is intending. Or isn't intending. He may be paranoid about Melkor, but he's aware people are generally capable of miscommunication all on their own.)

:I agree with Nolofinwë's point about other perspectives: he sends. :Other than that, I think I have little to add in terms of selecting personnel. If you wish for me to put wards or shields on the room where weapons will be staged, so that they cannot be accessed without your cooperation, that is something my magic can do: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds very useful, the King says. 

Nolofinwë is wondering what all this person's magic can do and whether everyone ought to be afraid of him. On the other hand if this person traps Fëanáro on the other side of the sea and then starts something it'll be much easier to deal with without Fëanáro. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's unfortunate that Leareth can't praise Nolofinwë for being the one and only person who's paranoid enough, without both going against his own interests here and revealing that he's reading his mind. It's not clear that he can or should do anything to prove his goodwill or earn Nolofinwë's trust, right now; time and his actions here will tell, sooner or later. (And maybe he is going to decide to just take over; even if Melkor is to blame and none of these people are at fault for their centuries-long rifts, it's such a mess and may or may not be fixable at this point. Though Nolofinwë, aside from his isolationism and not seeming to care about the people of the Outer Lands, seems like perfectly reasonable candidate for the throne.)

He nods to the King. :I think it is not urgent on the scale of hours, since it will take that long to pass the message and gather the weapons. Given that, I would like to take this chance to sleep: He can hold off the drowsiness with mage-energy but it's still going to make him slower, sloppier, and he can't afford stupid mistakes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. We appreciate the assistance you've offered.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am going to take down the barrier, then. Again, I think the correct level of paranoia here involves not discussing Melkor when unshielded, though of course you may make your own judgement there: 

He takes down the barrier, sucks more energy from the ceiling to partially replace what it cost him. Waits to see what the others do next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Glare at each other, mostly. Finwë starts drafting the announcement banning the making of swords. After a little while Fëanáro gets bored and leaves to go work on expedition planning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Internal sigh. Time for some private communications. 

He starts with Nolofinwë, keeping his Mindspeech carefully shielded. :May I speak with you in confidence? It will be brief: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Certainly, he says. How can I help you?

He thinks that probably Leareth is going to make things worse, either accidentally or deliberately.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am withholding judgement on the specifics of your succession situation, since it is not in any way my decision. However, I am not blind. I have noticed that, notwithstanding Fëanáro's strengths, patience and subtlety do not come easily to him. I recognize that this affects his leadership. However, I am sure that so do others, and that you and Nelyafinwë can put together a team of advisors to help him account for this: 

There: as diplomatic as he can manage, nothing said overtly that should actually be offensive to Fëanáro if it somehow gets back to him, but there's subtext as well. He waits for a response, both in words and in thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And is this to be reported to Fëanáro, to be hinted at broadly in some later conversation with Fëanáro, is it an offer to stop Fëanáro -

My brother is a gifted and passionate man, he says. I anticipate in every aspect of the job of less interest to him than the departure from Tirion he'll leave almost all the work to Nelyafinwë who will do it very competently. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not actually laugh, but it's tempting. :Plausible. And he can focus on studying all of the languages of the continent and making a thousand new discoveries, which will provide their own value to your people: Fëanàro is certainly brilliant. It's just almost all aimed in a very particular direction. :He reminds me of - someone I once knew: 

Affection and exasperation and reluctant admiration and a flicker of millennia-old grief, which he knows will leak through a little in the overtones whether or not he wants them to; even now Leareth can't think or speak about Urtho without any emotion. He's not sure what Nolofinwë will take from that. He's not sure what he wants Nolofinwë to infer, or do with the information. It doesn't make sense to angle for a particular outcome when he doesn't know where to aim.

But it'll be interesting and informative, to see what Nolofinwë in fact does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë is suspicious. 

I hope that's how it works out, he says. 

The timing is so terrifically convenient and the idea that another world with different magic exists but just happened to send one person over in an accident who happened to have expertise with this situation is absurd. But he doesn't see a good way to push back on departing now that it can be done easily with magic, now that Finwë has made it clear that not even when Fëanáro presses a sword to his brother's throat will he do anything. The only luck at this point is that Fëanáro is too easily distractable to push the advantage he probably doesn't even fully realize he was granted this morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Nolofinwë's suspicions are very reasonable and, while he can easily prove he came from another world, proving his motives is a lot harder. Leareth will let it be unless Nolofinwë actually interferes. 

Next, the King. Fortunately this should be brief. :I am going to go nap in the library. If anything ends up on fire - literally or metaphorically - and magic would be helpful, you are welcome to summon my aid: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. Rest well; we're grateful for your assistance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods to him, somewhat reluctantly rises from the chair, and starts retracing his steps back the way they came. And stretches out his Thoughtsensing, looking for a particular mind. 

:Nelyafinwë: he sends. :May we speak at some point? I need your advice again: That...isn't false. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure! How'd it go?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well enough, I hope. Meeting Nolofinwë was...interesting. I am headed to the library again to rest now – when you can be spared, that is somewhere we could speak unheard: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well this was never going to work for very long. At least he tried. 

I can do my work from anywhere. I'll meet you there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth acknowledges him and keeps walking. He really would prefer to sleep, he's not at his sharpest for this, but it does seem like a situation where more damage is caused the longer he waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nelyafinwë is in the library, writing letters. He does not look distressed at all but his thoughts are miserymiserymiserycan'tthinklikethisprobablybetterjusttofigureoutthescopeofthedamageandatleasthavemyheadback.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth joins him, sits down. Warns him and then raises the shield-barrier again, searching again for nearby magical objects he can fuel it from. 

:I do in fact wish to ask your actual advice about Nolofinwë: he sends. :Currently I trust you more than just about anyone else in Valinor. However, there is another matter I ought probably address first. You and – Findekáno, no? You are very upset about it and he is very upset about you and currently thinks you are betraying him, and this - tension - seems to predate my arrival. I am concerned that Melkor may have been at work here as well, causing some sort of miscommunication, and I would rather understand the nature of the current situation before it has a chance to lead to some unforeseen disaster: 

He looks Nelyafinwë in the eye. :If the nature of your relationship is what I think, then I do not actually care about that aspect at all. Only the part where tension and dissent among your people is suspicious and concerning. I will happily keep your secret if other people would react badly to it:

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's - not one of the most straightforward ways to approach it but certainly - smarter. I'll keep your secret. I don't care. Any demands could come a decade later, a century later - 

 

Of course, he'd have better alternatives, later, and he has very ugly alternatives, now. One kind of wonders if Leareth has realized how much he's holding -

- is there even any point in composing his thoughts into words if they're all being read anyway - 

I don't think it's anything to do with Melkor, except indirectly, he says. I - it started before he was paroled. It has been - problematic that - he's Nolofinwë's son -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am sorry: Leareth shields his Mindspeech less tightly than usual; they're behind another shield anyway, and maybe, just possibly, it'll help convey that he's sincere.

He leaves it at that for a moment, thinking. The same goes with Nelyafinwë as with Nolofinwë; proving his good intentions is impossible, and trying too hard is likely to incite suspicion more than it helps. 

:I think there is a good chance Findekáno would end up accompanying the expedition: he sends finally. :The King wishes it to be a representative sample of the Noldor. He asked Nolofinwë to meet with you and draft a list. I suppose my question is: would it be better or worse for our strategic objectives, overall, to have Findekáno's name on that list. Note that 'strategic objectives' includes factors upstream of effectiveness. Such as, for example, your being miserable. I will believe you, if you claim you can function well either way, but it must cost you something: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- I've been working all day to get him on it, he should definitely be on it. He can keep the rest of our cousins in line better than I can, and I trust him, and Nolofinwë does too - and he'll want to go - he wants to clarify that he was distressed about betraying Findekáno to Leareth, he doesn't go around miserable whenever they're out of range of each other or anything - I think he's upset right now because he tried to talk to me earlier and I didn't think I could manage a conversation without - drawing attention - and I can clarify as soon as he's alone. 

He doesn't actually want to say the rest but he can't help himself thinking it: If you hurt him I'll kill you. I made stupid reckless decisions and I have no right to be surprised if they have consequences but he is perfect and did nothing wrong and. This is stupid. There's no point in being confrontational about something Leareth has said apparently sincerely that he doesn't care about. Probably his world has lots of bigger problems and cannot really be bothered with ones that don't kill people.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then it seems I was the proximate cause of his distress. I apologize for that as well: Leareth ducks his head. :He sounds like a valuable addition to the team: 

He leaves the rest alone, but he can't help smiling a little – there's a different flavour of respect for Nelyafinwë that he feels, sensing his thoughts, not respect for just his competence or his ultimate values, but for the fight in him, and some of that will leak through in whatever he says next and he's content to let it.

:This is not urgent yet: he sends, :but since it may become urgent rather suddenly, if we do encounter a dire threat that we cannot counter – one of my contingency plans might involve seeking a friend from my own world, whose magical strength exceeds mine: 'Friend' makes it sound a lot simpler than it is, but he'll leave it at that. :He also - prefers men to women. If this is something your people would have strong feelings about, it would be relevant to my decision. In his country, some people disapprove, but certainly he has not needed to keep it an absolute secret his entire life, and that might trouble him: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Would you be bringing some - companion of his as well? Or are you just worried people won't take it well in conversation? They ...won't, I guess, but in the Outer Lands there's nothing to be done about it so I imagine there's less fuss?

Permalink Mark Unread

:No. Unfortunately. He lost his partner in rather tragic circumstances – as I mentioned, death in my world is not reversible. So it would be the latter that would concern me:

(One of a billion problems in the world that he can't fix - yet - and it shouldn't trouble him more than the rest, really, it doesn't make it better or worse that it was some sliver his fault, but his feelings are what they are.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The first Quendi were created in pairs, man and wife, and that was Eru's design for all of them; but when we suffered attacks from Melkor in the Outer Lands, and people were kidnapped or murdered, we formed our own traditions to cope with the circumstances - perhaps Melkor-influenced, perhaps innocently meant. Marrying after a spouse died, for example, they didn't know the dead are reborn so they didn't know that was wrong. Demanding sexual favors in the context of a relationship not a marriage, though, that it is generally agreed they must've known was wrong even then, and lots of people think it was Melkor's work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. :I will keep that in mind. Your world seems quite different from mine in this regard: At some point he's going to have to poke at how their marriage traditions work, so he doesn't step on some cultural taboo by mistake. Now doesn't seem like the time. 

:I did still want to speak briefly of Nolofinwë: he sends. :Honestly, I like him. He is - refreshing. He mistrusts me, but for all the correct reasons – my arrival here is suspiciously convenient for Fëanáro, and I do have powerful magic that your people know little of – so there is not much I can do to address it and I am not sure that I ought. He does seem to think that the expedition is a bad idea, even leaving aside whether your father leads it, but he is letting it be for now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's a good man and in a different context would be a good King. Not under these circumstances, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods slowly. :I suppose all we can do is make the best of the circumstances we are, in fact, in. I am planning to sleep now, and I told the King that I would provide shielding for a room where all the swords can be kept – Nolofinwë recommended banning them, your father pointed out that you need them for training before the expedition departs, I suggested the King ban wearing them on the streets but allow practice in an assigned room. If you have urgent need of me for some reason, you can wake me: 

He drops the barrier and goes to stretch out on one of the couches again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He waits until Leareth is asleep to talk to his boyfriend. He's in a better mood by the time Leareth wakes up - working on selecting people for the expedition but not frantically distracting himself from everything he's doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is also in a better mood. The threatening reaction-headache from overusing his magic is gone, as has the slowness of fatigue. He's ravenously hungry.

With his shields up, it shouldn't be obvious to any passers-by whether he's actually asleep or in trance. And nothing seems to be on fire. Leareth takes a few minutes to do what he really ought to have done sooner, except that there were almost no free moments for it, and he's been more sure of it since his Gate worked. He slips into trance and launches his mind toward the Void. 

It's there, exactly where it ought to be. 

So is his sanctuary. 

It's not actually obvious that if his body dies here, he'll go there. There are some gods in the way who might have opinions. Still, if Mandos decides to meddle, that route also seems likely to result in his not permanently dying. He'll try to avoid risking it anyway. 

He reaches out to find Nelyafinwë's mind, to ask if anything interesting has happened and where he can find food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's talking with his assistant and with Nolofinwë about the thousand people, and with Findekáno about the management of some other cousins, and with Macalaurë about whether Leareth's magic could be emulated or blocked or anything.

Hey! All quiet, as far as I know. I can send someone in with food. He passes this on to the assistant. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you: 

So Macalaurë is a person he could talk to, to learn more about how magic works here. Leareth decides to leave it alone for now. He has the main thing he needs – an energy-source – and, in terms of building an alliance, it might actually help if the Quendi can ask him for help on their terms, while knowing that he can't use his power to harm them. It would be inconvenient if he decided he wanted to take over, of course, but probably it'll take them long enough, if they can do it at all, that he'll have made a final decision. 

:When am I due to retrieve Tyelcormo?: he asks. :I do not yet know how to tell time, here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the middle of the golden hours now, we'll fetch them after the next Mingling. The candles in that room burn down in eight hours, if that's helpful for timekeeping, and we have another twelve. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is helpful, thank you: Leareth drops the connection, and goes looking for the King's mind while he waits for food. :I am rested now and still available to assist with guarding weapons, if you wish: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you! We've picked out a room for them and made people aware of the rule.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hope that is all going smoothly. If you would like to send someone to the library to show me the way, I will be ready as soon as I have eaten: Quick skim of the King's thoughts, mainly looking for affect: is he hopeful, frustrated, tired...? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tired. So so tired. I'll send someone. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits. He takes some notes, using a memorized personal cipher that he isn't intending to mention to Fëanáro and that hopefully even the cleverest of the Quendi wouldn't be able to figure out on his own if he decided he felt like going through Leareth's belongings. 

(Not that the notes have anything especially controversial in them, mostly trying to keep track of names and relationships and magic interactions, but: paranoia.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone arrives shortly after that to show him the way to the room where they're storing weapons and doing training!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth packs away his notes and carries the pastry he's still eating and follows them, senses open for ambient magic and any random surface thoughts or emotions he happens to glimpse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Year's supply of food -

- time to finish the armor -

- will probably work out nicely, they'll be all established by the time the kids are grown -

- wish the King would explain himself more -

- Valar should really have destroyed Melkor's monsters after they won the war -

 

The room is enormous and looks like it was a ballroom before being repurposed for this. People are training with their swords (ineffectually, because no one in this world has used swords for actual fighting before).

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks around to see if anyone seems to be in charge. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This guy is mostly directing the sword exercises. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will head over to where the man can see him, nod to him, and wait for him to finish whatever he's doing before interrupting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. Leareth, right? Can I help you?" He's wondering whether to ask if there are swords in Leareth's world, and whether they'd be usable given that they're different species and probably have different strength and balance and so-on stuff going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. And, I come help you." Leareth switches back to the easier Mindspeech. :I explained to the King that I might shield this room against theft of the weapons. I have been thinking on how best to do it, and suspect the simplest way is to place a ward that will trigger a loud alarm if anything large and metal departs the area. I wished to check that this would not risk false alarms for other items: 

He glances around. :Also. I mean no offence, but your people do not seem to be training very effectively. I am no expert, but I have moderate skill with swordfighting and could perhaps help design exercises. If you wish: 

(He's been going back and forth on whether to offer it; it'll make the Quendi potentially more effective at killing each other, if fighting between them does break out, but Nelyafinwë seems to have the unrest better under control, and they will need weapons and skill with them in the Outer Lands.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think we're bringing other large metal things in. And - yes, please. It seems like a discipline that like all of them would benefit tremendously from thousands of years of study and we've only begun in the last year."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is getting to the point that he understands most of the words used, but he still has to grab some meanings from the man's surface thoughts. Which means he inevitably is going to get a look at the ones he isn't saying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It has also occurred to him that this will make intra-Quendi violence deadlier (and that it'll lessen the advantage that his family, which has actually been practicing for longer than a Year, has) but it seems likely worth it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: he sends. :I will be finished with the wards in about half an hour, and I will consider sword-lessons while I work. It likely makes sense that I work with you and a few particularly quick students, who can then be teachers to the others: He would rather not spend all day on this in particular. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good! Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finds an out-of-the-way place to lean against the wall and absently watch the Quendi training while he casts some wards, pulling magic from whatever artifact is the best combination of nearby and powerful. It goes smoothly; the most annoying part is figuring out what to do with the resulting alarm, because by default he'll be the only one to sense it and that isn't ideal. 

He politely interrupts Macalaurë. :Your people cannot automatically sense my magic – however, I might tie these wards to a small token that you can carry, perhaps a necklace or ring, and have it - light up, or vibrate, or grow hot, if the alarm is triggered. I could also do this with more than one person, if you wish. What do you think?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, sounds good. Can you do a bracelet?" He takes one off.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That will do perfectly: Leareth takes it from him and knots the loose end of the spell to it. :It will glow if any of the weapons leave this room: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Hopefully the city will be safe and when we reach the Outer Lands we'll know how to use them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hopefully," Leareth agrees. :I have considered some basic lessons, that ought to be teachable in a few hours and the skills possible to master with several days of drilling. Do you have particular students to recommend I begin with?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He points some out. Thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will spend the next couple of hours leading them through some very basic sword moves, ones that he thinks they can get down in muscle memory enough in a few days to actually be reliable in a fight. He tries to figure out where adjustments are needed for different height and balance, but mostly it works all right; it's not like humans don't vary a lot already. 

He picks up a bunch more Quenya vocabulary in the process, finds time to make notes when he's watching them drill an exercise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're quick learners! The telepathy helps a lot; they can send impressions of what they're doing and copy his impressions of what he's doing. They're taller, and a bit stronger, and the swords are accordingly a bit heavier, but a lot translates well.

 

After a few hours they're doing quite solidly and can probably teach these basics to other people.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am impressed: Leareth tells Macalaurë. :I would judge them ready to start leading lessons with the others. How many in total need to learn?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We're sending a thousand; ideally almost all of them can defend themselves. We'll know more once Tyelcormo's group is picked up about how much actual danger there is, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does some quick mental math. :Then if I am not more urgently needed for something else, I ought train a few more groups to be teachers, or else it will be difficult to scale this to a thousand people in any timely manner: And he can make sure that the sword safety aspect gets solidly reinforced. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi are all in favor of sword safety! Obviously no one wants to hurt anyone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has his lesson plan more polished and knows how to take advantage of their telepathy and the next cohort is done in an hour. If no one interrupts him for some other emergency, he can get through another two after that before he's hungry enough to want a break. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No emergencies interrupt him! More Quendi become at all competent with swords. One person cuts herself, not deeply but deeply enough that in Leareth's home one would worry about infections; she steps apologetically out of training and sings to her injury, which improves itself over the course of the hour.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't a Healer and doesn't currently know any particular spells to replicate Healing; she seems to be managing it and nobody else seems worried. He reminds the others to be careful and how to hold the blades to minimize the risk of injuring themselves, and when he finishes the fourth group he asks Macalaurë where he should go to grab something to eat. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone can bring things to wherever you're going next; only one meal a day is served at a particular location for everyone, everything else you just ask for. You can also go out into the streets of Tirion and pick things up off vendor's carts, if you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh - I might try that, then, I am curious to see more of the city. It is incredibly beautiful, you know, compared to anything in my world: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. Hopefully someday soon we'll surpass it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, and asks for directions out and then follows them. Once he's in the streets of Tirion he has no particular destination; he looks around for food, and opens his senses to magic and nearby thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The palace is at the center of the city, with streets stretching out from it radially; the storefronts offer clothes and glassware and artwork and bread and cheese and jewelry. Most street corners have carts with food! Meat pies and pastries and kabobs and dumplings and sticky desserts! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Kebabs seem good, for the protein. Leareth goes up to the stall. :I would like one of those, please: He's unsure if they're going to expect payment – if they do, he can offer some use of his magic, maybe. :Also, I am seeking a woman named Yávië, who is studying biology here – daughter of Tehlan and Wilindë, who were very kind to me before I came to the city. Do you know her, or who I might ask to find her?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The vendor hands him one and doesn't say anything about payment.  I don't know her but the school of biology is down the High Street, the big tower covered with moss.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you: Leareth takes the kebab and wanders down the street following the vendor's directions, nabbing a bit of magic from any artifact he passes – he's curious whether some feel different than others, and how much the power in them varies.

Possibly he ought to pick up some clothes soon. And ask about bathing. He's still presentable but that won't last forever. 

...Actually, hmm, that reminds him of something he'd wanted to test. Are there any side streets or alcoves where he would be out of sight of people? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the side streets are empty this time of day; there aren't alleyways like there'd be in a human city of this size.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth slips down an empty street, and when he's sure there are no minds near enough to see him, he covers himself with a simple illusion and adds a layer to his personal shielding – one that ought to make him invisible to osanwë, though it wouldn't quite be sufficient against Velgarth Thoughtsensing. (It won't be for long, and if anyone does try to reach him, well, they know about his privacy-shield ability, he can say that he wanted a bit of time to think out loud to himself.)

He stretches out his senses, waits for a random passerby to come near; he's hoping for someone in no particular hurry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This person is thinking through the details of a mathematical proof and absentmindedly eating a pastry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Test it with something very small, harmless and neutral. Leareth is going to tell them, with magic, that they don't want the rest of that pastry. He reaches out, places the probe 'above' their mind, not touching yet, just....there. Lets the mage-compulsion fall into place. 

Do they notice anything out of the ordinary? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They wrap up the pastry in a napkin and put it in a pouch in their bag, still thinking about the proof. They're sure this part of it fits together but not like that...

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, undetectable, watches their thoughts a few seconds longer before backing off, trying to check if his compulsion somehow messed with their thinking about math – it shouldn't have, it's in an unrelated place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope, still thinking along the same lines as before they bumped into him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stops watching, heads toward the other end of the side street, checks no one is paying attention to him or too close before slowly removing his shield as he moves forward, so that no one will notice him appearing suddenly. He drops the illusion as he comes back out onto the main street, and resumes his path toward the school of biology, smiling slightly to himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The school of biology is a tower draped with plants of all kinds, and a ring of attached buildings also draped with plants of all kinds, and a magnificent birdbath in the center of them with a few dozen different species of birds hanging around it. There are people standing around singing and reading and writing and talking to each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes up to a group of people talking and asks if any of them know a woman called Yávië who studies here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They do! She's in one of the greenhouses; they can point out which one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks them and heads off to look for her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's sitting on a tree branch inside her greenhouse, measuring leaves with calipers. "...can I help you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, my name is Leareth." He can say all of that in Quenya now. "I am of another world." And that's about the extent of his fluency, he has more vocabulary but it's not comfortable or easy yet. :I met your parents, when I first arrived here. I was very disoriented and they were kind to me. They mentioned you – they suggested I ask you about the politics here, that you were more abreast of matters than them:

(He's been wanting a perspective on it from outside the leadership, and Yavië seemed like as good a candidate for it as anyone.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh! I mean, more than them, because they're squash farmers, but not especially, for anyone in the city. You probably want to talk to the King or something. She hops down from the tree branch. I didn't know there were other worlds. Are the plants familiar?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I did speak to the King. However, kings cannot always see everything; sometimes a different angle is helpful: He smiles. :It was also surprising news for me, that there exist other worlds. And your plants are not quite familiar, no – they fall into similar categories, grasses and shrubs and trees and such, but not identical: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. Do we know how to get back and forth? Have you got people signed up for ecological surveys?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth chuckles. :You have among the most sensible priorities of anybody I have met. I believe that I ought to be able to travel back at will, because the type of magical transport that led to my accidental arrival also works here – however, the spell is very tiring, and I have been busy so have not yet tested it. If I do find a way to transport people back and forth, I will make sure to tell you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. Thank you! We should make copies of our books you can take back with you and trade for copies of yours, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is something I am very much hoping for – I miss my records: And perhaps he can bribe or at least distract Fëanàro with a few dozen more shiny new languages, not to mention all the different alphabets and ideographic scripts. :Your scholarship is very advanced here, compared to my world. What is your main area of study?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I study plant hybridization. Uh, that's when you cross-pollinate two species of plants and get a plant with traits of both.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating. I know that this phenomenon exists in our world, but I do not think it has ever been formalized as a field of study. Have you made any new discoveries?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some, but I haven't done a formal presentation yet. I was planning to in a couple of Years. Now - shrug. We'll see.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am sorry: Leareth bows his head briefly. :That is one of the costs of this situation. I am doing my best to help, with the wisdom I bring from my own world's history, and...I hope it will be enough:

He's mostly been 'looking away' from her thoughts, focusing on the osanwë words, but he does a brief deeper pass, checking what she's thinking and feeling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks her friend will propose marriage once she's finished her dissertation and was sort of rushing on that account but now that they can hardly settle down and have kids there's less reason to rush and maybe she will finish this up and publish it with less fanfare and do her dissertation on another world, that's got to be a really great one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles slightly. He really will try to make sure that she finds out if and when transit between the worlds is possible and safe (both magically and politically) so that she can accomplish her entirely peaceful goals there. He likes her. 

:I am glad that I met you: he sends. :I wish you luck with your research, and I hope it will not be disrupted too much: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hopefully it'll be helpful for developing crop varieties in the Outer Lands, someday.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Someday: Leareth agrees, and nods to her and then heads off. It's - refreshing, or something, to talk to someone not focused on scheming for power. Someone who just wants to understand plants, and make them grow a little better, and for whom the most interesting fact about another world is its plant life.

He waits until he's out on the street before searching for Nelyafinwë's mind. :I am finished helping with the sword-room for now. Is there anywhere else I might be of aid?:  

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you have thoughts on other preparations we should be making for the larger expedition?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Likely – I have prepared exploratory parties before: or moved armies long distances, :but it will depend heavily on your resources and what you are doing already. I suspect it makes sense to test if I can make durable artifacts here, that can cast my type of magic when I am not there to do it, but again I am not sure which spells would be most valuable. I could meet with you and talk through options if you like: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think that'd be very useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Should I return to the library? I ought be able to find it again: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That works for me, though I can meet you elsewhere if it's easier.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am here currently: Leareth sends an image of the street through his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a nice tea shop near there! Just around the corner, you'll see the little tables in the street.

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right: Leareth follows his directions, and spots the little tables as specified. :I am waiting here: He doesn't mind waiting. Everything is still new and thus interesting, and he can have some time to collect his thoughts, jot some quick notes about what sorts of preparations his experience says will be useful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The little tables are in a ring around a blossoming cherry tree; someone comes out to ask what he'd like to order. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles warmly at the person. :What are the options? I am new to this city – to this world, in fact – and do not know what kinds of tea are usual here: 

Keeping his existence secret is a losing battle anyway; he might as well find opportunities to make sure that as many people as possible find him courteous and friendly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I could bring you out a sampling platter?

Permalink Mark Unread

:That would be lovely: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nelyafinwë arrives before the sampling platter does, sits down, looks fondly out at Tirion. "Are you finding everything all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:Everyone has been very obliging at providing me with directions, so yes. I visited the biology school – the farmers who greeted me on my arrival and hosted me for a night have a daughter who studies there: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very common - it's easier to lose a child to the big city if they're going to study plants and come home someday and make the farms better.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense: Leareth agrees. :In any case, I have been considering preparations – particularly supplies aside from food and weapons, and magical aid. It would help to hear what you have so far: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We have supplies for wilderness camping in Valinor - a  thousand bedrolls, blankets, a thousand wax cloths you can put above a bedroll for protection from the rain, clothes for warm weather, clothes for cold weather. We have forty pounds of meat per person and sixty loaves of bread, and wagons to transport them in. We have six hundred twelve lightstones. We have twelve hundred horses. We have some feed for them but we're not going to bring them through if they can't graze in the Outer Lands, the logistics are otherwise insurmountable. We have parchment, writing supplies, pearls and precious stones and fabric for trade, swords, spears and hunting bows for everyone and armor for twenty, musical instruments, tapestries and such for once we build houses, farming equipment sufficient to support a population four times ours, precision tools for metalworking and glass blowing, and eighty wagons of charcoal.

Permalink Mark Unread

:A very reasonable list. The only things I might add would be durable items of which you need one per camp or one per few hundred people – portable iron stoves for heat or cooking if you have such things here, for example, or large tents that can be unfolded for people to gather and eat inside. And the second is materials to repair your existing supplies, before you have the full capacity for producing them afresh. Weapons and farming equipment, and clothing, would be the priorities here, I think, but the wagons could also break. Likely your tools for metalworking will do for the first two. Do you have carpenters and stonemasons here? If so, I am not sure what tools they use to do their work, but if they are difficult to make then it might be of value to bring some of their tools, if not raw materials – stone can be found in almost all places, and a replacement for wood hopefully exists, even if the trees themselves are different. Speaking of personnel, I am guessing you have put thought into included skilled craftspeople in various areas?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Almost everyone can do carpentry and stonemasonry and metalworking and farming and tailoring, of course, but we'll have some people who've specialized more in it, and in particular in expanding the craft or adapting it in new regions of Valinor, and we're taking more care with things like artifact making that not everyone knows how to do. Large tents were on the to-do list, I don't know if they'll be ready in time. More food is on the to-do list too, and is unlikely to be ready in time at this point - hopefully we can subsist off fish for a while if needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. :That does give me a better idea of what magic might be of use, particularly in artifact form. The difficulty here is that artifacts in my world generally need to be powered by a mage every so often, and the form that does not is much harder to make and might be impossible in your world. This means it would be better to focus on a smaller number of individually stronger spells, or else I will spend all day every day adding power to them: 

He gets out his list. 

:I can make a talisman that provides something comparable to armour for a person wearing it; I could make this for a few people, not more than ten or twenty given that they need to be re-powered once every few days if worn at all times, and sooner if they take the brunt of an attack. But if you wish to protect certain particularly key people leading the expedition – your father and yourself ought probably wear them, for example. I can provide wards that will detect wild animals or other threats approaching; this is also a spell I can cast anew as needed, but it will be less time-consuming in the long run if I make a set of ward-stones. I can do something called a weather-barrier, which blocks out rain and maintains warmth inside even when the ambient temperature is cold, and also heat-generating stones that can be carried about in a pocket. Oh, and lights. It might make sense to create a small number of very bright light-spells, so that I need re-power fewer of them. They will not be as bright as the Silmarils, I am sure, but enough to light a campsite well: 

Leareth shrugs. :All of these are spells I can cast as needed, without making durable artifacts for them. However, I am likely to be utterly exhausted after holding a Gate large enough and of long enough duration for a thousand people to cross, and so anything you will have urgent want of in the first day ought probably not depend on me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All of those sound useful! Would they make sense for you to do before we leave, or should we plan to add them to what we're doing at some point after we've arrived?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth adds up hours and days in his head. :I can certainly make a number of them before we leave, if your world has adequate materials – generally a crystal such as quartz will work fine as a base. I would lean toward making a small number of talismans for shielding: the first one for himself, he wasn't wearing one for physical armour when he Gated, since he expected to arrive in a secure area, :and they are individually fairly quick, and then depending on what Tyelcormo's party thinks is likely to be the greatest immediate threat, weather or animals, I might do either the wards or the weather-barrier stones: 

He sits back. :I am not sure how much free time I ought expect to have before. So far I have done the wards for guarding your weapons, and taught several cohorts of students basic sword work from my world. Are we still planning to go meet Aulë at some point?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ideally, yes. I'd like to know how your senses interact with the Valar.

Permalink Mark Unread

:So would I, though I cannot say I am looking forward to it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is it unpleasant to be around intense magic sources?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sometimes, yes. Also I am - not particularly comfortable with gods. Though yours sound friendly enough: Aside from Melkor, anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aulë has been very good to my family. But that makes sense. They can be overwhelming, and their mistakes tend to be very costly.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am glad to hear that. What in particular has Aulë done?: Maybe hearing some specifics will help his hindbrain believe it. Leareth is sure he can control any external reaction, he's had a lot of practice, but it'll be easier to think and pay attention to the right things if he feels less trepidation about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's the one who taught the Noldor mining and metalworking! He set his domain not too far from here so that it'd be easier for people to come and go and bring their creations to the city. My mother's family settled there, and he helped them do the earliest research into the properties of metals. When my father ran away from home he ended up there, too, and learned with them. And he made the Dwarves. When the Valar had retreated to Valinor and the Quendi didn't yet exist, he got impatient with waiting for Eru to make people, so he made his own people. They're squat and hairy and live underground and love rock and stone and metal, and have their own way to make magic artifacts. Eru was so charmed that he imbued them with sentience, and they're out there somewhere in the Outer Lands. We'll meet them soon, hopefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating. Has this happened with any other god creating their own people? My world has at least six sapient species. Some were created by gods, or even directly by human mages: 

Permalink Mark Unread

His wife - Yavanna, whose domain was plants was annoyed that the Dwarves would be a menace to the trees and made tree-people so that the trees could be defended against them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ha. That is more...creative than anything I am aware of in my world – we have lizard-people and bird-people and deer-people and wolf-people, but nothing from the domain of plants. Also - the gods marry? What does that mean, in their context?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know how they marry, mechanically, but it binds souls the same way as a Quendi marriage does.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...What? Quendi marriage binds souls? Every marriage?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- yes? Or, uh, if somehow it didn't, then they wouldn't be married, and they'd presumably try again...

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not say what he's thinking, which is 'that sounds terrible.' It probably kind of shows in his face, though. :Do the gods have to approve for a marriage to work?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

....no? ...most people are really happy about getting married, it's very rare to regret it, I wonder if we're somehow miscommunicating -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I would say that a majority of people in my world who marry are happy about it, but it does not generally involve binding souls – there is something that does that, which we call a lifebond, but as far as I know it happens only as a result of intervention by the gods, and the people involved do not choose who it is with. And they are not automatically married!: 

He thinks over examples. :...In fact, I am not sure if any of the lifebonded couples I know of in the country nearest where I live are married. The King is lifebonded but he married someone else, it was rather controversial: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Marriages don't preclude another such bond but it's not permitted except under exceptional circumstances.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Permitted by who? Do you have a church or some such entity that officiates marriages?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

No? But the Valar told us what to do and everyone tries their best to do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is it a...ritual that the Valar gave you, then? A spell? How does the part where the souls become bonded happen, magically speaking?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh. It's a feature of Elven physiology that men and women are designed with compatible organs for intimacy, and when they're used for that, the couple is married.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I...see. My people have a different word for that - a large number of words actually - and it is not the same thing as marriage at all, for us, and does not cause any soulbonding. Marriage is an official ceremony before a group in which a couple becomes culturally recognized as together, and also does not cause soulbonds. Your people...have only one concept for all three of these things?: No wonder he's felt slightly confused a few times. It's a much deeper well of misunderstanding than he had realized. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they're the same thing. One feature of the marriage bond is that other people can see it in your eyes, so while there's traditionally a party afterwards there doesn't have to be, you're still obviously married.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Literally, as in it changes your eye color?: Leareth hadn't thought it was possible for this to get any weirder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not exactly? He sends over a mental image to compare by. Married peoples' eyes mostly look different in the same not-purple undertones that Quendi could see in their sky but Leareth couldn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hmm. I hope it will not offend you if I say that all of this seems rather odd to me: Leareth tries to chase down the implications, all the things he heard or thought about before without having that piece of context. :I suppose it would not come up in general here, but I know it has at least once, and in the Outer Lands it surely did: and might again. :Is it very bad for the remaining partner if their spouse dies?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

...yes? But not - in a qualitatively different way than the death of a parent or a sibling or a child or a close friend would.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's probably a relief. :In my world, that sounds about right for marriage in general, but for the kind of thing where souls are bound together, it is significantly worse than that and...generally not something that people survive. I suppose I am less alarmed by your kind of marriage now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

People can die of grief but they almost always survive the death of a spouse if they have other things going on in their life and it's not likelier to kill them than any other death.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Noted: Leareth thinks back. :I suspect that our earlier conversation was at cross-purposes. When you spoke about - sexual favours not within a marriage, I interpreted that through my world's lens, since it is taboo in some but not all societies, by our definition of marriage:

Running it through his mind now, that would have to only – and definitionally – apply to a same-sex relationship. No wonder they have strong feelings about it; it's all the cultural taboos around relationships smushed into one dimension. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. A marriage can only occur between a man and a woman; the act that produces it is impossible with two men or two women.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Which is not true in my world. Some societies have strong feelings that the official form of marriage ought be restricted to opposite-sex partners, but not all. And certainly lifebonds – the form of soul-bonding that we have – can and do occur between two men or two women: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Maybe a tiny bit wistfully. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:As an outsider coming here, your way feels somewhat unfair, but I suppose that is my own cultural bias: 

Leareth returns his attention to the notes he jotted down on their supplies. :You mentioned farming equipment – are you also bringing seed-grain, and seeds for other edible plants? You would want several plantings worth, I would think, in case the first year of crops fails. Though if weather were the unlucky factor, my kind of magic can ameliorate bad weather to an extent, bring rain when it is needed or delay frost. Also, I am guessing you have forms of magic for keeping food fresh, since the foodstuffs you selected are not otherwise preserved, but it would seem wise to have some backup supply of less perishable goods just in case: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Keeping food ...fresh? We have seeds, and seedcorn. I think the....unfairness is that Melkor introduced Marring into the world such that people ended up wanting things they shouldn't have, rather than it being bad design or something to make men and women complementary.

Permalink Mark Unread

:My personal opinion on the phrase 'things people shouldn't have' is that it is not a coherent concept – there are desires some people have that would harm other people greatly if satisfied, but aside from actual suffering caused to actual sapient beings, I do not think that a thing a person wants can be bad or judged less valid than something else: Shrug. :Meat will generally spoil if you leave it out? Bread lasts longer, but unless it is very dry army-ration style bread I would not expect it to last years: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem is precisely that you hurt people but he does not, really, want to persuade someone of this who has never heard it in their life before.

 

Spoil in how long?

Permalink Mark Unread

:It depends on ambient air temperature, colder is better – a week at most, in my world, in weather like this: Leareth is increasingly baffled. :Does this not happen here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

No! Do you know anything about the mechanism by which it happens?

Permalink Mark Unread

:My understanding is that there are very, very tiny...animals, you might say, but far too small to see - that are found in most things and in the air, and will begin eating the food themselves and multiplying, with byproducts that make it unsafe to eat. And also smell and taste unpleasant, generally. Though some have a useful purpose – do you have wine, here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We do! With the Valar's direct involvement, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

:You mean, every time you ferment wine you need to ask the Valar? That is– well, I clearly ought to have asked more questions when I visited the biology school. I wonder if the Valar do something to interfere with these types of processes more generally? I suppose food spoilage would not be very utopian: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they've made Valinor without decay. We've even discussed that because the buildings won't last forever, but I wasn't thinking of it as operative on the timescale that matters for food.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Buildings generally deteriorate due to different processes, I think, which are slower. Though some are the same – wooden buildings can become infested with termites, stores of seed-grain can be eaten by many kinds of insects. Do you have insects here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Only bees and butterflies in the city, but there's more kinds outside of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I would ask how you prevent insects from traveling wherever they like, my world has never figured it out, but I suppose the answer is 'gods': 

Leareth sighs a little. :All right. I had assumed you had a plan for this because my world does have some spells for preserving foodstuffs – and books, which will be eaten by bookworms and other critters if you are not careful, or simply get damp and mildew at some point. Even for buildings, though that is less urgent. The simplest way to keep meat is to freeze it, if you can; I have a spell that can do this and I can build an artifact for it, you will not want to wait until I am rested enough to cast it directly. Grain or milled flour tends to keep longer than bread, if stored in containers well sealed against moisture, so if the bread is not yet baked, you could simply bring the flour instead and bake it as needed: 

He frowns. :...Also, many varieties of biting insect carry disease, in my world. This is obviously not the case in Valinor, and may or may not hold in the Outer Lands, but it would do to be wary of it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. It's good to know of it as a possibility, at least. How long does frozen meat last? Grain and flour?

Permalink Mark Unread

:If you wrap the meat wrapped in something airtight and never let it thaw partially, years – not Years, I apologize, years in my world are much shorter. Perhaps up to a quarter of a Year. Grain or flour, perhaps the same duration, if you are careful with storage – cloth sacks will let mice through, not simply insects, and if the air is moist then mold will grow on it. Also it is worth noting that seed grain or corn will often no longer sprout after several years, so you will want to immediately take aside some from any crop that does grow, for future plantings: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is actually visibly distracted for a second, conveying orders based on this information to a dozen different people working on the departure preparations. " - thank you. Very much."

Permalink Mark Unread

:You are welcome. I am glad I was able to help – and that I thought to check now and not later: Leareth is trying to quickly reevaluate everything he's heard so far and everything he knows about wilderness missions in light of this missing context. :Do clothing and equipment last forever here as well without breaking or tearing and needing to be mended?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Clothes tear and equipment breaks. I suppose it might do so much faster in the Outer Lands. I'd expect to need to repair an outfit I wore regularly after less than a Year of wearing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That does not seem absurdly off, though camping is often harder wear on clothing than city living. Do you have soap on your list?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

For getting dirt out of clothes? Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is more important generally in a place where small-creatures can grow and make people sick – you will want to wash anything that food is to be eaten off, especially anything that touches raw meat or fish while you are preparing it – oh, fish spoils even faster than meat, though generally it begins to smell off first and people find this offensive before it will actually make you ill: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does the freezing work on fish, too?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, though many people think fresh tastes better. Also – for both, if you are hunting or fishing, they can be kept chilled but not entirely frozen, which would take much less magic to maintain than keeping it entirely frozen: 

He thinks. :It would make the spell cheaper to re-power if it were not maintaining a barrier alone; do you think your people would have time to make crates with some level of padding? This would keep the air inside and outside from mixing, so the artifact would not have to do so much: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We should have time for that. Not visibly distracted, this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I notice that this plan places rather a lot of weight on my presence and ability to maintain your artifacts, which is not ideal: On the one hand it could be useful for his purposes, if they’re relying on him, but...Leareth does not actually want hundreds of Elves to starve because their meat spoiled if he gets injured and can’t use magic for a week. 

:There are lower-tech alternate methods, which I ought probably teach to whoever has time to learn and experience cooking food. Drying and smoking is the best method for meat, though not as good for taste or nutrition as freezing it - but in an emergency, you could smoke most of your meat before it would spoil:

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds useful. I assume the locals will probably also know some things about this? The Elves long ago didn't but they've had hundreds of Years since then, they should've invented some things...

Permalink Mark Unread

:One hopes. Also that they know which local plants if any can be eaten – a diet of only grain and meat is not the most healthy in the long run, more variety is good. That reminds me, I am not sure of the state of your Healing arts – you have some magic for it? Do you use medicines, herbs...? You will want to be equipped for treating illness and injury:

Leareth pauses, smiles slightly. :I do apologize if I am saying things that are completely obvious. I am loathe to skip over any other misunderstandings or assumptions I am making: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not obvious. One of the things my father doesn't like about Valinor is the ways it can - weaken you, leave you incapable of surviving anywhere else - a good father, he likes saying, doesn't raise children who never want to leave the home, much less children who can't safely manage it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Certainly true of human parents. I would argue it ought be true of gods, but - who am I to tell them what their goals in fact are? All I can say is, it seems their goals are not yours or your father's, and I do not blame you at all for wishing to pursue your values in a place where you are free to do so: 

Permalink Mark Unread

(He actually just wants everyone to like him and stop fighting.)

(That's not true but it's truer than he'd like. It wasn't, fifteen Years ago.)

I think we'll learn a great deal from this. Hopefully we won't all pass through Mandos on the way to telling everyone else about it. (Shudder. Mandos will not be like Leareth.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wants to say a number of things. That they will learn, but that he'll do his best to make sure they learn now, before the Gate goes up and it's too late for second guesses. That they can do it, that it might be hard but it is possible. That once they're out of Valinor, once they've had a few wins, things will someday be less complicated and everyone will have a little more space to be their true, best selves. 

That he isn't, absolutely isn't, going to let Maitimo die that isn't a promise Leareth can reasonably make, not even to himself. If there were solid strategic reasons to let the man die, or kill him with his own hands, to save the rest of the Quendi, he would do it. And he might not even be granted that choice. It's not something he's allowed himself to swear for any individual person since - the very beginning, since the first time that everything went more wrong than he could have imagined, and at the end of it there was still a world and he was still in it and everyone he had ever known was dead.

So he says nothing instead, and is silent for a minute, and then keeps going through his mental checklist on wilderness survival. Most of which comes out of quartering large armies in inhospitable territory. Leareth doesn't include that part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He'd like someone to figure out whether artifacts can keep things cold and how crates can be insulated and what the inventory of food that will be slower to "decay" looks like.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is all I have for now: Leareth sends finally. :Do you have quartz or other crystals that I could use to begin making spell-artifacts? They take multiple hours each so I will need to be efficient: He's still not sure if they've announced a departure time or followed his advice not to, but he can do mental math. :Also I have lost track of how long until I am needed for the Gate: It's going to be obnoxiously more straining with Huan starting out on the opposite side; he can manage it, but he'll want to find a nice strongly-magical ceiling or something to lurk under for a few minutes beforehand, and he's going to feel the brunt of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

About another hour. I can get the quartz to you before that. Thank you so much. 

There's obviously some things to be suspicious about here but right now problems down the road are much worse than problems here and now, and he's solving those. (And he has a way to hurt me, and isn't using it -) (Except to make me think that.)

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then I think I will finish my tea here and – hmm, I ought obtain some changes of clothing, and bathe at some point. I saw shops with clothes, near here; do I need goods to exchange for them or is this entirely a gift economy?: It...wouldn't be insane, if it were, this place is the closest Leareth has ever seen to 'no material scarcity.' :Also, while I do not mind sleeping in the library, I worry others might wish to use it for its intended purpose. What should I do if I want a temporary room here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

If you routinely visit a store or take expensive things from it, it's courteous to keep them in mind when you're travelling and bring back things that they might appreciate. I bring tea back for this shop, when I travel. I wouldn't worry about it for picking up necessities. Some people have spare rooms, and the palace does; do you have an idea of who you'd prefer to stay with, or should I just arrange something?

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll keep in mind whether he can offer any small magics as conveniences to the stores he visits. :I do not know anybody here well enough to have a preference. Being nearby to where I will be needed for magic or planning seems of value: If the Palace hadn't had room, he had been planning to ask Yavië, as the only other person he sort of arguably is acquaintances with. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense! I'll set up a room in the palace. He is actually doing this as he speaks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Telepathy is very useful! :Thank you. I will see you in an hour, then:

Leareth can finish his tea sampler and then squeeze in visiting some clothing - not vendors or merchants, exactly, since they're not selling it. Most of the Quendi are taller than he is but hopefully they'll have something in his size. He doesn't think of any very useful application of his world's magic, they're pretty well set up already, but he can show them some illusions of scenes back home, if they'd enjoy that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are delighted! They have some things in about his size; some Quendi are adolescents, after all. They would usually tailor them for him but he can do that himself if he's in a hurry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will take not-perfectly-fitting clean clothes over wearing his current clothes for another day while he waits; he would be grateful if they could tailor another couple of outfits and he'll come back to retrieve them tomorrow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks them and then heads back to the Palace to look for Nelyafinwë, he can find somewhere to bathe and change after the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey! Ready to fetch the scout party?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ready." Leareth has been skimming a bit of magic off every artifact he passes, paying some attention to whether they feel different from each other – at some point he wants to ask about their purposes, find out if he can correlate what his senses detect to what the artifacts do, but that's not his first priority. Anyway, he has enough reserves for a small 850-mile Gate, as long as he doesn't need to hold it too long. "Now?" He looks around for a convenient doorway to build this end on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Gate! He lands it in exactly the same spot as before, and waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They come through after only a few minutes, wet and muddy and exhilarated. 

"Elwë's alive," he says, pulling something out of his backpack and setting it on the floor so as to protect the carpet. "We didn't see him but the people we ran into knew vaguely where he was. East of where we landed. He met a girl."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What, and ran off with her?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "The people we talked to thought she was a Maia. Guess that's the kind of thing you might run off for." He strokes Huan, who is also standing very still to avoid muddying the carpet.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have the samples -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Six of each, different sources." He hands over glass jars of soil and of water. "They've settled most of the continent but - sparsely? They don't build houses, just wander around. We'll piss them off if we strip all the food they eat off the trees but not if we settle down, don't think. There're still orcs, in enough numbers to pose them significant risks. The people we talked to hadn't heard anything about Dwarves."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes the Gate down the second they're through, frowns and listens and grabs meanings of words from surface thoughts. 

:Have they invented many technologies since your people came to Valinor?: he asks. :We were speaking of that earlier: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They have spears. Armor. Bows. Fishing nets, traps for animals. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Literacy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah. It's really too dark to read anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Metalworking?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not the ones we talked to. They'd seen swords on people from farther east, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

:They hunt and fish; do they have methods of preserving meat against decay? That is something that happens here– oh!: Leareth remembers the other item he thought of while he was walking back. :Nelyafinwë, in my world at least, the small-creatures that make meat spoil can also get into wounds and cause infection. I suppose that is not something you would have dealt with here, but in my world it is often the main cause of death after injuries, if Healing magic is not available. Perhaps your people's bodies are better designed to fight infection, just as your eyesight is keener, but I would not take it for granted: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They smoke fish, or salt it, and keep lobsters alive until they want to eat them. He sounds faintly disapproving. The lobsters do not like this at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Are lobsters in this world sentient? Leareth doesn't ask because it would reveal he's been reading thoughts, and Tyelcormo doesn't know about that. He reaches out a hand for Huan to sniff again and then pets him, skimming off mage-energy as well until his insides feel less empty.

:Have you arranged a room?: he asks Nelyafinwë. :I think that I wish to rest for a time now, and then I will work on artifacts: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. And he gestures for someone to show him to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth follows them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The room is excessively large and has an elaborate glass water fountain and a four-poster bed and a little sitting area with a plump sofa and a desk. The windows open onto a courtyard.

Permalink Mark Unread

:This is very nice. Thank you: Leareth can't tell if the fountain is meant to be purely decorative; it doesn't seem practical for washing up in. :If I wish to bathe, where...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Attached room! It has spigots for hot water and cold water; the water runs along the countertop to a sink and to a bathtub and to a toilet.

Permalink Mark Unread

:This is wonderful. Thank you: 

Once they leave, Leareth takes a bath (while examining the plumbing and trying to figure out how much of it is run with magic versus clever engineering), and then lays some basic wards around the area, and pulls all the curtains shut so the next Mingling won't blaze in and wake him, and lies down in the bed to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are heating the water with magic and maybe supplying it with magic; the rest is engineering. No one wakes him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up about seven hours later; he's not quite groggy, but definitely has the feeling one gets after Gating a very long distance to a place where sunrise falls much earlier or later, his body confused about whether time still exists.

He gets up and splashes water on his face and puts on his not-quite-fitting new clothes, then heads out to grab something to eat from one of the street stalls. Once he's obtained a pastry that he can eat while on the move, he looks for Nelyafinwë. :I am ready to build artifacts now. Or go visit Aulë, whichever is higher priority: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Let's do Aulë first. So they can tell whether they'd know if Melkor is skulking around the palace invisibly.

Permalink Mark Unread

If Melkor can make himself invisible to ordinary vision, it's possible he can hide from mage-senses as well – but it's not obvious he'd know to bother, the Quendi don't have Leareth's kind of Sight.

Leareth does his best to mentally prepare himself, and goes to meet Nelyafinwë. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Will you be able to gate there if I send you a memory of the place?

Permalink Mark Unread

:The place where Aulë is? I ought to be able to, if the memory includes all senses and not only vision. Is it very far?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Less than a day of travel, but we're scheduled so tightly it might be worth it anyway. If you'd rather take a horse we can certainly do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gating does seem worth it, I simply wished to estimate the energy-cost: His reserves ought to be plenty for a short-range Gate. :...Are you confident that Aulë will not be offended or startled if we arrive in this fashion?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We won't go right in, we'll land at my grandfather's and walk the rest of the way. I have no idea what Gating looks like to a Vala and don't want to assume it wouldn't startle one.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ah. Reasonable. I am ready, then: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will show some memories of some adorable stone-and-metal cottages, surrounded with forges and outbuildings, sparkling in the light of the Trees.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That will do, thank you: Leareth readies himself, lays the threshold on a nearby doorway in seconds, and then focuses on the destination and the Gate snaps up. It's a lot easier doing it this way. 

:Let's go: He steps through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And now they're in the village, just as pictured. The air smells a bit smoky. Half a dozen young children are playing outside, and all of them race over the second they see them; Maitimo adeptly scoops them up, one after another, and kisses noses, and "do you know where my grandfather is?"

They do! They point him to one of the workshops. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stands back while he's greeting the children, then follows him in the direction of the workshop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His grandfather is tall and redheaded and covered with soot. Maitimo explains that Leareth is a visitor from another world and needs to meet Aulë to learn some things about the gods of this world and apologizes for the terrible hurry they are in -

       "Nonsense in the city?"

"Yes."

       "How's your mother?"

Maitimo winces slightly. 

       "I don't suppose it will do you any good to tell you to slow down."

"No. I'm sorry."

 

And then they can head off down a little cobblestone path into a ravine beside the village, and from there into a cave. The ravine, and the cave, are magic, ambiently magic the way places in Leareth's world are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fascinating. And not necessarily in a way that Leareth likes. He leaves the ambient energy alone; he doesn't desperately need it, and if it belongs to a god, nabbing some of it might offend them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's more of it as they get farther in. And eventually they enter into a grand cavern, lit by magic, glittering with gemstones, where a man ten feet tall works at a forge. 

A few things that suggest that he is Aulë, god of earth and metal, include that he is handling the red-hot metal barehanded and that he is as intensely magical as the Silmarils, not just in the place where his physical body is but for a blurry foot or so around it, and that Nelyafinwë kneels.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth kneels as well. He really does not want to be standing out any more than necessary, right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aulë does not swivel around to look at them; Nelyafinwë is thinking helpfully that he does not need to, Valar and Maiar have senses even when they're not in a physical form and the physical forms are mostly accessories, though some of the Maiar get attached. 

HELLO, he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not show fear. He doesn't show any expression at all; his face and body will be as still as a rock, until he's good and far away and the god is not paying attention to him in particular.

"Hello," he says in Quenya. Trying to Mindspeak with a being like that seems like a terrible idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

IT MAY BE A GOOD THING YOU HAVE COME HERE. WHAT ARE YOU BUILDING?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure whether that question is completely literal or partly metaphorical or even directed at him. "Protections," he says, if Quenya has more specific words for magical wards then he doesn't know them. "For - people, journey."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nelyafinwë suspects that's not what was meant, not at all. But he didn't come here for a verdict on Leareth, he has to figure that out himself and he knows the Valar don't know everything anyway, not even when it's happening right under their nose.

Permalink Mark Unread

DO YOU REQUIRE ASSISTANCE?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I not know. Yet. Maybe." Leareth is wishing he had prioritized vocabulary harder before he had to talk to a god. 

Permalink Mark Unread

IT IS MY WISH THAT THE PEOPLES OF THIS WORLD GROW SKILLED AND REJOICE IN THEIR SKILLS, AND NOT TURN THEM AGAINST ONE ANOTHER IN WAR.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wish also. Not war. Wish it–" damn it what's the word he wants, "very much. I - try help." 

Permalink Mark Unread

I NOTICED. YOU WANT TO BUILD SOMETHING. I CAN TELL WHEN PEOPLE WANT TO BUILD SOMETHING. PEOPLE WHO WANT TO BUILD SOMETHING AS INTENSELY AS YOU ARE RARE. I WISH YOU GOOD SKILL.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is...probably meant to be reassuring, or inspiring, or something. It is EXTREMELY NOT REASSURING IN ANY WAY. 

"Thank you," Leareth says automatically, at least that phrase he's practiced enough that he doesn't need to be capable of thought in order to say it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

YOU ARE VERY YOUNG AND VERY HURRIED, observes Aulë, and the metal cools abruptly in his hand to make some kind of very detailed machine part. YOUR FATHER ASKED ME FOR THIS, he adds to Nelyafinwë, floating it across the room so Nelyafinwë can take it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We are as ever very much in your debt. Allow me to convey his thanks, as he may be delayed in returning here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

YES. HE MIGHT. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can leave, he tells Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gets up and follows him and tries not to think any thoughts at all until they are far enough out of range that the air stops feeling blurred with magic and is normal air again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Think you'd know one if you saw them? Even if they weren't in a physical form? he asks once they're out of the ravine and back to the village.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. Absolutely, yes: Leareth had barely been aware of the limits of Aulë's physical form, blotted out by the blaze against his mage-senses like a baby sun. :Unless they were - hiding, in some way I cannot imagine, but I doubt it is possible to hide so much magic: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd surprise me too. They used to make gravity work wrong around them, and the air would get all fuzzy. Some of them have learned to tone it down a little but it took a lot of effort. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:This is toned down?: Leareth can't imagine being around anything brighter than – that.

He can keep his face level, keep from actually shaking, but in Mindspeech, he can't completely hide that the last five minutes were among the most terrifying of his life– of his many lives. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He would reach out and give him a hug if not for the fact where he knows and so obviously he cannot do that. Aulë has always been good to us. I'm sorry he frightened you; I don't think he meant to.

Permalink Mark Unread

:No. I can imagine that he is - trying his best. But...I have not had good experiences of gods: Keep walking just keep walking and once they're back to the village he can Gate them miles away and probably even a god can't read his mind from there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd gathered. It sounds like we already needed to figure out a way to get rid of bad ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are enough shades of meanings that sentence could hold, that Leareth instinctively skims the surface thoughts behind it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The situation in Tirion is maybe more pressing, and plausibly needs solving first so that there are even spare resources to dedicate to anything else, but the situation in Leareth's world is much worse than the one even in the Outer Lands. The Quendi in the Outer Lands die sometimes, and are revived away from their families in Valinor, but Tyelcormo hadn't gotten the sense that was common. They weren't beset by monsters. Their children didn't die. 

And then there's the thing his father had pointed out, immediately, the question - why would there be two worlds - and it all adds up to that they'll need a reliable way of defeating evil gods. 

This is most of what he's thinking about but he has a lot of threads of attention and one is contemplating who he could set up to usefully give Leareth a hug and one is making excuses to his maternal grandmother about the fact they're about to Gate out again without even saying hello.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I have been trying: Leareth sends. :For a very, very long time: It's - maybe a couple shades more honest than he had intended to be, he's still shaken from Aulë, and in this moment he feels so incredibly tired, in a way that has nothing to do with magical reserves or sleep. 

:But perhaps the two of our worlds together...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Yes, the thing he needs - or parses to Nelyafinwë as needing - is hugs, or more specifically allies he can let his guard down around and be comforted by and trust, who give him hugs, and this ought to be possible to engineer but is maybe not the top priority, considering.)

 

It seems like the two worlds together have a lot of advantages over any given one. And maybe somewhere out there there's someone else with even more useful resources.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe: Leareth does not know what to do with that snippet of thought at all, so he backs off and focuses on regaining some kind of equilibrium. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once they're back in Tirion he'll occupy all his attention with osanwë conversations rather than hug-related scheming. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth obtains the quartz he needs to start making artifacts, and takes it to his room. He'll need it to be in pieces of varying size – fist-sized for the main loadbearing ward-stones, thumb-sized for the freezing spell, pea-sized for the personal shields. He can carve it up or fuse smaller pieces together easily with magic, and then he starts on one of the personal shields first, and will keep working with quick breaks to eat until someone interrupts him or he's sleepy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi, bustling around preparing for their departure, are happy to only interrupt him with food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finishes his personal shield-token, and a few others, and heads out into the street to find a stall that has necklaces or leather thongs or something to hang them from. Then he goes to find Nelyafinwë. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The streets have necklaces and leather thongs and so on; the palace has Nelyafinwë. 

 

It is also, by the time he gets back, abustle with people shouting at each other. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth simultaneously opens his Thoughtsensing to skim some surface thoughts at random, and reaches for Nelyafinwë. :What is happening? Also, I need to see you, though not with extreme urgency if something needs to be dealt with first: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone lit the building where we were storing food for the expedition on fire. We don't know who; there was a guard, he didn't see anyone. My father has announced that it was certainly Nolofinwë and stormed over there to confront him - it almost certainly wasn't Nolofinwë, right, but I'm not sure we should show our hand on that -

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh for the sake of all the– Focus. :Is it still on fire? I can put out fires: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's contained but it's not out yet. South gate of the city, you can't miss the smoke -

Permalink Mark Unread

He forges past the shouting people, makes it to Nelyafinwë. :I can do it from here. Faster. Can you cover me? I need to be in trance. Also, if you can have Huan come here, I could use additional power: He activates his own shield-protections, but they won't necessarily catch everything.

–And, if this is happening, then there's an enemy out there and the correct order for the other precaution is first:Nelyafinwë, this is for you: He holds out the shield-talisman strung on a cord, rattling out Mindspeech as fast as he can; Quendi won't have any trouble keeping up. :Touch it, please, I will key it to you. I can set up the osanwë commands so you can activate it yourself after, for now I will simply activate it for you. It protects against magical and physical attacks, and yours has an additional layer – if you wish, you will be able to independently cast a privacy-barrier from it, like the one I have used. I thought you might wish to have this option: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He touches it. Thank you. I'll ask for Huan but he'll be a few minutes, he's not in the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will do my best until then: Leareth activates the token with a thought, grateful that he took the time to fully power it before heading over. :Put this on. If there is danger here and I am not responding to osanwë, you can shake me: 

He leans against the nearest wall and slips into trance; this is going to be a lot of magic cast without any scaffolding. Scrying first, he doesn't have the Gift of Farsight but he can imitate it. Raise his mental eye above the city, skim towards the smoke. There. 

Area-effect cooling, that will be fastest. Leareth demarcates the fire as best he can, trying not to include any people in the permeable barrier he raises; it won't be good for anyone on the inside but it shouldn't kill them and he can make it right after. Then, power. He draws the heat out of the air, pushing it from inside to outside. The temperature rises rapidly in a ten-yard radius around the barrier – inside, it plummets. Leareth feeds in more energy and watches until the flames go out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The flames go out. The warehouse smolders. People stand around it shouting and eventually set down their suddenly obviated buckets. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth puts in a little more, just to make sure none of the smouldering is going to catch again once he stops, and then drops the spell. Starts to reach out with Thoughtsensing, but it's long range and he's already done a lot of unaided magic from reserves alone. Usually he manages impressive spellcasting by being prepared

:Nelyafinwë, can you explain to whoever is leading the efforts with the fire that I put it out? They seem confused over there: He lifts a hand to rub his forehead, trying to ease away the threatening headache. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can, but should I? It seems possible that this was at least as much a test of your capabilities as an attempt at destroying some of our supplies.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Possible. Fortunately, that was nowhere near the edge of my capabilities, though I would benefit from having Huan nearby for anything larger. I assumed they would put together that it was my work, since it was clearly magical, though perhaps you could blame it on the Valar: 

He frowns. :When Huan arrives, there is a spell I can cast that allows me to see a short distance into the past and watch an area. If you wish, I could observe the scene of the fire as it happened. You would not need to share this information with anyone and reveal the capability, but it might be of value to know it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds very valuable, yes. I don't know what cover story makes sense, I don't know what options we have for cover stories, there are Maiar who could've put the fire out but they're not here and we could Gate them here but I don't know if they'd be willing to lie for me and also I think the Valar and Maiar often know each others' locations if they're not deliberately hiding - might be best to admit it's you but put about that you're accordingly bedridden and will be for at least a couple of days -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gating in a Maia does sound complicated and prone to backfiring if they decide not to help. Your suggestion seems good – if we wish to use it, I ought either get out of the public eye, or feign collapsing. I can do the other spell from my suite:

His mind is racing ahead. :I ought also place shielding on any room you wish to use to replace the food room, but I suppose we could wait a few days to maintain the subterfuge. How badly will the fire impact our preparations?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not great but the report from the scouts was very favorable and suggestive that we don't need to be overprepared to survive this - our crops should grow there and there's enough food to sustain a larger population than the local one. The area's still swarming with people and some of them have left their senses public - he will have to talk with them about that but doing it now would be conspicuous - Under ordinary circumstances he would scoop Leareth up and rush him off to his rooms but Leareth knows so that's out, obviously - he can call Larya over to stand ready to grab him -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can't even quite follow why Nelyafinwë thinks it's out of the question to carry him back to his rooms, since he's not trying to closely read thoughts. He'll wait for Larya, and visibly hang onto the wall in the meantime. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Larya is one of Nelyafinwë's assistants and right on hand and can scoop him and carry him off. Nelyafinwë can explain this to the public at large.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Fëanáro, after a few minutes of standing outside his brother's house loudly insulting him, will declare that in response to this transparent attempt to prevent the departure, the departure date will be moved up to seven days from now.

       It wasn't me, Nolofinwë tells him. 

Obviously. But it'd be suspicious if I didn't think so. Shut up and tell me that I'm a traitor to our father's legacy or something. 

Nolofinwë just sort of stares at him, dumbfounded, but this works perfectly well too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is, in fact, tired enough that he isn't going to complain about being plopped in bed. Whenever Huan gets there, though, he can go into trance again and view the past few hours of the storage warehouse. After making sure that someone is nearby enough to shake him back to awareness if someone tries to attack him. He does not, exactly, feel safe here right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Larya'll stay. 


The warehouse had people going in and out loading things as they arrived at the gate from the surrounding farms. 

A woman comes up to it with a wagon full of olive oil. She unloads it, waits until the other people unloading things are outside, claps two stones together. They spark. She walks out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately, the spell doesn't allow Leareth to read her thoughts, but he can memorize her face and ask Nelyafinwë. He keeps watching, checking whether this is the spark that actually set off the fire. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep; from there, the warehouse goes up in flames. 

 

I know her, Nelyafinwë says tensely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And?: Does it give them any further information: her connections, her motives, etc... 

Permalink Mark Unread

My uncle's household. Tutored his children. Can you follow her, see if it's someone disguising themself -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: He holds onto the spell. Rewinds it until she's in the warehouse. Then forward in time again, but this time he follows her rather than staying there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks away from the warehouse and down the street, around a corner, back in another direction. Takes a pastry. Hears shouting and joins the bucket line.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can hang on and speed the spell slightly, if she's mostly staying in one place. Is she still there when the fire goes out? If so, what does she do? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks back through Tirion, towards the palace. Runs into the spectacle Fëanáro is making. Watches, tensely. Goes into the house once he's gone.

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't seem like there's much point in watching further; Leareth freezes it. :I can go further back: he suggests. :No more than a day, and it will be very tiring, but if we wish to see if anyone met with her, spoke to her...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, please.

Permalink Mark Unread

Jump back to the moment that she came in. Then – backward, further, and follow her, a little faster than real time would pass.

Leareth can feel the reaction-headache from too much intensive casting starting to form. He blocks it out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Before that she left the city and went out to find the olive oil in crates in the countryside. And before that she went back to Nolofinwë's house. Spoke with Nolofinwë in the courtyard, at some length. Took a plate of food. Read a story to an adorable barefooted blonde-haired girl. Woke up. Slept.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell doesn't let him hear sounds or listen in on osanwë. And that's as far back as he can go. :May I drop it now?: he asks Nelyafinwë. 

Permalink Mark Unread

May he, like it's not increasingly obvious that Leareth can do whatever he pleases. Yes. Thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can do whatever he pleases, and right now that is 'follow Nelyafinwë's suggestions' because, while he has the magic, Nelyafinwë is the one who has anything like full context on the political situation. 

:I could - observe her, later: he offers. His ability to read thoughts is one that he really especially doesn't want Melkor to know about, on the off chance that the god can listen in on osanwë and is doing so. :Currently I am tired and have a headache and I need to rest unless there is an actual emergency again. If there is, please wake me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I will. Thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You are welcome. Can Huan stay?: If he can fall asleep with his hand on the dog's fur, he can draw some of that energy while he sleeps and wake up feeling a lot less terrible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, of course. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will grit his teeth to push through the headache and set some extra wards around the room, and then fall asleep with his hand dangling over the side of the bed and resting on Huan's neck. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And now he has to decide whether to tell his father this. 

 

It's presumably a lose-lose, right, like everything else has been, either he tells his father and his father makes a mistake that the person orchestrating this (he keeps reminding himself not to think of them as "Melkor" for sure, he doesn't know for sure)  can exploit, or the fact that he didn't tell his father is itself something that person can exploit. 

But - right now they're not at each other's throats, and he's pretty sure they're supposed to be, and holding that off seems worth it. 

 

Hey, he says to Nolofinwë. I talked to someone who thought they saw Hereniel at the warehouse a minute before it caught fire. Is there any chance of that? I have no interest in alerting my father to anything he'd misinterpret, so I'd like to rule it out. 

       I can talk to her.

Thank you. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

...And five or six hours later, Leareth wakes with a start. Starting from the remaining ghost of a headache, it takes him about five seconds to work back to how the previous day ended.

–He didn't check mage-sight

It's not something he can really blame himself for; the spell can do it, it runs on magic after all, but it triples the cost of the spell per minute run, it wouldn't have been feasible to run it the entire time, and he was nearly out of strength by the very end, he certainly wasn't at his sharpest for reasoning.

But he can check the house, and then maybe the crowd if that turns up nothing. If he's not mistaken, there's still a bit of time, he's not past the day-long window. And his reserves are full up from sleeping next to Huan.

Leareth casts the spell again; start with the house, not the furthest-back moments where she was just sleeping, but the one with the little girl – in case it wasn't a little girl at all – and then with Nolofinwë. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The little girl was a little girl. Nolofinwë was...not a normal Elf, not to his mage-sight.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nelyafinwë, I need you to come here right now: Freeze that moment. Go in closer – the spell won't give him perfect resolution but will it give him anything else? 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the same thing as with Aulë - a fuzz of magic filling the whole space, not particularly concentrated on where there's ostensibly a body.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. Of course.

Leareth holds the spell, and waits, and hopes that Nelyafinwë hasn't taken any irreversible countermeasures in the time he was asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a sword, when he comes in. What -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth snaps up a privacy-barrier around both of them as soon as Nelyafinwë is within two yards, and then, rather than explain, directly shares what he's 'seeing', it'll be a little hard to interpret but it's not exactly subtle. 

:That is not Nolofinwë: he sends. :I did not think to check magic-sight until now. That is - how Aulë appeared to my Sight: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah hah. Good. - I mean, not good, but - good, we weren't misreading the entire situation - and we can see him, we can have a sense of at least some of what he's doing -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I did not expect such direct confirmation anywhere near so soon. This is not very subtle: Though it would have been, he supposes, if there hadn't been a foreign mage with unknown magic from another world. Maybe the gods of Velgarth would flail just as badly in a commensurate situation.

:I am going to drop the barrier, we can continue to speak of it indirectly: 

Leareth does so, and the spell, and then grunts and brings both hands to his forehead; he's normally set up with plans and mage-artifacts and people working for him, not the only mage in an entire world making everything up on the spot in a baffling new emergency, he hasn't given himself backlash this bad in several centuries. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you all right? 

Permalink Mark Unread

:This is what happens when I overuse my magic. I will be fine in a few hours: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I told Nolofinwë we suspected the girl. He said he'd talk to her and then said an hour later that she denied it, which was interesting. She presumably wouldn't have reason to lie to him? He could be lying to me but I did make it clear I was trying to defuse things. We should tell my father and maybe imply that you did all the scrying in one part so he doesn't think I withheld this for six hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is interesting: Leareth agrees. :And, yes. I still need to give your father his shield-token as well, and I can set up the osanwë for it. Are you still wearing yours?: He could check but the reaction-headache doesn't make it appealing to use mage-sight unnecessarily. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I think my father and the King are both more important to shield, though, they're the people who you'd assassinate if you were trying to stir up problems in the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think anybody clever would realize if they assassinate you, your father is likely to make a questionable decision in a situation where you would have made a better one, causing things to deteriorate. In any case, I can make a third shield-token in several hours of work: It's not preferable to do it before he's had a chance for the headache to subside, but he can manage if it seems necessary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I might be being paranoid but I don't want to rely on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. Cautiously sits up. :Then ask both of them to come here, please, and I can key the two existing shield-talismans to them: Well, three exist, but the third is on him and he has no intention of giving it up. :If you are able to stay here while I work on another, I could shield you directly if there were an attack: 

He frowns, turns to Huan and includes the magical dog in his Mindspeech. :And, I know Huan likely has things he would prefer to do then sit in my bedroom, but – I am also feeling rather paranoid and would prefer a power source be near at hand, in case of another disaster: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huan licks Leareth's hand and folds himself onto the ground again, with a laziness that seems to be communicative. 

I'll ask them to come here, Nelyafinwë says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth scratches behind Huan's ears, draws off energy while he waits. The headache fades a little. :–I could use something to eat and drink: he thinks to mention eventually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He flicks through the shared senses of a dozen different people, decides who to send to get Leareth food, sends them off. 

Fëanáro and the King arrive. 

Privacy barrier?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can do that. He can show them what he saw, too, but he waits to see if Nelyafinwë is going to offer some kind of preamble first. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He kind of wants to finesse this, yes. An Ainu - likely Melkor - ordered the destruction of the warehouse. They impersonated Nolofinwë to tell Hereniel to do it. Leareth has magic that can view past events, and can see through such illusions. I think the intent was that we discover, somehow, her involvement, and that she then confess she heard it from Nolofinwë; if we hadn't already realized there was more afoot, it might have played out that way. Leareth, can you show them -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can. He holds up the memory of it as clearly as possible; he can explain if they're confused about how to interpret his mage-sight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I knew it wasn't Nolofinwë, he says cheerfully. And now we have proof that Melkor is fomenting the problems in Tirion, and can ask the Valar to arrest him again, and proof that Melkor opposes our departure from the Outer Lands. 

 

      I do think, said the King, our next step is to secretly ask the Valar to rearrest Melkor; we can't do it, and if he's innocent it can be cleared up once he has been arrested.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth massages his forehead. :That seems likely to be the next move worth trying. I am trying to think if is there a way that could go terribly wrong. I doubt it is playing into Melkor's hands, since it would be difficult for him to know of my exact magical capabilities – however, I would like to spend five minutes considering how this might go badly, before making a final decision: 

...Is it just that he's disinclined to trust gods in general, and extending this to the Valar? Leareth doesn't feel that he has enough context on their world, yet, to know whether his unease is based in anything real. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The obvious thing is that it's likely to tip Melkor off; it seems that right now he doesn't yet know we have identified his involvement. I think it's still worth it, unless you have some way to arrest a god yourself.

Permalink Mark Unread

:No: Not yet. :I - worry that he could have already decided to escalate to a full-on war with the other gods if conflict were to arise, and if he is expecting violence and they are not, he might evade capture entirely. And then have even less reason to keep his involvement subtle, and – we are not currently prepared to fight a god head-on. I agree that telling the other Valar needs to happen, however, I would prefer to do so after we have a substantial base of operations in the Outer Lands, not before. At least Melkor can only be on one continent at once: He's pretty sure of that, anyway. It wouldn't be true of the gods of his world, but Melkor seems much closer to a physical entity in the material world, even if he's made of raw magic and not flesh. 

He shakes his head. :Of course, if we do not tell the Valar to intervene, Melkor may be able to prevent the departure entirely. I am not sure. I think it is a gamble either way: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sooner the Valar are notified, the sooner they can act, says Finwë. I think they'll act promptly, when it comes to this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes a slow breath, lets it out. Ultimately it's their world, they have more information, and Nelyafinwë thinks it's worth it. :All right: he concedes. 

Realistically, it doesn't make sense to delay for 'preparations', because there's no preparations he can make that will do much if Melkor refuses to be subdued and the gods of another world end up fighting each other openly. 

:Would they be able to view my memory as well?: he asks. Again, Mindspeaking with a god is not exactly something he wants to do, but asking them to believe it as hearsay is fraught as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I would expect so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If a delegation leaves for Valmar now, the departure from Valinor can still happen on schedule; we'd just want to gate right out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We lost a lot of the food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then I suppose you'll be very busy. It's good for you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Where is Velmar?: Leareth asks. :I can Gate us there if it is a significant journey: he glances at Nelyafinwë, :assuming you are willing to depart in secret, which seems wise anyway, and alert everyone coming with us of the subterfuge regarding my current exhaustion:

Though he is, in reality, pretty tired by now. He can push it a lot further than this before he actually collapses or anything, he's done it in a fight – it might be worth it for this kind of crunch.

:And I ought perhaps place wards on any other storage areas, to avert further fires or other losses. It will be complicated if they need to be accessed legitimately, but if they can be sealed off, I can easily set an alarm to trigger if anybody goes in: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can seal the warehouses and place additional goods somewhere else. He can ask the people who live somewhere conveniently located to move out; he starts thinking through who. 

I don't think I should accompany you, not if we're not delaying the departure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Valmar is west of here, Finwë says to Leareth. On the high mountain - he can send an image of the city. It's much more spread out than Tirion, meandering across a valley and the surrounding foothills, full of little towers.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then I do want you to keep your shield-token: Leareth sends. :And give you a way of contact me, if osanwë does not have that range. Finwë, if you have a memory of a particular place, with senses other than sight, I can use that for a direct Gate. I wish to bring Huan with me, as a source of magic in emergencies. Also, I ought practice drawing from the Trees for the main departure Gate, to check that it is possible. Huan may not be sufficient for that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good. I think we ought to take Nolofinwë, too; he can testify to not having ordered the warehouse fire, and perhaps now that this possibility is well-understood we can trace Melkor's role in the past disputes, as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I agree: Leareth hasn’t been keeping track of time well at all. :How many total hours from now until departure, if we leave on time? It is important that I fit in completing the cooling artifacts for food, and basic wards: Cutting sleep to get it done is extremely non-ideal, but he won’t be good for much after an 850-mile Gate large and sustained long enough to fit a thousand people and all their gear.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two hundred forty.

Permalink Mark Unread

More than Leareth had expected – confusingly so, until he remembers that their days, and thus weeks, are longer than the ones he knows. :Good. I ought have enough time: 

And he switches to private shielded Mindspeech with Nelyafinwë alone. :I will have time, but it will be tight, especially if anything unexpected comes up: and he doesn't know what, or it wouldn't be unexpected, but he's almost certain something will, :and I will be sleeping less than I would prefer. Given our respective comparative advantages here, I am inclined to make that trade, even though it will mean I am less sharp at catching plots before they happen. So I am trusting that to you:

–which is a rare and somewhat uncomfortable thing for him to do, but then again, this is a rare situation. He's usually not the only mage or even the most powerful, only the oldest and smartest, but here he's surrounded by immortal Quendi who can have six conversations at once. Different conditions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are songs for going without sleep without it catching up with you too quickly. But - yes, I'm focused on that, I didn't expect this but it wasn't brilliant or anything, I think we can anticipate further disruptions and work around them. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :I may ask you about the songs again when it was a better time: Back to group Mindspeech. :Both of you are coming with me?: Damn it, which one does he give the spare token to? Probably the senior one. :Finwë, I have a shield-talisman for you; Fëanàro, yours is partially complete, I can work on finishing it while we wait for Nolofinwë: He's already reaching for his pile of prepared blank spell-foci. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Finwë takes it, frowns. What does this do?

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives the same explanation he gave Nelyafinwë, except that the one he's handing the King doesn't do a privacy-barrier. Just protection against a sword, or against a magical attack, though he's not sure it could hold off the wrath of an entire god. He can set up osanwë commands so that Finwë can activate one or the other or both himself, at which point the talisman can run for about eighteen hours on its stored mage-energies. (That's a good reminder, he should re-power Nelyafinwë's, he can do it from here and Huan has infinite energy to spare and likes being petted.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

I would like to show this to the Valar before I put it on, Finwë says evenly, though I am grateful for your generosity and your talents.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is fair enough: Damn it, though, now he has to shield both of them if anything happens, it seems socially fraught to try to persuade Fëanàro to take the spare now.

–He's getting practiced at not reading all the surface thoughts by accident all the time, but he will do a quick skim for this, to check if it's generic caution or if the King is developing some specific source of mistrust. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nelyafinwë is rarely wrong to trust people - never so far, really - but they don't actually know anything about what Leareth can do and the rate at which he is manifesting convenient new capabilties suggests it's a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

To which Leareth's answer would also be 'fair enough'. He can do significantly more than even Nelyafinwë is aware of. (And, at this point, he's inclined to withhold as much as he can until after their departure; a god has been walking around the city in disguise, and from his brief conversation with Aulë, it seems like the Valar can do at least some mindreading. Hopefully not everything – probably not everything, he's pretty sure Aulë would have reacted differently if he'd known everything that Leareth has ever built and what he still hopes to build – but, paranoia.) 

He immediately starts working on the next talisman, half-listening to any ongoing conversation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanáro and Finwë are discussing what to say to the Valar, and going back through some old events to try to guess how Melkor might have seeded them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure he has much to contribute to either. Avoiding making his existence salient to the Valar seems like a lost cause at this point, and if another set of gods end up trying to kill him, well, that would've been bound to happen sooner or later. But he doesn't want to draw extra attention either. 

Magic magic magic. He can do it a lot faster with Huan there, and having done three already. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë arrives. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You were impersonated, Nelyafinwë explains, when he does. We think by Melkor. Leareth has magic that made it possible to watch it happen. We think he was responsible, as well, for sowing the initial rumors that Fëanáro planned to expel you from Tirion -

          I'm not even staying in Tirion, Fëanáro says, why would I have cared if you did -

- and the rumors we heard that you were trying to supplant him - yes, I know it's true now, but it's also true now or was a day ago that my father would've exiled you if he could, he picked self-fulfilling lies - but we think the initial events were lies. 

        

 

         I think you're right, Nolofinwë says after a moment. He does not elaborate.

We think that we should take this to the Valar, Finwë says, that Melkor may be rearrested. 

         I agree. 

Leareth can transport people instantaneously across the continent, and has offered to do so.

        I would be grateful.

Permalink Mark Unread

What is Nolofinwë thinking? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You told me to do it," Hereniel told him, and he knew then that something was very wrong, but who could he tell - Fëanáro, who was as likely as not to torch Nolofinwë's own home in response - Finwë, who'd watch - he'd been planning to go to the Valar with it, but apparently they'd been putting together the same thing as he had - and going to the Valar is likely to infuriate Fëanáro again, not that there's any choice at this point - the only thing that would've actually been comforting to hear was "that wasn't me, yesterday morning" but of course none of Melkor's attempts have been that bold. It was Fëanáro. And divisions among them serve their enemy so he will have to forgive him anyway. 

He's lost track of which story he's supposed to believe about Leareth and is not bothering to believe anything about Leareth at this point. Probably Leareth is not personally Melkor.

Permalink Mark Unread

All of which is, honestly, also fair enough, and Leareth feels a startling wave of sympathy for Nolofinwë. Doing his best to hold everything together, in a world where nothing makes sense anymore. He's been there himself.

Well, he doesn't need Nolofinwë to trust him (and it's not clear the man would or should even if he had all the information, which Leareth has no intention of giving him). He just needs him to go along with what's clearly in his personal interest as well.

The shield-artifact isn't quite complete. He starts packing it up along with some of the other equal-sized blanks, in case there ends up being a good moment to keep working on them. :I am ready to Gate when you are ready to depart: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We're ready, says Finwë.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will get the exact memory from him, requesting a spot that has an existing doorway so he can cut back slightly on energy-expenditure. Then, Gate. He does all of that sitting down and only stands when it's his turn to walk through, keeping a hand on Huan's neck the whole time and all of his Othersenses on alert. This time he won't miss any gods trying to impersonate Quendi or anything else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're outside Valmar. Finwë walks over to talk to some people at the gates. It's a way from here to the Valar but it'd be rude, I think, to directly approach any closer, he explains. We'll walk quickly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sensible. Leareth follows. 

:Nelyafinwë?: he tries, anchoring on the now-distance talisman he recently made; it takes significant power, at range, but he's got Huan. :Can you hear me?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. He wonders if Leareth can read all his thoughts at this range. He wonders if Leareth's range would allow for communications across the ocean, that'd be useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth could technically get his thoughts at range, but he's not bothering to try, the energy-requirement is high enough already. :I am not going to maintain a link, this is tiring, but if an emergency happens, you ought to be able to get my attention by 'shouting', and as though aiming through the talisman rather than in my direction. Try it?: He backs off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, he demands urgently and loudly of the talisman.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That works, yes, good: He expected it would but wasn't completely sure, given that he's still working out how osanwë interacts with his own kind of magic. :Arrival here was uneventful. Will pass on updates if anything relevant happens: He drops the link, keeps following Finwë. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They go up the path through the hills. The city sounds like a choir of bells, or maybe like a wind chime, if there were ever a wind chime designed by an incredibly obsessive musician who wanted to make sure no combination of its chimes would be the slightest bit discordant.

The air gets heavy, and fuzzy, and quiet, and magicmagicmagic.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wind-chime bit is beautiful but also feels kind of creepy, though maybe Leareth is confusing it with the encroaching magic. He has to keep reminding himself to relax, tamping down the voice in his hindbrain screaming that this is not a place where he should be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then, there are the gods. 

There are fourteen of them. Some of them are all here - big auras of magic, operating bodies at their center - and some of them are only a little bit here, tendrils of magic operating bodies without much magic spilling over beyond what sustains the physical form. Gravity is much stronger. 

The Quendi kneel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth kneels as well; he doesn't prefer to kneel before gods, in general, but he even less prefers to draw their attention. Waits for one of the others to speak. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A god speaks first, actually. 

 

OUR HERALD HAD NOT YET ARRIVED AT TIRION TO REQUEST YOUR PRESENCE HERE, BUT IT IS YOU WHO WE ARE GATHERED HERE TO DISCUSS. YOU HAVE BROUGHT UNREST AND THE THREAT OF VIOLENCE TO VALINOR. YOU ARE COMMANDED TO ANSWER FOR IT.

Permalink Mark Unread

You explain, Fëanáro tells his father. I'm liable to snap at them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Finwë explains - the example Leareth caught, the other examples discovered in conversation once they had the hypothesis, the ways that attempts at reconciliation had failed, their fears that Melkor means to bring about a war with the Valar. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

At the end, Leareth can offer to let them read his memory of what he Saw. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They do that. 

 

They confer. 

 

TULKAS WILL DEPART TO RETURN MELKOR TO OUR CUSTODY, one of them announces, and a different one of them heads off. BUT THERE IS MUCH STILL TO DISCUSS HERE. SOME OF THE EVIL INTRODUCED TO VALINOR IS OF MELKOR'S DOING, BUT NOT ALL OF US. IT IS THE PRINCE CURUFINWE FEANARO WHO THREATENED HIS BROTHER WITH A WEAPON. AND THIS IS A CRIME, FOR WHICH HE MUST BE ACCOUNTABLE.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is too much to expect of even a god, that they would tolerate disobedience from their slaves," says Fëanáro. 

Permalink Mark Unread

IF THIS IS SLAVERY, YOU WILL NOT ESCAPE IT IN THE OUTER LANDS; FOR MANWE IS LORD OF ALL OF ARDA, NOT JUST OF AMAN. AND THE THING THAT YOU HAVE DONE IS LAWLESS IN ALL OF ARDA. THEREFORE THIS DOOM IS NOW UTTERED: YOU WILL LEAVE TIRION, WHERE THIS THREAT WAS MADE, FOR TWELVE YEARS. IN THAT TIME, TAKE COUNSEL WITH YOURSELF, AND REMEMBER WHO AND WHAT YOU ARE. BUT AFTER THAT TIME THE MATTER WILL BE HELD REDRESSED, IF OTHERS WILL RELEASE YOU.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are other worlds and Manwë's not in charge of those. 

He says nothing. 

          "I release him," says Nolofinwë.

Fëanáro turns and stalks off down the hill. 

        Finwë waits a slightly courteous amount of time and then follows him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Leareth will get up and follow them with his hand still on Huan's neck, not saying anything, not allowing his face or body to reveal any expression. He's – weirdly okay with Nelyafinwë knowing that the gods of another world frighten him. He would prefer that the others not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are barely paying attention to him because Finwë and Fëanáro are arguing heatedly at the base of the hill. 

It's symbolic, Finwë is pleading. You were leaving anyway.

      Symbolic of the fact they do not respect you as our ruler, they do not consider us entitled to rule ourselves, they hate us, Fëanáro says. 

They care for us, and so prohibit violence, which is a threat to us, not to them.

      Not to them yet. 

I didn't know they were planning this. I'm sorry.

       I bet the Vanya knew.

- maybe.

       Fëanáro snorts. We're done here, Leareth. Let's get ready to go to the Outer Lands.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks around to check that Nolofinwë is actually following them. Then, Gate, right back to the spot they left. :We are back: he informs Nelyafinwë as he unweaves the Gate. :It did not go disastrously: 

–And then he slams up a privacy-barrier around the others. :Can the three of you. Please. Have a conversation. That results in somewhat less tension at the end of it. I am aware that, whatever the goad, whoever's scheme you were pawns in, words were said and actions were taken that cannot be undone. You cannot undo the past but you can, perhaps, choose the future. Fëanàro, have you actually apologized to your half-brother about the incident? Because I think that you ought, to his face, now. I think it would give us a better future: 

He might be slightly less snappish about it if he had less of a headache and hadn't just spent the last however long trying to conceal all of his emotions in front of fourteen gods. Maybe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not really sorry, Fëanáro says. 

          I will obey the King of the Noldor, Nolofinwë says. 

Finwë looks helplessly between the two of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sighs and sits down on his bed.

:There are shades of meaning to the word 'sorry': he says slowly. :At least in my language. Whether you think you acted regrettably given the information you had at the time is one, and perhaps you do not especially think that, Fëanàro. However, am coming in as an outsider, and from my perspective, perhaps everyone acted toward what they saw as the good of the future, and yet - the course of the last many years seems regrettable to me, taken as a whole. In your place, if I had the choice to go back and live it over without Melkor's influence, without the arguments and angry words and threats ever arising: 

He sits back. :You need not claim personal fault or wrongdoing, simply that - an event happened, that caused hurt, and if you could rerun the course of history, you would prefer it not need have happened. Would you prefer that?: 

(And he listens to all of their surface thoughts.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems like some kind of elaborate circumlocution to get a concession out of him and he doesn't like it. 

I wish that I had never had cause to believe that my half-brother would betray me and his people, he says, after a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë is thinking that Fëanáro never apologizes, never backs down, sometimes refrains from further mistakes and that's the best you can expect of him. From the moment that he raised the sword to Nolofinwë's throat the best possible outcome was that Nolofinwë forgive him, and promise him the obedience he deserves less with every passing day, and that that's good enough. There is just absolutely no point in setting ones' aspirations any higher than that.  

Someday Fëanáro will get tired of Kinging and set it aside - as soon as Nelyafinwë raises some children, though gods know when that'll be, now - and then Nolofinwë will be very competently managed into being reminded very infrequently that he would have been a better King.

Permalink Mark Unread

Finwë is thinking that he's so tired of this and everything he tries makes both of them worse and he doesn't know how to repair things with his wife and it's his fault that Fëanáro is like this, he never had a childhood so no wonder he never grew out of one...

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth closes his eyes for a moment, breathes in and out.

:Thank you: he sends to Fëanàro – that was, after all, some effort. Then he ducks his head just past the barrier. :Nelyafinwë, could you please come here? It is not an emergency, but I am trying to make a tense conversation happen in the open and you would be better at it:

And back in, hopefully before any of them notice.

:I come: he sends, slowly, :from a world where people die. Forever. Where the kinds of pain and mistrust that lie between you happen, and - cannot be resolved, as often as not, because the participants run out of time. Sometimes because they kill one another. And I come to your world, which has some serious problems - including the Valar, who may or may not be managing it responsibly, and no, it is not 'responsible' automatically because it is their choice, ethics does not work like that. However, you have one fewer problem. You have time: 

He shrugs. :I can help you fix some of your problems with magic. Not this one. But I think it would at least be easier to move on with this, to not let Melkor's past work continue to ruin your future, if the problem has at least been spoken of: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I hate him, Fëanáro says. I wish he'd never existed. My father's obsession with getting him came at the expense of everything I have ever wanted from the world and he simply isn't worth it. If he were intelligent, if he were capable of something, if he were imaginative, I could imagine that maybe with enough time it'd at least be a tragic trade, one important thing for another important thing. But it wasn't. It was a trade of an important thing for a worthless thing and I will never see him and think about anything other than the fact I wish he didn't exist.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nelyafinwë rounds the corner, sees the three of them, visibly flinches.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth pulls him inside the barrier as well. :I am sorry: he sends privately, and sends a quick summary of the conversation so far, including Fëanàro's most recent words.

Then back to the group. :Thank you. I - can see some of why you feel this way, I think. You...have not, in fact, lived in paradise all this time. Even when those around you did. You had already lost something of incalculable value: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he looks startled by this.

 

 

            She didn't want to come back, Finwë says hollowly, staring at the ground. I wanted her to - I would've waited, if there was a chance -

(I, too, wish you didn't exist, Nolofinwë completes his father's point in his own head, very tiredly. The thing about how Fëanáro never backs down is that once he's said something then it's an immutable feature of the world. Everything he just said has been true for three thousand years but he never said it so the possibility remained that maybe, somehow, someday, it wouldn't be true.)

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am sorry for your loss: Maybe he can fix it, someday, somehow, but he can't fix the past three thousand years. :Sometimes the world is broken. Even here, it seems, no matter what the Valar claim to have made. And sometimes the jagged broken pieces of it sit there, and with each moment they wear at the remainder, and cause more damage. And I cannot undo any of that: He turns to Fëanàro. :I wish I had the power to bring her back. Currently I do not. All I can say is, this is a tragedy. A wrong thing happened. It is still wrong no matter how necessary or immutable it may have seemed: 

:Also, it does not mean that your brother does not deserve to exist. Regardless of how useful he is. He did not ask to be born, and people deserve to exist because they are people, not only because of their worth to others. You do not need to like him. It is understandable that you do not, in fact. But – I come here as an outsider, and I wish for nobody else to die. That includes you. And Nolofinwë. And all of the others. No matter what Melkor wants to try next: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't especially want him to die, he says. If we lived on different continents and I never heard anything about him that'd be fine. And I've been working on exactly that for sixty Years now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, hopefully that will happen very soon, and we can make the best of this broken world until we are strong enough to fix all of it:  Until he finds a way to bring back the dead. Hopefully if something does go terribly wrong on the other continent then they can manage to coordinate civilly. At least he understands the problem better, sort of, maybe that's something. Possibly trying to make a group of people thousands of years older than him discuss ancient hurts while he's exhausted and has a headache was an ill-timed plan. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If that's everything, says Nolofinwë stiffly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth drops the barrier. If there was a non-disastrous way to give Nolofinwë his condolences, he might try that, but there's nothing he hasn't already said clearly out loud. He probably owes Nelyafinwë an apology for something in this vicinity even if he isn't sure what yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've got a lot of work to do," says Fëanáro, and leaves too, walking faster, so he passes Nolofinwë in the hallway.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you look exhausted," Maitimo says to Leareth, and takes his arm and tugs him away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is exhausted so that's not surprising. :I apologize for losing my temper with your very frustrating family – while it was informative, I am not sure it ended up being productive at all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I should've given you more context. And maybe it was good for my father to get it off his chest. Privately he doubts this very much; when you'll never back down from anything it's generally better to discourage you from committing to too many of your opinions in front of an audience. But of course Leareth is frustrated with the whole mess; it's immensely frustrating. 

He should've had a primer on everything the minute Leareth arrived but of course he was - trying not to think -

Worked out better than my median scenario going in, he says instead cheerfully, letting go of Leareth's arm as soon as there's no audience.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I should have asked you for context, but everything has been very rushed: Leareth closes his eyes, pinches the bridge of his nose. :Usually I am somewhat more politically savvy than this – then again, usually I have any context. I wish there were a world anywhere that did not have some pointless bottomless-pit problem that even the gods cannot or will not fix: 

It's a small thing, really, compared to the weight of suffering in Velgarth. Just one mother's death, a grieving husband and son, thousands of years of that pain played out. He's angry anyway, but it's not worth dwelling on now, there's nothing new to find there. 

:Did you hear any report on our conversation with the Valar?: he asks. :Did anything happen here while I was gone?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Uneventful. Though I was ready to tell everyone there was a bonfire lit in the amphitheater of the second linguistics guild, if that conversation went too poorly.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Really. How bad was your worst-case scenario? Clearly I was not being paranoid enough: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

It occurs to me that maybe your people don't have - 

 

I would like you to be careful about saying anything aloud until I've clarified this. I'm sorry, I should have sooner, but - 

- can you swear to things?

Permalink Mark Unread

He can easily not say anything aloud, he hasn't been dedicating any time to gaining Quenya vocabulary lately. :...I mean, yes? It is common for people to swear oaths on their honour, or their kingdom, or other things. They - are really only worth what a person's integrity is – there are some methods to make something magically binding, but this is very rarely attempted. From the way you speak of it, yours are different?: 

I made an oath, once, on the stars. It really won't add anything to speak of it now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Every oath we make is magically binding. Saying the words is enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I really hope there is some specific wording required, or else that would seem poorly designed. And, yes, I see how that could have gone worse, if oaths can be made so–: he doesn't want to say 'carelessly', :–hastily:

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a specific wording. 'I swear' or 'I vow'. - you can be stuck if you're interrupted halfway through, so it's conventional to say all the rest and then 'this I swear' or similar. 

 

My father's mostly not impulsive but - it's been a very bad last ten Years. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can see that. Are you concerned that this would apply to me, when I am here? I do not see how it would. Also, do the words need to be spoken aloud and not in osanwë?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know if it would apply to you or not. I don't know if it's a feature of the world or of us. The words do need to be spoken aloud. You don't need to be fluent in the language though you'd be a real idiot to make an oath in a language you're not fluent in.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can avoid those wordings when speaking aloud. If anybody needs to swear an oath anyway, I would be curious to observe with my mage-senses in case it is visible, but obviously it is not worth doing only for a test: 

Leareth rubs his forehead again. :And, I ought probably sleep before I do anything more ill-advised out of frustration with this world. The Valar believed our report, they sent one of their number to find Melkor – Tulka, maybe? Please wake me if there is any news on this, especially if it is bad: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I will. 

 

The servants normally bring food in while people are sleeping, here, so it's there when you wake up. I told them not to, lest they startle you. Is there something that'd be more convenient?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth approves of nobody coming into the room while he's sleeping. :Perhaps if they leave it just outside?: He tries to decide if he should be worried about being poisoned. :I could simply ask someone when I wake up, but - I may forget, if I am thinking about other things: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I noticed. Affectionately; most of his family does the same thing. (He makes a point of having this thought louder than usual though it's still technically private, in case Leareth picked up on the "affectionate' part and not the "like my family" part.)  I can have someone notice when you wake up and go get food then, if that saves you time or worry it's probably worth it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I would appreciate it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Get someone to listen at the door and when he's awake get him food, he tells Larya. They should not go into the room.

Sleep well.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you: Leareth nods to him, and heads to the bed, and manages to check and reinforce the wards. These ones have teeth – no one should come in, anyone who does isn't going to be badly hurt but they'll definitely get a shock. 

He falls asleep with one hand tangled in Huan's fur. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No one wakes Leareth. Word reaches Tirion about the Valar's decree; there's some anger, but it's shortlived, as everyone knows the prince is planning to leave anyway. There's a debate in the amphitheater of the school of political science about whether the Valar have the authority to exile Quendi from Quendi cities. Nelyafinwë walks through the city looking for people who look out of place. He doesn't see any. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up about ten hours later.

He stays motionless for a little while, and does a quick sweep of the city, scrying with mage-sight alone. He doesn't need to see people's faces; he's looking for any of that characteristic space-filling fuzz of magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A couple Huan sized ones. No bigger ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. He gets up, deliberately makes some noise. :Nelyafinwë?: he reaches out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Which Maiar are expected to be in the city?: He sends a quick impression of where in the city he sensed their magic. :I am not necessarily worried, only checking. If this is as expected, I will resume working on the artifacts now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't have any full-time. They're probably with some researchers but I'll check.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you. I will do a sweep every hour or two, it is not too difficult: And for now he'll keep working on artifacts, and eat food if and when it shows up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does that, promptly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finishes the next artifact, and – damn, he doesn't recall hearing Finwë ask the Valar about his shield-talisman and he was too distracted by being in front of fourteen gods to ask himself. He's not sure what to do about it now but he can at least pass a brief message to Nelyafinwë.

And then keep working. If no emergencies happen, he can churn out a shield-token every hour until he runs out of appropriately sized crystals, at which point he would switch to the larger blanks he prepared for keeping food frozen. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No more emergencies happen except that Huan gets impatient, eventually, about staying cooped up inside and starts pawing at the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is pretty understandable; he's a dog, magical or not. :Go: Leareth tells him, using magic to nudge the door open without standing up. :I may call to you if anything untoward happens: It's not going to be hard to find him outside, the magic is pretty unmistakeable. 

–And this seems like a good time to run another sweep of the city for suspicious magic sources. And find the nearest mind he can ask about food, he isn't sure how many hours have passed but there are a dozen shield-talismans piled next to him now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They have decided to just make sure there's a tray of food outside his door at all times, actually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's kind of them. Leareth eats it. :Nelyafinwë? Did we learn whether the Maiar I sensed are supposed to be here?: He's been intermittently remembering to do sweeps but not reliably every hour, when he's this deeply focused on artifact work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We did! They're all here by invitation, participating in or enabling research.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Good. Thank you: And back to work. The freezer-spell is higher powered but it's also a lot simpler. He can do one every half-hour once he's in the zone with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi get ready to leave. They'll be down a little bit of food, compared to what they planned, but they should still have enough not to starve before they can harvest crops. They won't have armor, but the people their scouts talked to said the Outer Lands weren't so full of horrible dangers after all. 

And in the worst case scenario they can return to Valinor. 

They notify the thousand people of the intended departure date.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth makes artifacts. He does occasional sweeps of the city for unexpected magic; he checks in about whether he ought to ward any additional storage areas they've started using. He finishes the food-preservation set, starts on the much larger and higher-powered camp wards. He eats, sleeps for a while, keeps going. 

He's not going to have time for anything too complicated, here, but the fact that osanwë can interface with his kind of magic enough for the Quendi to control the wards themselves means he can put in a few options. As a default, they'll detect approaching magic, trigger an alarm if a Maiar-sized magic source tries to cross them, except Huan who he can key into the wards now; he'll ask Nelyafinwë about any other approved Maiar who are accompanying them. That part is low-powered; he can fully power the wards now, and they'll run for a week before they need maintenance. 

In an emergency, a simple osanwë command from Nelyafinwë, or from someone else he trusts and wants Leareth to key in as well, will raise an impassible physical and magical barrier around the warded area. Well, probably not impassible to a god, but breaking it down won't be quick or silent even for Melkor. The emergency level is, unsurprisingly, very costly in terms of mage-energy; it'll run the wards down in less than twelve hours. Hopefully any emergency won't last that long. 

:Nelyafinwë, is there somebody I might speak to who is an expert in your existing magical artifacts?: he asks eventually. :I had the sense Macalaurë is knowledgeable here. There may not be time to do it now, but I wished to investigate whether it is possible to directly tie the two kinds together, so that mine will not need my direct work to re-power them: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Macalaurë does our songs, he doesn't like artifacts especially, but I can find you someone good with artifacts. We should also test how your magic interacts with songs, actually, but I think that's a lower priority. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you. ...How long has it been since I spoke to you when I woke up?: He has the curtains pulled shut and was deep enough in trance that he's not sure he would have noticed a Mingling passing. Time is starting to feel very hazy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nineteen hours. If you want daily updates on our preparation progress, the people who get those will get them in three hours more.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. That's...a lot of hours of consecutive repetitive work, and Leareth barely noticed them passing. He's a little tired but not in the way he'd expect. Odd. He mulls on it for a moment. 

:Thank you. I will wait for that and then rest. Also – does Valinor have some kind of effect that causes time to be experienced differently, perhaps similar to the effect against decay?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots of magics in effect on Valinor to make it a paradise. Some of them are usually characterized as - making people less rushed? Making it easier to live in the moment? I don't know if that's what you're experiencing, though, I've never had anything to compare it to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not like the idea of some ambient magical field affecting his mind and thinking. He doesn't like it at all. :Perhaps. I am curious if you will notice any difference when we depart: 

He keeps working and waits for the daily update. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Daily update: they have about twenty pounds of food per person, in grain or insulated boxes that can get freezing magic added. They have informed all thousand people chosen for the initial expedition. There are a couple interested Maiar in addition to Huan; that seems good, unless Melkor has subverted some Maiar, in which case it seems potentially very bad. The current plan for when they arrive is to travel to the coast in the lightly inhabited area the locals call Lammoth, and set up there; it's much colder than Tirion, and many of their crops might not go, but that seems solvable in the medium term with magic of one flavor or another and the more temperate coastline is reportedly densely populated. Once they've taught the locals farming the land should support a hundred times as many people but they don't want to strain it until then. They've made urgent requests for fishing equipment in Alqualondë but Olwë has his doubts about the expedition and might not agree; if not, hopefully the locals will trade them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth unfortunately isn't sure how to check if a given Maia has been subverted, mindreading them seems both risky and hard to interpret, so it seems like the best option here is to keep a very, very close eye on it. 

He can make a quick trip out of his room to show people the freezing artifacts and how to activate them once they've crossed over, place one with each box and then cast some good solid wards around the area against theft. Then sleep, then finish the camp wards (the strange time-affecting-magic-field is unsettling but it's convenient for his current work), then check how many hours left until departure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

One hundred eighty four. Olwë is still being stubborn about the fishing equipment, is there any chance Leareth has the bandwidth to Gate a diplomatic party over to Alqualondë to talk to him? This isn't ideal because it'll give Olwë's grandchildren a lot of independence, once they reach the Outer Lands, but that's not a battle Nelyafinwë is in any mood to fight right now. 

Horses fed exclusively off Outer Lands plants don't seem to be sick, so that's good. Does Leareth's magic do temperature or should they be scrambling for warm clothes? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can Gate the party over, that's fine – should he plan on Gating them back at a specific time, or is there a way to stay in communication at that distance? Leareth's magic does temperature, he's working on a set of weather-barrier foci now that he's done the camp wards, but he doesn't think they should rely on it if they can avoid it, it makes his work too much of a single point of failure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can stay in touch with his cousins at that range; Tirion and Alqualondë are a couple hundred miles apart. 

Does all of your magic fail if you die? If you decide to cancel it? If we lose contact with your world somehow?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Any spell I am personally maintaining will fail if I die. The artifacts will not, but currently rely on my ability to re-power them. If I can figure out how to tie my artifacts to your existing magic, that would no longer be true. I am not sure what it would mean to lose contact with my world, but I suppose I cannot rule out that it is possible and might result in my no longer being able to use magic. It seems unlikely and I am unsure whether there is anything we could do to prepare for it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And other people can't be taught your kind of magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I doubt it. It is not something everybody in my world can do – it relies on possessing a specific Gift. I suppose I could test some of your people for the potential, but it would be odd and surprising if it existed here: 

He thinks for a moment. :If I can figure out how to Gate back to my own world, and the power requirement is tenable, I could perhaps bring more mages here. I suspect this would take some amount of experimenting, however, and I would understand if your people preferred not to bring in more untested foreigners: 

(Leareth tried testing it briefly, earlier. An ordinary Gate-technique just fails; the Void is there but his world isn't findable. It may be that he has to follow the same route through the additional planes as his experiment did, but in reverse, which means he needs to find where they 'are' from here. And he's not actually sure what the power requirement is; he was doing it from a permanent Gate-terminus in his own world, with its own energy link, and it still left him exhausted.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

We'd be delighted to have more help, but it's probably not a sensible immediate priority. That does suggest getting the artifacts to function without you ought to be. I'll send Curufinwë, I'd expect he can figure it out if anyone can.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Curufinwë looks strikingly like Fëanáro, and this is not the only similarity. He has a notebook and a couple dozen pieces of magic jewelry and wants an explanation complete with sense-impressions of what Leareth is tapping into. Can he sort the jewelry by which is the most powerful to Leareth's magic? By which replenishes the fastest, if there's a noticeable difference?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth likes him immediately. 

He can do that, and show Curufinwë his mage-sight, trying to go deeper in it to notice any fine details he hasn't explored so far (not that they mean much to him, yet). All the jewelry pieces seem to replenish in the same length of time, which means a faster rate of energy-flow for the more powerful ones. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And are they equally easy to tap into? He has someone send for a bunch more artifacts to test a theory about what makes artifacts have more energy of the type Leareth can detect  "conveniently I think it's nearly orthogonal to how difficult they are for us to make, except at real extremes of power - I assume the Silmarils look like they'd have a lot of it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Much so. And, convenient." Leareth is trying to make a habit of speaking out loud in Quenya when he's in the same room with someone, so he gets actual practice with the language. 

–Speaking of that. :Nelyafinwë? Where are the Trees located? I ought check that I can in fact draw on them and the power is sufficient for a Gate of the magnitude we need. Also, I am guessing they are not conveniently located for this purpose: Brief internal sigh. :If your father would allow me to draw on them through the Silmarils, that would obviate the need for me to be physically near the Trees themselves, but...he seems reluctant to allow anybody else to touch his work. Which is understandable, I suppose: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, he is. Fëanáro doesn't want to make it particularly obvious that they're usable for powerful magic, even though they are (without Leareth's involvement, even). He's said he's just using them for light. The Valar want them, and have declared a couple of times that the Silmarils really in principle belong to all of Valinor; no one wants to encourage them in that opinion. Fëanáro thinks that eventually he should be able to emulate most of what the Valar can do using the Silmarils. Resurrections are the most important thing, there. But in the meantime it's better if no one thinks of them as the cornerstone of the Noldorin capabilities or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which makes sense even if it's frustrating. :Then I ought to test if I can use the Trees – I may be able to draw on them from a distance once I have visited in person, particularly if I can leave an artifact-focus there. And if not, possibly I can manage with the help of several Maiar at once. Which of the Trees is nearer to here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're next to each other at Exellohar; right back in Valmar where you went to petition the Valar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Not a place he really wants to visit again, but he can do it. :I will finish the current project and then Gate back to look, I suppose: He returns his attention to Curufinwë and their current research. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks you could make an artifact that just continually tries to make light while not actually having the completed artifact work for a light, and that this ought to be as good a magic source as a light for Leareth's purposes; he is trying this, and it'll take him about an hour. Leareth has some notes to work from if he wants to spend that time trying to hook up his spells to artifacts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth makes significant progress! He gets it to the point that he can link one of the shield-talismans up, but he has to be babysitting it, it's not stable enough to even survive physically moving one of the components, much less switching the shield into its more active, power-intensive mode. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then he has his broken low-effort light artifact and they can check if it works for providing magic!

Permalink Mark Unread

It does! It shows up differently to Leareth's mage-sight than the non-broken version, which is interesting and could be a window into how their magic works, intriguing for future research but not immediately relevant.

Leareth tells Curufinwë that he'll keep working on the linkage; he needs to build the right kind of structure into his side of the mated artifacts, so it can be robust to minor disruptions like 'walking around wearing it'; a human mage can do this instinctively but a crystal needs to be 'told' exactly how, and it's new, which means it'll take him a lot longer to build than churning out copies of a standard spell he's used hundreds of times. 

He thanks Curufinwë and then checks with Maitimo whether now is a good time to Gate back to Valmar and look at the Trees, and whether he ought to take anybody with him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He should probably take someone with him as a cultural translator in case anything comes up. Lots of people are busy but he can find a servant who isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

That works fine, and if something comes up that he's unsure how to handle, he has the range to contact Nelyafinwë about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits for his guide to be ready, puts some very thorough warding on his room (which currently holds most of their artifacts for the expedition) and passes on that nobody should go in while he's away, and then, Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If he winds the other way from the gates of Valmar he can find the Trees. 

It's as bad as looking directly at the Sun, if the Sun took up half the horizon; they are hot and bright and burning his skin and his eyes, and they're denser even that the Valar with magic; they radiate it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth winces, puts up an opaque mage-barrier in front of him just to block the light, then braces himself and cautiously tries to draw on the magic itself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic! Magic magic magic! The magic would like Leareth to use it, it is for radiating across all of paradise, it is for coating everyone and everything with magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not comfortable to touch. But the magic is there for the taking. More than enough to cross an ocean. 

...The problem is going to be his own strength, his capacity to pour that much energy through himself and shape it to have a purpose. He can do it; Leareth is very calibrated on his own strength. But if he has to do it twice – which seems likely, he doubts the Trees will let him pull from them at a distance, at least not without months of studying the matter first, he'll have to Gate everyone and their supplies here first and then onward – then it's debatable whether he'll still be on his feet at the other end. 

He doesn't say anything about this to his guide, just nods. "This will do. We go back now." He opens a Gate from where they're standing and he's back in Tirion, both his eyes and his mage-senses still smarting from the forces that the Trees harness. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No emergencies interrupt the remaining five days of frantic preparation. All of the food is repackaged into the insulated packages. All of the people supply and equip themselves. There are a handful of arguments but the only one that turns into a fistfight is one at the third linguistics guild over whether the departure marks the end of the second era of Quendi history. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finishes the weather-barrier focus stones, and makes a few dozen simple heat-spells, and keeps working on the problem of combining the native magical artifacts with his own kind. He gets as far as making it possible for the link to survive physical jostling and movement, and outside interference from his own kind of magic – so the Gate-crossing ought to be fine – but changing what the artifact is doing via an osanwë command still disrupts the linkage. And the Maiar ought to be fine, but a Vala coming near enough might break it as well. 

Leareth will fully power everything, and set the ward-stones to their passive guarding state, with alarms that will go to Maitimo and a set of people he trusts. The weather-barrier is ready to set up. The heat-stones will be difficult to transport if they're hot, so he leaves them off; if they're activated, they can last several days on stored power, and hopefully by then he'll be rested enough to use magic again. 

He has about twenty personal shield-talismans done, and for whoever is willing to wear them, they'll last indefinitely on the default passive mode – enough to guard against low-power magical attacks. If they end up under attack and want the more thorough protections (which are inconvenient to have on permanently, since they get in the way of things like 'changing clothes' as well as sword-blows), then they'll be on borrowed time, about twelve hours of it.

And then he's ready to Gate. 

:I will Gate myself over first with Huan: he tells Nelyafinwë. :Then I will raise the much larger Gate to transport everybody to Valmar, and immediately onward from there. I need everybody to be organized, and move quickly. And: he hesitates but only briefly, :I am going to be exhausted on the other end. I will not be able to defend myself at all, aside from my protective shield-token. I...will have to trust you with my safety, for a time: 

It's in Maitimo's interest to make sure nothing untoward happens to him. All Leareth can hope for is that this will be enough – and if it's not, he's going to be starting over in Velgarth soon enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is not planning to let anyone murder Leareth at all. They're using Velgarth magic for shielding, for refrigeration, for transport - they have done their best to engineer things so they won't die if Leareth up and leaves but the project sure does have a single point of failure, for now. 

The Valar are looking for Melkor; they have not found him. They think perhaps he went south.

Leareth is needed to Gate fishing equipment and a few small boats back from Alqualondë; Leareth is needed to Gate metal from the mines in the north; and then everything is in one place for the departure. 

Thank you. We'll try to move as quickly as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not currently productive to worry about Melkor's location; they've taken all the precautions they possibly could in the time they had, and now it's time to move. There's a tradeoff between preparation and speed and Leareth thinks this is a reasonable place to put it, and even if he didn't, it's Fëanáro's decision and not his.

Gate to Velmar, his hand on Huan. Leareth takes a moment to catch his breath and steady himself before raising the big Gate, wide and high enough to fit several wagons abreast. :Go: he tells Maitimo, tersely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And off the Noldor go to their new world. 

Permalink Mark Unread

First Gate. Everyone through? Leareth takes a minute to catch his breath and then raise the second, straining to reach across the much greater distance. 

The Gate goes up. :Hurry: he tells Maitimo. :This is - difficult:

Permalink Mark Unread

They start moving. 


Where Leareth is standing, the horizon darkens abruptly. Faster than nightfall, in places that have night. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaand what now. Leareth does not have the attention to spare to have any emotions about this development. He holds the Gate. :Nelyafinwë, what: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

- I have no idea what that is. 

Pause. 

No one has any idea what it is.

Pause. 

Aulë doesn't have any idea what that is. Says it's not Melkor, not  - directly - 

Permalink Mark Unread

It might actually be more obvious to Leareth's mage-sight what it is. It's showing up there as empty space against the brilliant splash of magic from the trees. It has legs - a lot of legs - and a black thick body. It slurps away the magic around it. As it does that, it grows. Or maybe that's just that it's getting closer. Nope, both getting closer and also growing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stays calm. It's not as though not being calm would be productive. 

He shares the sense-impression directly with Maitimo. :It is consuming the magic. Maybe consuming the Trees themselves. Move. Get through the Gate, now. I will not be able to hold it for long if the Trees cease to - be there. I can...try to hold it off...: 

He's not sure mage-attacks are going to do much. Whatever it is, it eats magic. He tries a shield against it, though – from the magic still all around him, he has plenty of energy to spare, if not any finesse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's no good way to leave the less necessary supplies, not without blocking the Gate with them. Everyone tries to proceed through faster. 

 

The shield halts the spider, temporarily. It stops short, rears up on two of its legs, and presses the other six up against the shield, battering gently at it, feeling for something. Then it flings its whole bulk at the shield.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shield bows but doesn't give – instead, the creature pushes the entirety of it forward, closer to Leareth. 

He tries putting in more power. Not enough. It's stronger than him and he can't use cleverness to cheat because he didn't, until seconds ago, know that this was possible. Damn it, worlds that he's been in for less than a month instead of having two thousand years of learning everything there is to know, he wouldn't have missed something like this in Velgarth–

Leareth grits his teeth. :I can slow it but not hold it off. Go go go – if the Valar want to help us now would be an excellent time–:

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there's a Vala emerging from behind the spider, and, at the same time, a darkness beyond the darkness of nightfall rising around them like a tide coming in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In pursuit, apparently, he says, and two hundred through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth squints – he saw the fourteen Valar before, is this one of them or is it the one whose location was unknown, that he hasn't seen before, it's not clear to him yet that the Vala is attacking the spider – do his mage-senses have anything to say about the darkness-beyond-the-first–

–Focus, power to the Gate, power to the shield, pour the entire remaining force of the Trees through himself and hope that he can bear it for long enough – he measures out his strength, if he's too close to exhaustion then he's going to shove himself and Maitimo and anyone else close enough through the Gate and then drop it as fast as he can–

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't have one of the physical forms he saw before. It's circling around the side of the spider, and around the side of the magic barrier, its magic-shape is coalescing rapidly into a spear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not Tulkas and Oromë they're caught in some kind of shadow on the mountain

Permalink Mark Unread

The spear lunges for the Trees, the gold one first. It slashes through the wood of the trunk, batters at it over and over. Golden sap spills out, far more than the tree could reasonably have held, and coats the ground in a sticky golden puddle. 

The spider rears up and shoves at the shield again, harder than before.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shields skids closer. And Leareth can't shield against a Vala. Not for more than a few seconds, not even with the Trees – the remaining Tree – behind him. 

 :Running out of time: he snaps to Maitimo, :going to try something–: Almost nobody else in Velgarth who ever lived would be able to do this, certainly not under battlefield conditions, but Leareth has certain advantages, such as immortality and having trained under Urtho.

He throws one last bolt of power into his shield, to buy a few seconds, and then concentrates as hard as he can, and - moves the Gate. It skims the ground, catching everything and everyone in its path – not perfectly cleanly, wagons of supplies tumble over, but enough, and then it reaches him and he dives through and makes sure Maitimo is in as well and if not he'll catch him with a net of magic, catch anyone else standing around or behind him, and then all of them are through, and he rips the Gate down, no time to do it properly and capture that energy even though he sorely could use it–

–and he has about three seconds of remaining consciousness to get out a frantic, not-quite-in-words Mindspeech yelp to Maitimo, and then everything fades to black. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He catches him. Stands up - accounts for everyone by flipping frantically through all their heads - 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they're ambushed. Orcs stream out of the brush, out of the hills, out of the ground, out from behind illusory trees and illusory shadows, hundreds of them, thousands of them, maybe tens of thousands, and they drop Leareth's magic warding stones on the ground and activate them.

When Leareth awakens he is under an overturned wagon while there's frantic hand-to-hand fighting with the orcs who made it in before the protections went up. Maitimo's assistant Larya is lying on top of him singing a healing song so quietly humans can't hear it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes him long seconds to claw himself fully back to bleary awareness – it's pretty obvious something is wrong, for one he has a splitting headache, and two he doesn't recognize where he is, and three, fighting. Which is making a racket, ouch. Also someone is on top of him and that's making it hard to breathe.

He's alert enough within seconds to check that his personal shield-talisman is working, which it is (and using mage-senses hurts so he stops trying). And he's under some kind of shelter and there's a person there he recognizes. He can't manage to orient any more than that, yet. 

(Also, he isn't wearing an artifact to shield for Thoughtsensing, and he's drained enough that his usual personal shields are down and all of his half-coherent thoughts are 'public', not that he has the energy to project them any further than Larya.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo thought it might be hours before he was awake. She smiles encouragingly at him, keeps singing. Notifies Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

They ambushed us once the Gate closed, he tells Leareth. Don't make a lot of noise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't planning on it. He lies still, focusing on breathing through the pain in his head. :Wards?: he eventually finds the wherewithal to ask. Presumably they're up. Maitimo is competent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Up. A couple dozen of them got through before they went up. Should be over shortly. 

Killing people is upsetting but he is trying not to send this because probably Leareth will think it very childish. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth senses the edges of the emotion, at least, and – well, he's personally long past the point of finding it upsetting, most of the time, but he doesn't think it indicates anything bad about Maitimo, at least not given that he's willing to admit necessity and do it anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is over shortly. The orcs outside their barrier try stabbing it, try hurling burning sticks through it, try digging, and retreat once none of these accomplish anything; the orcs inside the barrier are better-armored than the emigrants and more experienced with their weapons, but they're badly outnumbered and all the important Quendi are invincible right now.

 

If Leareth is paying attention he can catch fragments of thoughtspeech as they straighten up their camp. People want to know what happened to Valinor, whether everyone in Valinor is okay, whether the Trees survived. People want to know what the plan is, if the Outer Lands are full of orcs now. (The plan, Fëanáro says, is to clear it of orcs, and war with Melkor, and then settle it properly once Melkor is defeated.) 

People want to know how soon the rest of the Noldor can be reached. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can't help following some of it whether or not he's trying. He feels terrible right now, he's muzzily trying to think through the headache to remember how long the ward-stones are good for once they activated the emergency power level, but he's cold and can't stop shivering. Which is a fairly predictable consequence of the amount of magic he had to throw around before their departure. 

...It could have gone a lot worse, there is that. He vaguely tries to hunt for Maitimo's mind to ask if he remembers how long the ward-stones are going to last, so he can make a guess at whether he'll be rested enough to redo the links with the Quendi artifacts, thankfully he thought ahead enough to find a way that they won't need a full power-up. Lots of thinking ahead. Not enough to avoid whatever in all hells just happened back in Valinor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is fielding a lot of questions but keeping some attention on Leareth, just in case. You said less than twelve hours. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Get me when it comes close. Will do my best. May not be able to redo in time: He tries to sit up and remember the Quendi vocabulary for 'water' or 'thirsty' to ask Larya, but it's not coming to him.

(His thoughts are, however, still completely unshielded.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets him some water. They're setting up tents, now, and when he's had some water she can carry him over to one of those so he can rest in an actual bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is preferable to the ground and Leareth mumbles his thanks to her. 

:Weather barrier?: he asks when he fails to remember the Quenya words for it. He can't figure out if he's cold from the actual temperature or just from how drained he is. Oh, right, there's an action he can take about that – or might be able to take about it, rather. :Did Huan...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Our side of the gate. He's with Tyelcormo, who was injured, but I'll try to get them both moved here.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sorry to hear that: It's unclear that there's anything else productive he can do right now, so Leareth closes his eyes and tries to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When he wakes up Huan is there beside him. Someone has put his arm on Huan's fur in case that helps. Larya is singing her healing song louder, and playing chords on a little palm-sized string instrument to help it along. 

It's not cold in the tent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All of those things help, though there's no getting around the toll of overusing his magic. He lifts his head, scratches behind Huan's ears. :I am glad you made it through with us. I hope Tyelcormo is all right:

What seems to be happening around him? 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the tent: Tyelcormo is sleeping, Larya is singing. 

Outside the tent: food is being distributed. Goods are being repackaged. Orc bodies are being burned. Injuries are being treated. Everyone is singing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to find Maitimo's mind; using Mindspeech hurts less, now. :How long left on the wards?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Two hours. I was going to try to wake you in one. How're you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Better. I think I can redo the links in an hour. Not ideal, will need longer to recovery fully, but, seems worth it: He hesitates. :Did we lose anybody. In the fighting: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Three. It's - all right, their families will probably see them sooner this way than if things had gone according to plan. But we can't stand up in a really serious fight right now, I don't think, not this badly outnumbered. My father wants to bring the rest of the Noldor over as soon as we can.

Permalink Mark Unread

:You wish for me to Gate again: Leareth inches cautiously into a sitting position again. :...Could you come nearer? Range is hard, currently: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He enters the tent, waves Larya out, takes up the healing song from her without any pause. Want me to do it with my amulet?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do what?: Leareth blinks, confused.

His thoughts are still unshielded; he's vaguely chasing after what he could have done differently, if there was anything he missed or mis-prioritized – he can't think of anything obvious yet, everyone else seems just as surprised by the attack on the Trees so it's not just context he's missing, and the ambush here is in fact exactly what a lot of their preparations were for.

And - he wishes they hadn't lost anyone at all, that would be better, but it's not the bottomless horror it would be in his world – and even in his own world he's been willing to make that sacrifice, over and over and over, it still matters but it stopped feeling any particular way millennia ago. 

Well, probably. Assuming Melkor hasn't found a way to beat all the other gods including Mandos as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

The privacy barrier. You're not - keeping your thoughts private.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is he not shielding? :Oh. Thank you: He grimaces and tries to reweave his personal shields – it still takes a lot more effort than it should – and only afterward stops to consider that he presumably wasn't shielding this entire time. At least he was asleep most of it, and it seems like it wasn't obvious to Maitimo until now. Given how foggy he was for most of that time period, he's still not exactly sure which thoughts he might have leaked, and whether any of them are about things he's been strategically holding back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo restrains the impulse to adjust Leareth's blankets protectively, does it to Tyelcormo instead.  Thank you. I think by default that would have gone much, much worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That seems accurate: Leareth rubs his temples. :I doubt we did everything right, but, well, hindsight is always perfect. I - hope that things did not go too badly back in Valinor: There's no way to check right now. It'll be days if not weeks before he can manage to communicate  that distance, let alone Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think Melkor can win a fight with all the rest of the Valar. Not even with that thing, whatever it was. I expect he meant to do some damage and then run. But - I wasn't expecting this, so -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Neither was I. So...we had better be ready for more of the unexpected, I think. Though Melkor must have just burned a great deal of his resources, if we forced him to move ahead on these schemes. I expect his stockpile here is not infinite. It might be larger than we prefer: 

He pinches the bridge of his nose. :Do you have any painkillers here? The song helps but not completely: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We have alcohol and some drugs that will put you to sleep. I want to fix the wards before we chance those, with a Quendi we could try a dose that helps with the pain without fogging your head too much but I can't even guess that for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I agree. I will be in more pain afterward, anyway: He smiles weakly. :My magic has many advantages, but one of the advantages of yours is that it does not give you headaches after a fight. I should probably have something to eat first, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That we can do. He flags someone down to bring it over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't actually have much appetite but he forces down a reasonable amount of food, it'll help.

:We can go now: he says, and – nope. Magic is hopefully happening but standing up is definitely not happening. :...Could you help?: He could do it from here normally but he's not going to chance that now, it'll be easiest on his magic if he's close enough to touch each stone as he sets up the links. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Refusing would be more marked than - of course. He can scoop up Leareth and take him out to where the stones are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth touches the first stone, and winces, but it only takes a thread of power. :Done - next one?: They're arranged in a very haphazard circle-ish around the camp, which makes sense given the rush. :Note, this will mean that nobody will be able to enter or leave the area without disrupting the link again, so I would be cautious in choosing when to do so: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. We've decided it's too dangerous to scout for now. Though of course, it's dangerous not to . This wasn't - we landed on the fringes of a planned ambush, I think; they were hidden but not principally from someone landing right here. I bet if we'd gone back to where we came through the first time it'd be worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is why I chose a slightly different location: Leareth can't remember if he even ran that by Maitimo or just decided it. :I can scout at a distance with magic, in - several days. Not now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's all right. Melkor can't cross the continent in the space of a day, even assuming he escaped unscathed and is coming right here.

Permalink Mark Unread

:How fast can a Vala move?: Leareth grimaces again as he does the next ward-stone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The number I was told was four hundred miles in a day.

Permalink Mark Unread

:So, two days to reach us?: He can't remember if Valmar was nearer or more distant to their present location than Tirion. Also, right, that's longer than he expects, different day length. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. I think - I think we're just dead, if he comes straight here to kill us, if the Valar don't catch up with him. I don't see how we could stop that.

I'm hoping he isn't, himself, sure of that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Unfortunately, I agree: If he had somehow managed to bring anyone else in from Velgarth... But even if he could have figured it out and done it in such a short time, it would have come at the cost of something else, and all of the preparations he's made – the personal shields for the leaders of the expedition, the wards, the food-preservation, probably the weather-barrier too – have proved to be extremely necessary. :He did, however, make himself very obvious to the other Valar, rather than remain hidden, when he attacked the Trees: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. And if they can successfully delay him - or if the giant spider isn't entirely under his command, or if he exerted himself in achieving that and can't immediately follow it up with another fight - there's plenty that could go well but none of it under our control, I don't think. 

 

 

We should consider whether to send you with Huan to run as far as you can, hide out until you can defend yourself again.

Permalink Mark Unread

:No: Leareth is somewhat surprised at how sure he is of that. It's not an unreasonable proposal, but... :Either way is a gamble. If I did run into trouble, alone, it would be even worse. I prefer to stay here:

(It might be different if he were really and truly risking his life. And - Maitimo probably thinks he is, he doesn't known about a certain spell hidden in the Void that he set up two millennia ago. But, given that fallback, he's pretty sure staying here is the path with the greatest chance of this world not ending up destroyed entirely.)  

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

He's been assuming Leareth is risking dying forever here but - it would not actually be very surprising if he had something up his sleeve, given how many new capabilities he's manifested when it was necessary and not sooner.

We're hoping to establish contact with some of the locals - they can't all have been slaughtered in the last week - and get a better idea of the general situation from there.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That seems wise: Next ward-stone. Leareth does, at some point, hope to sit down and tell Maitimo about all of his magic. It'll be valuable for his planning (he's not sure he wants Fëanáro knowing it, giving him any more hammers to whack at his goals with might not be advised yet). But everything keeps being an emergency and it doesn't actually seem that this is going to quiet down now that they've arrived.

...He can plan for it, though. :At some point I wish to describe to you more thoroughly how my world works, and the general kinds of magic it allows, so that you can have a better sense of what is and is not doable. I am not sure when will make sense: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Works for me whenever it makes sense for you. In the sense that there's pretty much no time when that wouldn't be one of the top six things he should be doing.

He can carry Leareth between wardstones. Absolutely no one thinks anything of it except Findekáno, who thinks it is funny.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ask me about it when I wake up tomorrow, I think: Leareth is in a lot of pain by the time they finish. :There, the wards ought to last indefinitely now if not disturbed: Though Melkor personally showing up would likely count as a disturbance, and from there it wouldn't take him long to break through, and – no, there isn't any point in chasing down contingencies for a situation they definitely cannot survive. 

He keeps his eyes closed and tries not to move his head at all while Maitimo brings him back to the tent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo tucks him back in. Sings. Want the drugs now?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Please: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The drugs come in a thick syrup that makes the lips slightly numb. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth swallows it, not asking about the dose; he's going to be even less able to track his surroundings or defend himself for the next however many hours, but he's already relying on everyone here (and it's very much in their interest to guard him until he can help them fight). If he gets some solid uninterrupted sleep, he should be over the backlash sooner.

:Thank you, Maitimo: He closes his eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmmhmm. 

And he calls in someone else to take over the song from him and heads out to do more preparing. 

 

 

Things move in the dark. Some of them look to be on fire. They circle closer, and then suddenly the world looks clear and safe, which is not reassuring at all. 

The Quendi watch, anxiously, and sing.

The enemy hits the shield in five different places, on all sides, and is thrown back.

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

We are all going to act like they can do that all day and we don't care, he announces.

 

 

How long -

Permalink Mark Unread

Not very, I think, if they keep it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't, though. Everyone waits, and sings, and waits, and a few more blows land against the walls at various places, and then the night is silent again.

 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

When Leareth wakes up Macalaurë is singing in his tent. He is not singing barely-loud-enough-to-be-heard; he is doing a concert or something. And he has an astonishingly good voice.


Perhaps relatedly, Tyelcormo's injuries have healed entirely and Leareth should feel better than he has any right to.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits up, stretches. :You sing beautifully. How long has it been?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Seven hours, he says, without pausing the song. How much longer will you need to do a short-distance Gate for everybody here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth checks his reserves. :Not yet, but – how short-distance? Is there a reason we need to move? I could Gate a mile for this many people in...another seven or eight hours, if I needed to, though slightly longer to rest would be preferable. I have not really had a chance to rest fully since arriving in your world; I suppose we are at war now and perhaps the opportunity will never arise: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Made contact with the locals. They fled to some cave systems they know, north of here. Thirty-two miles. They sent their memories of the place, once we explained why we needed it. We can't see what's out there, it's got some illusions up, and so far they've tested the defenses but not really tried them. But - having a mountain in between that and us sounds really nice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thirty-two miles. Leareth considers it. :Twelve hours: he decides. :If an attack seems to be coming in greater force, I can chance it sooner. And - I ought to speak with Nelyafinwë regarding my world’s magic and the options it might offer:

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll get him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want me in person? he asks Leareth a second later. I told Macalaurë to sing until you're fully recovered but I can probably fit in the tent too if it's helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I wish to speak to you of my world's magic – this is information that I very much wish our enemies not to learn. It is up to you whether you think the correct level of paranoia here involves speaking behind a privacy-barrier, now that we are no longer in Valinor: 

But they don't know for sure that the Maiar with them are on their side. Leareth isn't sure how much they can know that the people are definitely on their side. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He ducks into the tent. Activates the privacy barrier himself, from his amulet.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you: Leareth redoes the linkage with the mated Quendi not-light-artifact, so it won't run down the power; it's a lot less magic than he would need to cast it himself. :I apologize, I am not at my sharpest. Could you remind me, what are the magics I have spoken to you of so far?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

You can do Gates.  You can shield people against physical and magical harm. You can see other magic, and nondestructively interact with it. Your osanwë reads private thoughts. You can make magic items that do any of those things, or let other people do them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you: Where to start. Velgarth's magic is - varied. :The magic of my world is very versatile; the downside is that it is tiring and requires concentration, and there are no shortcuts; I need to know a technique or invent it in order to use it. I can also see things at a distance, both images and magic. Communication at a distance also. Heat and cold we also have used already. I can move objects, including very heavy ones. I can make detailed illusions to hide things, or to imitate things that are not there – in fact, I have considered adding a concealment-layer to your amulet, in case you are ever in a situation where hiding is better than running or fighting. You have seen fairly little of my offensive magic, but – fires, explosions, lightning, simply blasts of force, all are possible: 

He frowns. :And, in addition to reading private thoughts, my magic allows me to – not change them, precisely, but I can lay something called a compulsion, which will control a person's actions. I tested it unobtrusively and it works. If we are attacked again, this might be one of the least power-costly methods of defending ourselves: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's terrifying and he didn't anticipate it - more paranoid - no point in asking how he tested it, if he wants to say he will - 

Balrogs are Maiar. You think it'd work on them?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not sure but I am certainly willing to try it. My world also contains powerful extraplanar beings of various sorts, which can sometimes be magically bound; I might try that shape of binding as well. Regular compulsions will work on orcs: 

Leareth looks down at the blankets, thinks. 

:I tested it with an extremely minimal and harmless compulsion on a stranger in the city: he admits. :I did not tell you immediately because - I wished to hold it in reserve for the contingency where Melkor suborned you or your father or somebody else you trust: 

He takes a slow breath. :And, at the time, I was still considering whether the interpersonal mistrust and conflict among your people was intractable on the timescale we were working with, and that I might wish to take over myself. I did not end up doing this, and – while I cannot swear to you that I will not change my mind, I doubt it. It seems a very poor allocation of time and skills for me to attempt to make the strategic leadership decisions here. Just as it is not in your interest to let anything happen to me, it is not actually in my interest to betray your family and attempt a coup. Not when I depend on your people for protection if and when I need to exhaust myself by fighting with magic. Not when you are very good at this, and have all of the context that I lack: 

He lifts his hands, palms up, lets them fall back to the blankets. :I cannot ask you to trust me any further than that, at this time. I know that. I am a powerful and ruthless stranger with unknown motives, dropped in your midst, and it is simply correct on your part to be paranoid. But – I will at least ask that you trust I am not stupid, and that it is in both of our incentives that the war be won: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It wouldn't be a good idea. It'd break - our people know who they're following. There are thousands of years of trust there. If it were cast into doubt I don't think there'd be any reason for anyone to particularly listen to anyone else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I have noticed. As I said, I am not stupid. Early on, I was...not sure how much of that trust was still intact, whether it would bear the weight it needed to. But I think that bridges were rebuilt, even, during what just happened. It helps in some ways, to have open war and a common enemy: 

He looks down again. 

:Something else. In my world, magic can be fuelled from - killing. The death of a sapient being releases a very large quantity of energy. This is honestly quite an inconvenient fact about magic; I would prefer that my incentives were not in favour of murdering people. It seemed less relevant when we still had the Trees. Now we do not. Even once I am recovered, if an attack happens in force, drawing on Huan will not be sufficient. Nor will it be sufficient for a Gate on the scale needed to transport large numbers of people between the continents. Blood-magic might be. And...it changes matters, that your people do not die permanently: He smiles slightly. :Also, there are conveniently orcs out there: 

Permalink Mark Unread

On your world this is done by - destroying people? Permanently?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not their souls. Those come back. But - a soul is not all that a person is, in my world, and in the usual order of things they return with none of their memories: 

He shakes his head. :The gods sometimes do a thing where they return souls with memories, to serve as their avatars or as magical beings. Thus, I know it is possible, and I hope that someday I will be able to do it with everybody I have ever killed. I...will need to win a number of battles, first: 

Which he's going to do. Someday, somehow, no matter how long it takes. I made a vow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not - a trade he would advise anyone to make, a path he'd recommend they start down. But he's missing a lot of context. And anyway, Leareth is here, now, where he can't hurt anyone, not permanently, and where he's shown little inclination to advance his goals at their expense.

Unless he's lying. Usually Maitimo does not need to consider the possibility that people are lying to him but here he probably should. And it's very unfair that he can't consider it privately, he can feel that fact about the world bending his judgment, because the parts of him that other people can see are always, always arranged to be reassuring, trustworthy, certainly impossible to improve upon as an ally with mind-altering magic, and want to arrange themselves that way even if they happen to be all of him - 

- he can think about that more when Leareth is sleeping.  

Well, I assume we can't take orcs alive but if you can use the ones surrounding us, that seems fine. And if that's too far away we can ask for volunteers.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a trade Leareth would prefer to have made either – he can't even remember the start of the path, vanished into the fog of lost memories, but his records of the early days after the Cataclysm have his ledgers, balancing the numbers, convicts executed for blood-magic or children dead of starvation, and he doesn't want that to have been the world, but it was. 

He isn't a good person. Not by anyone's definition. And now isn't the time to try to defend his worldview and decisions to Maitimo.

:I ought to be able to use any that are near the shields: he sends. :I am considering what other magics might work against Balrogs. And...I think that I ought to obtain memories of the cave location now. If we are under attack and overwhelmed before I am rested, I can at least Gate you and your father and a few others to safety, and you can organize the locals from there:

Leareth looks away, toward the opening of the tent, the camp bustling outside. :Other relevant information that you should have. I am not mortal in the way most people in my world are. I - found a loophole, one might say. If my body dies here, it would be very costly to my plans back home, I lose more of myself than Quendi do even via my method, and I would be effectively lost to your war effort – I am not sure I would be able to replicate my journey here, and certainly could not do it quickly – but I would not be gone forever. So I am willing to take risks, if I think they are justified, and you can ask that of me also: 

His lips twitch. :I expect I make more sense as a person if you know that I have lived several dozen lifetimes, and have the knowledge and experience that entails: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's a relief, he says lightly. We will still try very hard to keep you alive.

What are the odds that's all the revelations - no, he can think about that later. 

Here's what the people in the caves passed along. And he sends their sense-memories.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not all the revelations. Not by a large margin. 

:All right - then my plan if an attack comes in force before we are ready is to Gate your father, you, and whatever number of others can make it through a small Gate, to those caves. If they wait twelve hours, I should be able to Gate everyone. It is not immediately obvious to me the best way to fight a Balrog with my magic – I can try both compulsions and bindings but I do not expect them to work. What is known about Balrogs?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maiar are - they're smaller than the Valar, magically, but they're also smaller along another dimension. They mostly only care about one specific thing. Some Maiar guard one particular river from harm, or ensure the thriving of one species of mushroom. Or are a dog. Sometimes their interest overlaps sufficiently with normal Quendi things to care about that they can be best thought of as an eccentric person, but often that's really not the case. 

Balrogs are Maiar who decided to be enormous beasts that are perpetually on fire and have long whiplike limbs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. That's...a choice. :I assume their bodies are a kind of construct, and their true being is a field of magic? What happens if one destroys the body they are wearing? I assume it does not destroy them permanently, but it might take them time to regrow one: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does, yes. The way it was explained to me - and I'm not really a researcher - (and insecure about it, his father would trust him a lot more if he were legibly smart, if he were capable of making original research contributions in any of the hundred fields the Quendi invented) - is that in the body, the tiny bits that we are made of come together in very complicated patterns which must be precisely right for life to exist. And around a Maia or a Vala, the tiny bits don't fold according to the same rules that they do elsewhere in the universe. The magic messes things up just enough that it doesn't work. So a Maia or Vala who wants an organic form must build it up themselves from scratch and hold all the patterns together correctly with their will, and it took them millions of years the first time and still takes most of them a very long time now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :If I had the Trees, I think I could draw sufficient power to shred the physical form by brute force. Since I do not, I will need to be cleverer than that. I will consider my options:

He catches a yawn. :...Perhaps after I sleep a little longer. Do you have any other questions for now?:

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Sleep well.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Wake me if there is an attack: Leareth lies down and closes his eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

They wake him half an hour later. 

Balrogs are back. You could shred them with the Trees - could you do it with the Silmarils -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Likely. I can try: Leareth scrambles up from the bed, reaching for Maitimo to steady himself; he’s dizzy from moving too quickly.

The problem is less the power they hold and more than he isn’t actually recovered, not fully, but - this isn’t complicated like a Gate is. And if he’s getting too close to exhaustion and there are too many left, he’ll resort to the fallback plan of getting a few out. The important Quendi.

(And leaving the rest. It’s not his preferred option.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He is scowling at Leareth suspiciously but offers a Silmaril the instant they're out of the tent. 

Can you -

Permalink Mark Unread

:You can hold onto it. I need only–: he doesn't even need to touch it physically, just reach in with his magic – his head twinges, but he can manage it. For a time. He pulls from it, checking if the power flows as freely as it did from the Trees–

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! There's a slightly different flavor - the Silmarils don't want to flood the world with their light, they want to present everything within it in the most illustrative light possible so its beauty can be seen - but for these purposes it's irrelevant.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Where are they: He could scry for them but that's more magic, strength and concentration that he's not sure he has to spare. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can point to where the wards are being battered down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hard to miss. Leareth tries raw force, first, centring on that mass of magic-fuzz and ripping, twisting, pouring in as much of the Silmaril's light as he can fit through himself, tearing it apart from the inside...

Permalink Mark Unread

Something gives, when he does that. It holds itself together much, much longer than a person would, if he were trying to tear them apart like that, but not forever, and then there's an enormous hot-white explosion that leaves a crater in the ground and the wards coated with ash -

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not good for the wards, to have to hold off the force of an explosion, but this should still be in the range of 'wear and tear' and not 'damage that will bring them down'. 

:Are there more: 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are. They're not sure how many; they're illusioned when they're not attacking. But there's one that attacks around there and one that attacks around there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Doing it this way isn't efficient but it's simple and right now, with both an infinite energy source and a renewed headache making it hard to focus, simplicity wins. Leareth chases where they're actively attacking first, then – if he stretches out his mage-senses (ouch), past the resistance of his own wards, can he chase down their magic despite the illusions? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can! Turns out there are eight of them, and one of a different Maia who seems to notice his mage-sight and flee.

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting. He doesn't think he can damage it, not if it won't hold still, but can he get a sense of its properties? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Its physical form is arranged differently than that of the Balrogs; it's not more humanlike. It's more fluid, maybe? When that one flees, the illusions fall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Intriguing. Leareth thinks he'll recognize that one if he sees it again, those he's not sure how much Maiar can deliberate change the flavour of their magic or their physical form.

And now the Balrogs are easy to see. Next one, rip, tear, shred, white-hot flame and fury. The Silmaril he's drawing on gives him its power easily, willingly, but it feels like the inside of his head is ripping as well. 

:Nelyafinwë: he sends. :If they do not back down – I am not sure that I can take this many. If I am close to exhaustion, and there are still enough out there to take down the wards, I am going to raise the largest Gate I can manage for you and Fëanáro and anybody else close enough. So anybody you wish included should be here, now: 

He grits his teeth and reaches for the next Balrog. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he takes off his amulet and hands it to Tyelcormo. Quendi move all around Leareth, some moving up towards the walls and drawing bows and arrows, some moving back towards where Fëanáro is. Fëanáro takes off his amulet, too, hands it to another red-haired man Leareth hasn't met yet -

Permalink Mark Unread

Macalaurë starts singing something. It's louder than whatever he was singing in the tent, more forceful. The world  - slows down. The Balrogs raise their whips and crash them against the walls as if they're moving underwater.

 

Huan howls, somehow in harmony, and the Balrogs falter.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the next Balrog goes down in a blaze of white fire. :Nelyafinwë, what is happening–: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I told them your plan. But I think the group staying has a chance, with Huan, now that we can see them, and - we can't get our family out and leave them, it's bad enough for my father and I to go -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I understand: Loyalty, a thousand years of trust – concepts that are kind of fake, but sometimes real enough to bear weight. :I hope it will not be necessary: 

Next Balrog explodes, and Leareth's knees give under him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He catches him. They could handle three, he says with far more confidence than he has. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Which Leareth senses, of course.

Five Balrogs left. Slowed, un-concealed, it's not hard to pin them down. :I - think I can take down two more - and still have enough left for a small Gate: 

Next Balrog down. Leareth's vision darkens from the power-drain, but he doesn't need the sight from his eyes, for this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The people who are going to leave close in a knot around him.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes Leareth longer to gather his power for the next one, and he can't manage the attack as cleanly, or the force as strong – it takes much longer for the Balrog to come apart. But it does, eventually, fire battering his wards.

(Fortunately – and absurd that he's calling it fortunate – whatever force does finally bring the shields down will damage the magical structure within the stones extensively. Enough that even for him it wouldn't be worth repairing rather than starting afresh. Melkor ought not be able to figure out much about his magic, if he captures the damaged artifacts.) 

...It doesn't take a lot of power, in the grand scheme of things, to open a Gate the size of a small doorway, cross thirty miles, and drop it within a minute. Leareth still needs thirty seconds to focus on breathing before he can concentrate enough to hold the memory in his mind. 

:Go: he barks at Maitimo the second it's up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He carries him through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes it down, fast and messy but recouping some of the energy, and then - relaxes. He's still conscious, barely, but moving or speaking or thinking all feel next to impossible, and given the headache, if he had a choice about consciousness he would probably prefer not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 - well, he can sing him to sleep, if that's helpful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If it seems like they are in fact safe, that would be helpful. 

(Leareth is, again, failing to shield his thoughts.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if they're not safe there is not really anything to be done about that. But they're where they intended to go - the cave system where the locals are. 

 

HIs father is demanding a language lesson. 


He sings Leareth to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

If undisturbed, Leareth will sleep for eight or nine hours, and wake up still in pain but much more able to think. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he'll wake up on a fur with another one on top of him, with a pile of jewelry nearby where he can tap it and a not-very-delicious-looking bowl of stew next to that. 

Hey. You need anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits up, rubs his eyes. :I am guessing we no longer have the painkillers here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. - there's alcohol.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will manage: He starts working on the stew. :...Do we know anything of what happened, back there...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- yes, sorry, it's easily within my range. They're - mostly okay. Lost thirty-one people. They're not coming here because we don't think the Enemy tracked the gate and we don't want him to have any chance of finding us here. Lost more of the horses. Tyelcormo's angry with him about that. They're going to try to fight their way to the coast once they've had a bit of a breather and set up, like we planned. I think that was - everything the Enemy had to throw at us at least on short notice. Otherwise there's no way they'd be leaving us alone now, split and exhausted with a lot of injuries.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's...better than Leareth had expected or hoped, honestly. :I do not think it ought have been possible to track the Gate: he agrees. :It is - technically possible to do using my world's magic: thus his experiment that landed him here, :but very difficult, and the magic is new to them:

He frowns. :The others no longer have functional wards, I assume. The shield-talismans will not last forever: At least the refrigeration will, and the weather-barrier stones might keep the linkage stable with transport. :But...I am in no position to help them. Ideally, we are right, and this place is safe, and I will have several days to rest fully: He's so tired. He's probably been more tired than this before but if so he didn't keep those memories. 

He turns, smiles at Maitimo. :And then, perhaps, I can begin working on a Gate back to my own world, to obtain us some additional help: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be nice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth eats in silence for a bit. 

:Are you - all right?: he says finally. :It has not been an easy few days: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he hadn't given the question a lot of consideration.

 

He's ashamed of himself for leaving. It was probably sensible but it was ugly, it wasn't fair to the people who stayed, no one is going to have any idea how they're making decisions like that and he can't even sit down and explain all the relevant considerations because most of them are that Leareth wouldn't work as well with anyone else and he doesn't care to get into why. And also it's stupid to share information freely these days. Melkor knew - almost everything. Very nearly enough. 

People are dead. That's okay. Better than if something had happened back in Valinor. Murdered by Melkor's servants. That's something that has happened before, and they knew it was a possibility, and they wouldn't have been safe from it even in Valinor, and - 

- and as far as he knows Mandos won't need to change any of them too much. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth...doesn't really have anything to say, to most of that.

If they can stay in contact... Oh. :–Is osanwë detectable? Mindspeech is in my world, by a skilled mage, unless using a special variant designed to be untrackable. Could Melkor find us here if you are communicating with them and he thinks to look?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- not by any way I know of. I can't imagine how - I wouldn't try it with someone in Utumno, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. He certainly hasn't found it to be detectable at a distance – not unless he was using his Thoughtsensing to completely read a person's thoughts, including the osanwë words as they formed them, and even if Melkor can read minds he presumably has to be nearby for it. It's not enough to be sure, but... 

:What is Utumno?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Before - the first war against Melkor, he had a fortress. Valar always need - if they root themselves in a spot, they can make it magic, they can exercise far more power there. Utumno was destroyed, but he'll probably build another one, if he can. He tortured people, there, and bred them into orcs, and - whatever else. I think you ought to kill yourself, if captured. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Noted: If such a place exists again, they need to find it and destroy it and rescue anyone they still can, but - that’s getting ahead of themselves. Later. Build an actual base of operations first.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is, I think, uniformly the recommendation of the people who've been there.

He's sad, now, thinking about jumpy people who take a long time to learn how to exist around without hurting them, people set off by a smile or a sudden movement or the clink of a glass, in the dark now in Valinor. Knowing he's back. Probably dead, most of them, or if they're alive it's only because they aren't sure enough of what's real and what isn't to expect it to help. 

 

We shouldn't have given him a second chance. He'd been in favor, at the time; it'd seemed like progress, for Valinor to admit that people who were very evil might also belong within its borders.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth feels...something more complicated than sad, flickering through his own memories of a few dozen lifetimes – wars he tried and failed to prevent, wars he chose not to prevent because his resources were allocated elsewhere, wars he waged himself. Costs paid, over and over and over. 

:It was not obvious: he says – Maitimo knows Leareth is reading his thoughts, he'll understand what he's talking about. :I - would not have done it, but then again, I have spent two thousand years in a world with - everything wrong with it that I mentioned, before, a world where every plan goes awry because the gods disagree with change for the better - and become the person I am. If I do build paradise, someday, I would hope that somebody after me could be less paranoid. Because there is a cost in flourishing to that, too – and I think it difficult to make that tradeoff exactly right, given limited information, it will either be done too late or too early: 

He sets his bowl aside, stares down at his hands. :I am sorry. I wish you had ended up in the other version: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. 

On some level it feels like that's too generous an interpretation of his motives, though, right, it hadn't been a sense that Melkor might be the kind of person who deserved to be offered the opportunities, it'd been - that he was, himself, doing evil, and hoping to engineer Valinor towards being a place that didn't mind. That was why he'd supported paroling Melkor.

And it's always been kind of opaque to him why it was evil exactly but this certainly seems like part of the answer, that once you've aligned yourself against your world you have a secret prejudice in all the rest of your judgments - you stop working for people and start hoping to steer them - he doesn't like this line of thought because he doesn't want to spend much mental energy trying to explain to Leareth why the thing Leareth doesn't think is a problem is a problem. It's counterproductive and it's also just rude, right, to keep making someone think about it who is apparently perfectly capable of not thinking about it almost all the time. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Now is probably still not the time to explain the entirety of how he thinks about ethics. But, damn it, it's hard to let it slide entirely. 

:I do not: Leareth sends, slowly, carefully, :generally like the word 'evil'. Though I am fairly comfortable applying it to Melkor. I think it - hides the complexity and messiness of the world, and nudges people towards thinking in black and white. And...: 

There's a cultural gulf here to cross and it's probably even wider than he realizes, in some dimension he hasn't caught onto yet. :Morality, considered as the discipline of 'how can people live together and treat one another well', is also complicated, and in my world there are dozens of different lenses on it that have been held by different societies at various times. There is a lens in which what the gods declare right or wrong, simply is that way, because they are gods and that is their prerogative: 

Leareth's fingers tighten over a fistful of his furs. :I do not see it that way. None of the gods of my own world agree with what you and I would consider to be right and good. The Valar, apart from Melkor, are much closer, I will admit that. In many ways they seem to have held your people's wellbeing as a goal. But - that does not mean they are right, about what people need – about what a world would need to look like for everyone to flourish. I think there is a true answer to that question, and it is reality itself that holds it, not them. And they cannot make a different thing true by stating it, any more than they can make two and two equal five. And...sometimes reality is inconvenient, sometimes there are tradeoffs there, and in a given arrangement of the world, what one person needs to be happy would hurt others. But that does not make who they are wrong. It simply means that the world is still broken. And in my mind, broken things are for fixing: 

Probably all of that is going to fail to land in some interesting and unexpected way. That's fine. He's going to be here for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ethics is a field of study but - not one with much to say about that, really. It discusses whether things are good because the gods ordered them or whether the gods ordered them because they are good, and whether different things could hypothetically have been good, when the universe was created, and whether there is evil that didn't stem from Melkor. Most people figure that there isn't; on this topic in particular, all the original Quendi were married, right, so that's some evidence.

And Melkor's plans are subtle, they play out over thousands of years and it might be impossible in the moment to see how you're serving them. So you might have a heuristic like "if you did something you hid from everyone you knew because you knew they'd think it was very evil, and then it was very nearly disastrous, and you notice that in hindsight it influenced you to sympathy for the Enemy, notice that it's the reason you weren't KIng when you could've been, maybe consider whether everyone you knew was right". - but this isn't exactly the thing at the core of it, either. The thing at the core of it is that there are probably lots of worlds. There's at this exact moment a world that they're planning to go and fix up, as soon as they've saved their own. And if there are lots of worlds, then it's stupid to be possible to blackmail, it's stupid to have anything ongoing anywhere that might prompt outside intervention, well-intentioned or otherwise, the obvious thing to do is to cut it out -

- and this is far from the most important problem they have right now but here he is moping about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure what to say here either. Because he's done that, hasn't he, more or less – cut out the parts of himself that don't help, the parts that aren't loadbearing to a vow he made under the stars two thousand years ago. Because he can't afford to be anything other than ruthlessly optimized to win. 

And yet - not like this. Leareth can't help but feel a jarring wrongness about how Maitimo is thinking of it. He isn't sure what's different. Maybe it's just the way that Maitimo feels like he, as a person, can be fundamentally wrong or broken, and that isn't how anything works, that isn't why

Leareth doesn't know how to cross that distance, not right now, he is way too tired to navigate that conversation. 

:I am sorry: he sends, and it's not clear even to him what he's saying it about. :Maitimo: it might be the first time he's called him by that name, the one he's guessing is more personal or intimate in the Quendi naming tradition, :I...am glad you are someone I met. I am glad that a person like you exists, and is - trying to win: 

He looks away. :I think I need to rest more, now. My head hurts: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. Do you want the song for sleep -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I would appreciate it: Leareth lies down, pulls the fur approximately over himself. :Thank you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sings. He listens in on his father learning the local language. He tries to make a list of things he's not thinking about when Leareth is awake and around, to make sure that none of them are important things that will go not-thought-about. 

- could he kill Leareth if he decided he needed to? Probably; he could try removing the shield amulet and then cutting off his head in his sleep. This is very unlikely to be a good idea but it'd be good to know if it'd work; he should ask someone if they can take off his amulet when he's not resisting, once he gets it back. 

- do allies from Leareth's world change Leareth's calculus about the benefits of good relations with the Quendi? Probably somewhat, but he doesn't talk about them like they're close friends who he trusts uncomplicatedly, so probably not entirely. Being more of a close friend with Leareth trusts uncomplicatedly would help on this front, though because he can't deceive him it gets in the way of having any substantive plans for if Leareth isn't trustworthy. He could delegate having any of those and then forget about it himself but who to delegate to, his father will not outmaneuver Leareth at anything except a pure research project. Findekáno could do it but he flinches from the idea of putting any more barriers to trust between them right now. For that matter if it's anyone he interacts with regularly he'll have a hard time not knowing what they're planning and if it's anyone he doesn't interact with regularly they'll have a hard time arranging to have enough access to do anything if they need to.

He could ask someone to ask someone else and not tell him who but for everyone he trusts he can guess who they'd ask.

Irissë?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

You are in charge of deciding whether we need to kill our extradimensional visitor and if we do, figuring out how to do it. I think it is very very unlikely that we would need to do that but if we did I wouldn't be able to notice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Won't we, like, lose the war immediately if -

Permalink Mark Unread

That's one of the reasons it's very very unlikely to be a good idea.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems better, though he should be careful not to think through how she'd probably do it if she needed to because he wants to not be thinking about this at all by the time Leareth's up. 

What else is he not-thinking? That Leareth's hot, even the hair, which is probably an awful thing to enjoy in someone but it's not like it's hurting him. He will just continue not thinking about that one, for many reasons.  

That maybe it was in a sense stupid to rush - Melkor plainly timed the attack on the Trees for their departure, and if they'd taken a month about departing he would probably have still timed the attack for their departure - though maybe the ambush on the other side would've been better organized -

That Melkor knew the departure date and the approximate locations they'd arrive. Could've been good luck, could've been that someone leaked it. Maybe they should require oaths of all their people, that they haven't knowingly shared any information with Melkor about the war effort. That'd be so momentous, though. Walking around talking to everyone for five minutes would probably be nearly as good and strain trust less. 

That Leareth has pretty obviously started a lot of wars and killed a lot of people in his campaign for - whatever it is he's trying to do in his world. And hasn't quite admitted to it yet, maybe because he's still worried about how they'll react? Maybe because he hasn't revealed everything yet about the capabilities that'd let him do it? But he's shown more than enough skill at killing things...

Leareth will want the Quendi to repay him when the war is done, here. And this will probably mean involvement in Leareth's wars in his world and they're probably objectionable in some fashion. And the more they rely on him the less reasonable it'll be to refuse, when it gets to that point - except they are obviously already almost wholly reliant on Leareth for at least the next fifty years or so until his father can maybe build something that can threaten Melkor. 

Leareth might want it to not get to that point. Allies with superweapons who can kill a god themselves are only in some senses more useful. Except, no, there are other gods Leareth wants dead and he has had thousands of years and not solved that himself. 

 

Maitimo notices that he is, himself, sort of tired, and should probably fix that before the next disaster, whenever it is. He calls someone in to stand watch. Sings, since otherwise he's never going to be able to stop thinking.

Permalink Mark Unread

If not disturbed by any emergencies, Leareth will sleep solidly for another eight hours or so before waking. His body is feeling the abuse he's put it through recently, and possibly also the lack of whatever background magical vitality-effect was present in Valinor. He could push through it, if he wanted, and there's critical work to be done here, but he'll be able to do it much faster and better if he can actually give himself a chance to recover. 

If he can, he's not going to do much for the next few days except sleep, and eat when he wakes up (which he may have to be reminded to do), and request updates from Maitimo on the other Quendi, and then ask to be sung to sleep within an hour or two. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are no emergencies. The remaining host of the Noldor encounters only orcs as opposition as they make their way to the coast, and the orcs are disorganized. They set up by the sea. They encounter more clumps of local Quendi, who have either fled to the walled cities to the south or to Elwë's kingdom to the east or to the deep mountains and forests they know better than the orcs.

Fëanáro announces that every Noldo is to become fluent in Thindarin, and that they have three weeks to do so. He broadcasts language lessons to assist in this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

By the end of three Arda-length days, Leareth is finally back to his fully-recovered baseline. His head is clear. He should – try to orient, properly, actually think through what his goal is here and what strategies are available to him. 

Maitimo does not fully trust him. Honestly, this makes Leareth respect him more rather than less. Maitimo is not stupid and has probably arranged for there to be some kind of contingency-plan in the case where Leareth betrays them, and also arranged to not personally know about it. Since the Noldor are split, Leareth is no longer in range to read the thoughts of all his other people who could be organizing such a plan. 

–Which is in a way a good thing, actually. It lines up his incentives in a helpful way. He doesn't want to betray Maitimo. Partly that's for calculated strategic reasons, but partly it's just that he likes Maitimo. He's met so few people who are both competent, aligned with approximately his values, and genuinely trying to win. That feels precious to him, whether or not it should. 

Leareth doesn't trust Fëanáro's competence or his values very far, but he does like the man. Maitimo's father may not be strategic in the way Leareth wishes, but he's brilliant, and he's - trying. There's a spark in him. One he seems to have passed on to at least several of his children.

It is rarer than you think, he remembers saying to Herald-Mage Vanyel Ashkevron, in a dream in another world. In a world of lights, you burn brighter than most. I cannot wish to see that extinguished.

...This is a different world. One where the gods aren't (yet, at least) trying to prevent him in particular from ever having allies. Maybe it's worth actually trying for it. The downside risk to him if he trusts Maitimo and then the Quendi betray him is - high, but bearable. He'll need to redo some work back in Velgarth. It's not like it'll be the first time. 

Leareth looks for Maitimo's mind. :Are you busy? I wish to speak to you and your father: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Let me see if I can drag him away from the language lessons. He can, but mostly only because Fëanáro has already picked up all of the dialects of Thindarin known to anyone in the cave system. They come find Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits down cross-legged on his furs.

:My next project is to study how to reach my world again, both to communicate the reason for my absence – I think it likely time is still passing there, though perhaps not at the same rate – and to summon more help. Being the only mage is a serious bottleneck. In particular, I wish to pull in an acquaintance of mine who is, I estimate, about ten times as powerful a mage as I am. My relationship with him is...not uncomplicated. Technically we are on opposite sides of a predestined war. However, we have been speaking to one another, in a dream-vision of said future war, for approximately the last fifteen years. He is, quite reasonably on his part, not entirely on my side: 

(Also, Vanyel knows a number of inconvenient facts about Leareth's life and activities in Velgarth. Possibly knows more of them by now; Leareth hasn't spoken to him in almost a year and is pretty sure he went abroad on some kind of research mission. Which means that this will go better if he reveals some of those facts himself, at least to the people who will be interacting directly with Vanyel if his attempt here is successful.)

:However: he adds, :it will not be a difficult choice for him, whether to take your side against Melkor. I am...not a good person by any usual definition. I have been waging war against the gods, which requires being as ruthless as they are. Vanyel, however, is a deeply ethical man: He smiles slightly. :And curious – he will appreciate you greatly, Fëanàro. He might even know a few languages I do not. Bringing him here will mean some awkward conversations for me, but - I know he will choose to help you, and he is the only person I can think of who, with the Silmarils available to him, might be a weapon powerful enough to defeat a Vala: 

He looks between them. :This is your world and your war, though. What do you think?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

How does a war get predestined?

Permalink Mark Unread

:The gods of my world can see the future. Not perfectly clearly, but enough. I was planning the first stages of an offensive to gain enough power so that I can fight them directly: He might or might not get into the details of that with Maitimo later, get his opinion on whether it's a good thing for Fëanáro to know right now. :The gods saw enough of this coming to - attempt to create a superweapon and aim it in my direction. Which is an unusually blatant intervention for them. Through a serious of tragic and horrifying events, Vanyel came to be a mage ten times as powerful as I am, and was given a Foresight vision of our battle so that he would know to prepare for it. I do not think this will be enough, I am not stupid, but - it was more than I expected: 

He looks down at his hands. :Thought, something more complicated is at work here. The mechanism of Foresight does not inherently require that visions be symmetric, so it is odd that I have the dream as well, and even stranger than it became a lucid dream where the two of us could communicate on neutral ground. I assume this is a plot in itself; I am not sure if done by the same god who arranged for Vanyel's Gifts to awaken so strongly, or a different god with different goals: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- huh. Well, he's welcome here, if he'd like to come, and I think more allies make it likelier we can hold on long enough to develop a way to kill Melkor, which it looks like we'll need to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth decides not to go into the part where he's not at all sure if he'll have a chance to ask Vanyel. :I agree: 

What's Fëanáro thinking? Come to think of it, what's Maitimo thinking? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanáro wants to learn more languages but is aware this is not the time and that this should not be decisive for whether to have Vanyel over. He thinks he needs fifty years to weaponize the Silmarils but maybe he could do it a bit faster, and maybe it's worth first doing force-multiplying things like figuring out artifacts that make him think better or following up on research into artifact strategies that would allow for longer order-blocks. Or figuring out how to physically sustain Leareth, who seems like he'd be considerably more powerful if he had better endurance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo did not miss that Leareth had said nothing about asking Vanyel. He is not planning to participate in this conversation, though, because he'd like to have more of his father's goodwill and if he comes up with an objection to Vanyel later he'll pass it along to Leareth when he thinks of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is fair enough on Maitimo's part. The tensions between him and his father are - unfortunate. Leareth isn't sure he has the skill or context to try to do anything about that over the next however many days or week or months they have before there's another emergency. Maybe, hopefully, just having some slightly-less-pressured time working in close quarters will help. 

:Separately: he says, :I am interested in continuing to research how my type of magic interacts with your artifacts, including the Silmarils. The two kinds of magic have different strengths and weaknesses, such that they might combine synergistically, and while I am not the most powerful mage of my world, I do have among the most experience with inventing new artifacts. I am not sure how long I expect this to take to pay off, though, or how it best makes sense for me to prioritize my time here, when we are not sure how much of it we will have. At the very least, if I can figure out a more stable link, I could give you indefinitely-powered wards that could be set up, moved, and switched to emergency power levels and back without that breaking: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think that's a reasonable priority. The Enemy clearly lacks the means to strike at us now, and I suspect he'll wait a long time; the Balrogs are lost for years, maybe longer, and must have represented a significant share of his force. If he wants to set up Utumno again, that'll take time. The only option he has that could happen right now is coming himself with the spider-thing, here, and I don't think he'll do it, not when as far as he knows you can just Gate us away.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I could at this point Gate you away; I am simply not sure to where: Leareth frowns. :That reminds me. At some point I assume it makes sense to reopen contact with Valinor. Do you have any way of doing this without my help?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- not good ones. We could cross the northern ice, we could try to build oceangoing boats. Either would take a long time and might fail if the Valar have taken additional precautions after Melkor attacked them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :I can raise a Gate for one person much more easily than for a thousand. Though I am concerned that we know little about the conditions there. I can also scry from a distance – that is lower-powered and should be much harder to detect: He thinks. :I could work on paired artifacts designed to imitate a certain spell in my world, which two mages can use to communicate – then I would only need to find a group of people you trust and open a Gate long enough to drop it through to them. This will take weeks to develop, likely, and carries the risk that if it is captured, the enemy may be able to intercept our communications: 

He'll have to think about how risky it is that Melkor could intercept it anyway, if he can detect Velgarth magic, but - not likely yet, probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If things are bad there, we'll want to get everyone out. I don't like the idea of delaying several weeks to develop a communications method only to use it to learn that the situation is dire and people need to be evacuated immediately.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fair enough. I will start with scrying then, to see if we can either learn enough to judge we have time for the artifact, or find a safe place to make contact via Gate – preferably not sending one of you, I know it is not really more fair to send someone else, but you are both very loadbearing to the war effort and Melkor knows that and will accordingly go to great lengths to kill you if he can: 

Permalink Mark Unread

To kill Nelyafinwë? he says skeptically. I don't think we are planning to do a lot of politics. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melkor seems to have gone to considerable effort to make sure you wouldn't trust me, Maitimo says mildly.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nearly all endeavours involve politics to some degree: Leareth adds with equal mildness. :Politics is just 'what people do when put in large groups'. Also Nelyafinwë has been handling a great deal of the other logistics, rather competently, which presumably others could do, but I have been responsible for wartime logistics before and losing a key player here would cause massive disruption in the short run: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you should try to arrange things so that it wouldn't, he says to Maitimo. But it makes sense to send someone else.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Given that I expect to spend significant time on scrying: Leareth says, :I think it is worthwhile to put several hours upfront into an artifact that will make it much easier to maintain. Assuming there is some kind of crystal raw material that I can use, somewhere in these caves: Unsurprisingly, his unused blank focus-stones did not make it across with them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can certainly look for it. Any kind of crystal works?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Quartz or something else clear is preferable, but just about anything ought to be workable: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. He'd usually ask Nelyafinwë to find people to fetch a thing but he asks Curufinwë instead this time since apparently Nelyafinwë is a bottleneck on lots of logistics.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is there anything else you wish to ask about, regarding what my magic can do, or request that I work on?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you need in order to be able to do magic for longer without being tired? Is it just that you need sleep as if a lot of time had passed? Is it exertion like lifting something heavy?

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is not quite like either of those things, but - closer to the latter, I think. There is a kind of resource that it uses up. Eating easy-to-digest food, particularly sugar, helps with endurance and also makes the period of recovery less unpleasant. It also causes a kind of mental fatigue, like intense study does, but in a much shorter time period; stimulants can help with concentration and make this easier. Also, I have much better endurance if something is within my tolerance; I can scry all day and recover in a normal amount of sleep, but a Gate of the scale we needed to come here tires me in minutes and needs days of rest – just as you might wear a heavy pack all day, but could only lift a house briefly and would likely injure yourself. What determines that tolerance is partly my training, how efficiently I can work, but mostly the strength of my mage-gift; this is the sense in which Vanyel is ten times as powerful as I am: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. All right. I want to design you something that helps with concentration and endurance. Can you send me the feeling of doing magic and being tired by it -

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right: Leareth has no idea whether this is going to work, but he does – a few different ways, he can show Fëanáro the feeling of doing magic at all, when drained, when pushing through backlash; the feeling of of casting something like the cross-ocean Gate that would wear him out in minutes, and what the reaction-headache was like when he woke up afterward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Frowns. All right. I'll work on that for you and your friend if he comes, and get you a crystal; and unless you and your friend are fairly confident you can take Melkor yourselves, your priority should probably be figuring out the status of all the Noldor and anyone else who wants our help, finding a safe place somewhere to Gate them to, and keeping everyone there safe until we're ready to fight him.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you:

Leareth heads back to his pile of furs. He should make some effort to learn the new language here as well, soon, but for now he's going to stretch out and think for a while until someone brings him a crystal he can use to build a basic scrying-artifact on. Which won't take long; he's done it a thousand times before and it's a very simple spell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can get him a crystal.

Permalink Mark Unread

He turns the crystal into a scrying-focus in a couple of hours, and then goes hunting for something to eat, tells Maitimo via osanwë that he's going to start poking around Tirion - or he can start with Velmar if that's better - and can share what he's seeing through the spell if Maitimo wants and has time to spare for that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, please. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will anchor on the Palace, a magical 'eye' hovering a hundred feet above the city. :...I am going to need the Silmarils to do this for any significant time, since Huan is not here: he clarifies quickly, feeling the power-drain. It's a long way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You should do it from my father's workshop, then; he doesn't want to remove them from his person.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Understandable: Leareth heads that way, still holding the spell and showing Maitimo what he's seeing as he swoops in closer to the city. What does it look like now? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dark. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wonderful. He can't even cast a mage-light there, not from this distance. Are there any spots of light visible? Fires, artifacts...? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lightstones in some houses, and a couple people are going around the outsides of the city with a torch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will skim in closer and follow the torches, looking for signs of damage to the city, before trying to scry inside the Palace itself looking for people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a lot of damage to the city; looks like maybe Melkor and his spider buddy smashed through here either on their way to the Trees or their way out. The Palace is hard to find because it is in a lot of pieces.

Permalink Mark Unread

That isn’t good. :Maitimo?: He shares the image as he reaches the workshop. :Where might people have gone, if they - survived...:

Permalink Mark Unread

...out of the city, maybe? Eru. I should go back.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe. Worth taking time to consider and decide - and prepare for it, if you do go back. I would rather we can find someone to safely contact and organize the survivors to Gate out: He keeps panning around the city. Do the houses with lightstones have people in them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, there are people huddled around some of these lightstones.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits down on the ground just outside Fëanàro's workshop, close enough to draw on the Silmarils. He goes in close enough to show Maitimo faces, then to the next light-source, and the next, however long it takes to explore everything left of the city. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The city is in significant part intact; it appears that its attackers barrelled in straight for the palace and then straight out, leaving a wide trail of rubble but also plenty of buildings standing. There are people still living in some of those buildings, though not many of them. 

Maitimo picks some who'd be good people to ask what's been going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth drops the spell, spends a minute resting, then thinks. 

:If we wish to establish contact immediately: he offers, :my preferred plan would be to select a remote place some miles away from the city, within osanwë range, with natural cover and not remarkable in any way. I can do a scrying variant for magic alone; it is more tiring, but since I assume there should be no magical artifacts in the wilderness, it would allow us to detect any Maiar rather than land on top of them. I cannot rule out that a Gate is detectable to Maiar, or to Melkor if he is on the continent. So I would suggest we go in as briefly as possible, under illusion, and Gate out if I sense anything coming. Hopefully that will be enough to obtain a report. What do you think?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Can we do it from somewhere other than here? For an extra layer of indirection, in case something can follow the Gate back...

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is a good idea, but if we do it indirectly in both directions, that is four Gates. Either I will be thoroughly exhausted again by our return or I will need more than jewelry to draw on. Huan would do, but Huan is not here, and the only other option is the Silmarils, which - I am not very comfortable suggesting we remove from these caves: He's not sure what to do from there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Sigh. All right. Two gates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:The bearing of the link between two Gates should not be detectable from outside: Leareth points out. :Since it routes through the Void, which is another plane where space and distance behave differently. The magic of each threshold is very 'loud', but – this side is underground. Enough rock in the way will conceal magic, and I can add some additional shields around us, which is a good idea anyway and will not make it any harder to Gate out since we are not going through the intervening space at all. Someone would have to physically follow us through the Gate, or look through and recognize our location, in order to find us here. I think that is unlikely if we take the other precautions and stay on our guard – and you need to be quick, once we arrive: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Understood. I think I can do it in a few minutes, and if you notice anything we'll leave before that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right: Leareth hesitates. :How much are you going to explain to your father first?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll tell him the plan. Telling Fëanáro things in such a way that he doesn't interfere with them is usually not hard at all. He'll be worried, of course - his wife is there, his father is there - but he probably won't want to modify the plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will grab something to eat while he’s doing that, casting shielding on the walls as he walks, then draw on the Silmarils for as much energy as he can hold before he starts scrying around for a good empty area to land.

Permalink Mark Unread

He updates his father on the situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

The darkness makes it hard to see any terrain but Leareth at least finds an area clear of magic or any lights hinting at habitation. :Ready?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gate, and through, and he takes it down and shields and illusions them and flings out a net of wards to warn him of anything approaching. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What happened?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo? Melkor killed the Trees. Are you all right? You all made it there safely?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's acting in the Outer Lands too. I don't want to say much. What's going on here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the Valar are deciding what to do. People have been going to Valmar, to wait, to see what they come up with, to be closer if - they're saying Melkor and Ungoliant fled together across the Helcaraxe. For Endorë. They're going to make the mountains taller - you could come back -

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone's gone to Valmar?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not everyone. Some people scattered. If you're spread out there's not much reason to expect Melkor to come after you, right?  - he was going for Finwë. In Tirion. Some other people are dead too but I think he was the target. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some people wanted to leave after you. They're headed to Alqualondë, I think, to try to negotiate passage. If it's not safe -

Permalink Mark Unread

Who's leading them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nolofinwë.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Okay. I might talk to him but there are other people I should talk to first. Please don't tell anyone I was here; we think Melkor had spies in the city. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melkor was in the city, Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but possibly in addition to that. I don't know. I'd just rather be careful. You're with Aulë?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. We're fine. Tyelpe's upset to be left out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We're going to figure something out. Pick up everyone who wants to fight, at least. Maybe evacuate everyone, I don't know. Tyelpe should get all his books together and expect to not have much notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. 

Is Ambarto -

Permalink Mark Unread

Fine. Father gave him the shield-thing Leareth made us. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

- love you. Bye. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Done?: All of Leareth’s senses are in alert, scanning the night.

- this might be the first time he’s been outside and alert enough to really look at the stars. They’re different from his. A reminder that he’s a very, very long way from home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gate up, through, Gate down, fast and neat and done. He didn't see or sense anything. (He is not certain, completely, that this means nothing was there, but it seems remote that something could have gotten a good enough view of the blank cave wall to guess their location). 

Leareth leans against the wall, catches his breath – a nearly thousand-mile Gate on reserves alone is a lot even if it's a small door-sized one up for about ten seconds.

:I caught some of that: he admits. (Most of his attention was on their surroundings). :Finwë...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. Can't have a succession crisis if the King can just refuse to step down until you settle your differences.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am sorry: Leareth has a number of questions but none of them feel right to ask, right this second. 

:That was your mother?: he goes with, finally. :She is alive: 

Permalink Mark Unread

In Aulë's domain. I can't think of anywhere safer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. :Do you think Nolofinwë will contest your father for the throne?: If he makes it across the ocean. Which seems dubious, at this point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure. Not unless my father does something ill-considered, but. 

Permalink Mark Unread

But, indeed. 

:From my perspective: Leareth offers, :the best place for your father to be is here. Working with the Silmarils to create a weapon capable of taking down a god. He is not wrong about his brilliance, that he is the 'quickest Quendi'. I do not think Nolofinwë ought disagree with this plan, and...I think it plays to your father's desires as well. But, you have more context here: 

His mind is stretching out ahead, branching possibilities – getting more potential soldiers to Endorë, finding a safe haven for the noncombatants if the gods fail to create one, contacting Nolofinwë's group, how likely it is they'll make it across the ocean safely in boats versus the cost and risk of exposure of of trying to coordinate a Gate... He'll wait to see what Maitimo asks of him, though. 

:I suppose that we need to tell your father: he says wearily. :...He will be very upset, I imagine: 

(Leareth has to keep reminding himself that Finwë isn't dead forever – is much less dead-forever than anybody who dies in his world, who are already less thoroughly gone than the dead of an imagined hypothetical world where souls don't exist at all.)

(Unless Melkor wins his war against the gods, this time.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I should talk to him before we plan too much, lest it look like - look like what everyone sort of knows is the case, which is that Maitimo will ignore his father exactly as much as he can get away with - and I don't think we should make major strategic decisions in the throes of great grief. We have a few days, Nolofinwë's host can't be at Alqualondë yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. :I can scry the area if you wish. Find out where they are now, gauge how fast they are moving: It might take a while, but a large group traveling is likely to have lights or campfires, and in the new darkness over Valinor that'll stand out from miles away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd probably be good, so we know how long we have before we need to make decisions about them. I don't think it's urgent, though. A single rider on horseback with adequate light could've made Alqualondë by now. For a whole host in the dark we have at least three more days.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I agree. I ought do it within the next day, I think, but not now: He could use a break from magic anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And I'll go tell my father. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can come if you wish, but perhaps that is a conversation best had in private: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it is. Thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will go back to his bedroll corner and try to take a nap until he's needed again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He updates him about half an hour later. I think he'll be okay. He's devastated, of course, but figuring out resurrection ourselves was already on the to-do list, as was destroying Melkor. We're going to have a nationwide week of mourning after the three weeks for learning Thindarin. 

He wanted your thoughts on whether your world has a safe place to put our civilians.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Hmm: Leareth had not actually considered that, at all. :I think so, yes, if I can find a way to Gate people to and from in larger numbers. How many people total, do you think?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor number six hundred fourteen thousand eight hundred forty-one, less anyone other than Finwë who died in Tirion. Two hundred thousand and sixteen of those are children under fifty or their parents. - ideally we'd also be helping other peoples but I don't know their numbers offhand.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's...a lot of people. Equal to the current population of Valdemar, maybe more than that. Leareth supposes it makes sense that paradise would have a higher carrying capacity per land area than Velgarth, and also Valinor is an entire continent.

:It will not be trivial to accommodate even two hundred thousand people in my world: he admits. :But possible, certainly for a timespan of a year or so, and I suppose they might be spread across multiple countries to ease the burden of feeding that many mouths. It would need to be carefully coordinated. I am willing to make that effort, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you rule a country, in Velgarth?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Approximately. It is...somewhat complicated: A 'country' that consists almost entirely of an army and its supporting logistics, only a couple of years away from readiness for a plan that, almost certainly, no longer makes sense. Fortunately, he expects things to run pretty smoothly in his absence, at least for a few months. His commanders are aware that the final go-ahead may not be for an invasion after all; still, they're going to be incredibly confused if he announces that the alternate plan is feeding and housing a hundred thousand Quendi refugees. But the resources for it are there.

:Vanyel, whose aid I hope to obtain, is one of the main advisors to the King of a neighbouring country: he adds. :Between my resources and theirs, we ought to be able to accommodate all of your civilians: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I will talk with the locals, and try to get a sense of their numbers and how easily they could be relocated without creating a tempting target for the Enemy. Then once we figure out whether Melkor's next offensive is planned here or in Valinor it's just a question of moving the people at risk. - I don't know whether we need to prepare for sustained campaigns on both continents. I don't think so? Even if he can beat the Valar I doubt he can do it with half his resources. But - maybe there's more where the spider came from.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe. We did not know about the first one. Though I think if Melkor had more resources easily accessible, he would probably have used them against your people, as you said before. Anyway - if you can coordinate with the locals here, I can work on re-establishing contact with my world. I ought also put some time toward arranging communications with Valinor, ideally ones that do not require my direct help every time, and I can work with your brother on improving the combined artifacts. Hopefully I can give the rest of the Noldor forces here more durable protections in a week or two: 

It's a lot; he'll need to think through the most sensible way of prioritizing. Leareth does have more hours a day of study-type work than of heavy magic casting, which will help decide some of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good. Thank you. Let me know if you think of anything else you need.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Paper or something else to write on would be helpful, if they have it here: He needs to lay out a research agenda and it's a lot easier if he doesn't need to keep all of it in his head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can get that. The locals don't have it but my father does.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you: Leareth goes back to his sleeping-corner to set up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Getting numbers for the local groups turns out to be hard; there are dozens of them, and each knows only their own numbers. Most people are sheltering in Elwë's realm and Elwë's wary of the Noldorin envoy. He sends Leareth guesses with slowly shrinking error bars. There are more people on this side of the sea than in Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Improving the artifact linkages is easier! It's more valuable to make Leareth's magic work better with existing artifacts than to design artifacts that link better but he's starting to get a good idea of how to do the second thing, too, and if they ever have enough time maybe they'll set some people to doing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth lists out all of the potential avenues for finding Velgarth again – he needs to explore for other planes, there are various tests he can run, he wants to invent a spell that can communicate between the planes and then ideally make an artifact for it. He's not sure if permanent Gates are possible here but if so he wants to make one for any large inter-world Gate, so it exhausts him less.

He thinks about where and how to accommodate Quendi refugees in Velgarth, or what magics could be used to make a place safe for them here. 

He works with Curufinwë on artifacts; with some less-pressured time to spend on it, they can make pretty quick progress, he thinks within less than a week he'll have a robust combination that will last through repeated use and even some amount of damage in combat. At that point it'll make sense to churn out a lot of artifacts for the rest of Fëanàro's people, but not yet. 

He scries for the location of Nolofinwë's host, finds them, checks their movement a few times a day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're making their way towards Alqualondë. There's about a hundred thousand of them, travelling in groups much smaller than that so they can scatter if anything terrible shows up. 

 

Elwë lets some people in to talk. His people are apparently buying armor from Dwarves, who are of course gouging them for it; the Noldor have the same dubious opportunity. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which means that Dwarves do exist and are safe and have invented metalworking, so that's all great news! - and that the Thindar haven't invented economics which is just to be expected."

Permalink Mark Unread

Dwarves sound interesting and maybe he'll meet them at some point but now doesn't seem like the time. 

Leareth can get them armour from his world, once he has a way to get anything back and forth from his world. In the meantime, his magic has no particular advantage with actual armour, but he's very close to the point of being able to make a shield-amulet that will last approximately forever even if it's repeatedly switched from its passive to emergency state. He can make those fairly fast. Not fast enough for it to be tractable to make them for hundreds of thousands of people, though, and it'll slow down his progress on other work.

He tells Maitimo that, while the most important project here is the one that will make him no longer a bottleneck, there may be more urgent tasks; it could take him months to reach Velgarth, and it'll be pointless if they lose the war in the meantime. So he can allocate whatever balance of time Maitimo thinks is necessary to short-term priorities, and invest the remainder in getting them help. 

He's thinking about how to get Nolofinwë's group across the ocean. Standalone Gates are not a tractable plan for a hundred thousand people. A permanent Gate-terminus would be a better idea, which means he needs to figure out how to redesign one to work from the Silmarils. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Short-term priorities: figure out where the shadow-spider came from and where it is now and whether there's more where that came from. Figure out whether refugees here in Endorë ought to be fleeing south, east, or west, given that it's too soon to get them safely to another world or even to Valinor. 

Everything else they can do with their own resources, more or less; the continent is in disarray, but orcs seem barely more experienced with war than Quendi, and not any better equipped. Tyelcormo's working on cavalry and is abstractly curious if Leareth happens to know anything about that. Elwë thinks he can shield his kingdom but not everyone else and doesn't care to have everyone else rushing into his kingdom in the meantime, some of them bound to be Enemy spies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth knows some things about cavalry because he's spent the last several decades gathering an army. He can pass them on to Tyelcormo.

Finding the spider's origin, and scoping out the continent overall: that's going to require some more efficient scrying. He can make a better artifact that takes more of the load off, and once he and Curufinwë master the stable link, he won't need to power it himself. He can do a version that specifically looks through mage-sight, not his ordinary eyes.

He can also start a wider network of passive wards, just to detect anything large and magical moving around. This will require making a lot of small, easy-to-conceal artifacts and either Gating them out himself or having people transport them.  

Permalink Mark Unread

The caves do not have very much in the way of a food supply, can he Gate to grab some? How much costlier is it to Gate to the south of Valinor compared to the Noldorin host on the coast, taking food from Valinor would be preferable if it won't wipe him out too badly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Size of the Gate, and time to maintain it, both matter a lot more than distance. He can Gate to the south of Valinor but he'll be less wiped out if they communicate first and arrange to have food ready, even if this requires two Gates at an interval of a day since they don't yet have a more efficient way of using his magic for it. Is there anyone who has the required range with osanwë, though? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I doubt it, if Nelyafinwë doesn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't reach anyone anywhere in Valinor. It's not just a range thing; Elón and Meldë have twelve hundred miles and he can't reach her from here and she's fine, I checked. I think the Valar might be shielding it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very rude of them." Leareth has been trying to speak out loud in Quenya whenever he can. "I can Gate then. Who should I try to," :find?: "and Gate to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"His name is Nírahar." Complicated feelings that this is not the time for and that get mentally shooed. "I've visited his house, though it was a while ago; I could send you the memory?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be good. I can Gate, stay on this side unless emergency? Less tiring. If you step through, you can talk to him quickly?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, definitely."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth can do that right now. Staying on the caves side lets him keep tapping the Silmarils to feed the Gate, without digging into his reserves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he can step through and say we're in Endorë and at war with the Enemy, can you get as much food as you can in the next day and bring it here in a configuration we can easily carry through? and then step out again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gate down, that was barely tiring at all and hopefully held a minimal risk of being noticed, and Leareth can continue with his other work until the next Gate, unless he's needed for anything else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't need him until the next day for the next Gate, which opens on some storerooms packed with grain and fruits and vegetables and alcohol and the carcasses of some shockingly enormous flightless birds. 

This Gate will have to last longer or else do the scooping thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

The scooping thing is honestly harder than just holding it longer from this side, so Leareth will do that and wait for them to carry the food through. He's impressed at how much Nírahar managed to collect in only a day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We probably just cleared out the whole city, so we can't do that again. But the camp by the ocean will be producing food at much better scale in not too long, if it turns out to be safe enough to have settlements here at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That was very generous of them: Leareth thinks. :I am very close to having the stable artifact design worked out with Curufinwë. And passive wards are easy to make. I can at least give the camp some form of warning if anything is approaching them, and perhaps make a smaller number of the active ward-stones for a particular building. A day of work, I think, if you judge it worth spending the time on: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so. - thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Two days later they have a design worked out. It only holds up for low-powered artifacts, but it'll do fine for both passive wards and for personal shield-talismans, and he can make them a set of active ward-stones with twelve hours worth of stored energy, just as a backup. Actually building them will take a day, and then he can get the memories of a place to Gate them and drop them off. 

Leareth also works on a new design for a long-range scrying focus, building as much cleverness into the permanent part of the spell as he can, so he can more tractably search an entire continent for where the spider came from. He muses on permanent Gate designs for fetching Nolofinwë's host across the ocean. 

His research toward reaching Velgarth is going slowly. The limitation is that he first needs to explore from the Void, find the way back to any of the planes of his home, and projecting his mind to the Void is exhausting. He can do it for an hour or so every eight, with a nap afterward, and then spend the rest of the time on other work.

Permalink Mark Unread

They hear about the spider from their local allies before they have magic up to see it. The spider has apparently settled down in a forest (its inhabitants mostly had enough warning to flee). The area darkened by its proximity is growing at a rate of a foot or so a day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well away from here, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

That simplifies things. Leareth is curious if his magic could halt the darkening, but not curious enough to reveal more of his capabilities than he needs to. If their local allies are willing to help, though, he can make the components for a circle of passive wards around the area that will warn them if the spider moves, he'll just need people to carry them in. He doesn't want to risk Gates nearby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are people willing to carry those in, at least up to the edge of the darkness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he'll take half a day to make them, and either hand them off in the caves or Gate them to some other location if he can get a memory of it, and then continue his other work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Rumors from across the continent as he works: 

Valinor has strengthened its defenses against external invasion, and no one may enter by magical means or by boat!
The Valar are working on a replacement for the Trees, which are dead. 
Elwë let in a group of refugees who promptly murdered dozens of people and he is done letting in refugees. 
Denethor is letting in refugees but can't feed them, and wonders if the bright-Quendi want to help out with that.
Círdan was planning to build ocean-going boats and go petition Valinor for help but in light of 1) maybe this is a bad plan? He's proceeding with the building but not the expeditions.
Dwarves are really cool! Dwarves use money to mediate virtually all of their exchanges of goods and services, like, even getting dinner every day or doing things with some risk of damaging your neighbor's property.
Utumno is still vacant but Melkor has settled into a new fortress, to the north.
Nolofinwë's people are stuck in Alqualondë trying to build boats.
Orcs don't like cavalry at all.
Orcs will sometimes surrender? No one is accepting orc surrenders because they don't really know what to do with them but like, maybe there's something to be explored there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is going to check if a tiny, very quick Gate back to the random wilderness location works, just to see if 'magical means' includes his kind of magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently not.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's interesting. It does mean that he can use it to help Maitimo get messages to Nolofinwë's crew, if that's something they want. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. The big question is whether we're going to be conducting the sort of war effort here for which we want a lot of people, or whether we're just going to be hiding out researching magic. Nolofinwë will want to know and - I think having nothing to tell him might go over worse than having no way to contact him. But as soon as we have a read on that I'll want to be in communications. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Tell me if and when you know more." And Leareth will keep working on searching the Void and on making standard but eternally-powered artifacts and poking at permanent Gate work, if they do decide they want Nolofinwë's people and make contact then it'll help to have a way to actually bring them over faster than boats. 

Permalink Mark Unread

My father wants your thoughts on  - big picture strategy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth hasn't been tracking their current big picture strategy that much (if there is one), but he's happy to join Fëanáro and get brought up to speed and then see if he has suggestions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do you see us winning?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure of any details. You would need non-magical forces that at least match Melkor's, in the overall combination of size, training, coordination, and equipment. Better intelligence on his operations than he has on yours. A weapon, probably a magical one, that could take him on directly as well as the Maiar on his side. And then a plan for how to combine these things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. If you were in charge, where would you start?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You need spies." Leareth smiles slightly. "Also, you have orcs surrendering sometimes, and nobody is sure what to do with them. You could, if you wanted, imprison them rather than killing them. This offers the advantage that you can interrogate them, find out what conditions are like in Melkor's forces. Also, perhaps you can persuade some of them that your side is better than Melkor's. If so, you could occasionally stage a 'prison break' where some of them escape – most of them not your agents, but you might be able to slip a few spies in that way." 

:I could read their minds if they are unwilling to talk: he tells Maitimo privately. :And, of course, I could use compulsions to make spies of them whether or not they wish it. If you would like: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I guess that's a good idea. - I assume Melkor can read his orcs's minds and tell if they switch sides."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems good to make him spend a lot of his time on that, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "We can learn more about where his orcs are located using a combination of the local's reports and my magic. Estimate their numbers and weaponry. If we judge that he is going to be fighting mainly on this continent – which seems likely if the orcs, the spider, and his new Utumno are all here – then we are going to want more people to fight. Gates to Valinor still work. I am not sure how much longer this will remain true." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should get the rest of my people who want to come, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree. In any case. We will need weapons for them. Likely purchased from the Dwarves, so we need something to purchase them with." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, we're negotiating a deal to pay them in chemistry and biology lectures! - I don't know that that'll go far enough to arm all our people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How clever!" Fëanáro looks so pleased with himself about it, too. "Perhaps the Dwarves would trade minor magical items made with my world's magic for weapons at a favourable rate of exchange. It is not as though they can obtain them anywhere else – and there are some spells that are less useful for our purposes but are very easy and quick. Coloured lights, for example, or small illusions of particular scenes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can pass that along. I think things they can trade with even more distant Dwarves are ideal."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. 

"...Magical weapons. Oh - Nelyafinwë, I thought of something clever I might do to any Maiar I encounter next. Would you like to hear it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have spoken to you of the Void, I think. It is the place between Gates - space and distance are not coherent there. Also, it has a - what one might call a negative density of magic. It draws in magic from all other places. An ordinary Gate opens only the tiniest and briefest of cracks there. However. There is a rare technique which is extremely ill-advised under usual circumstances, where one can – very temporarily – open a one-sided Gate directly into the Void itself. I think that if I did that inside a Balrog, the results would be very dramatic. If I judge correctly, it might be sucked permanently out of your world, and I do not think it could find its way back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, let's find a Balrog and try it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even Melkor will probably learn after we try that once, so we should really try to get a mass of Balrogs. The next time he tries a concerted attack, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree, I would want to save this for when I could do a great deal of damage at once – one assumes he has a limited number of Balrogs – and if it fails, I can still use the previous method. Anyway. Ideally we do need weapons against Maiar that are not me. Mages from my world, or something using the Silmarils that Quendi can wield, I am not sure but there are possibilities." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Silmarils won't be very - wieldable. I'm considering things like - suspending the area of his fortress Angband in time, so nothing within it moves - or maybe destroying all life within it - or all magic within it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are those things possible? How long would it take you to design the method?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they're possible. It'll take me - Years, maybe longer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Then one of our top priorities should be securing the area where you work, I think. It ought take me much less time than that to re-establish contact with my own world. I am not sure if any of our magic will suffice to take down a Vala," though Vanyel with the Silmarils might well manage it, "but likely we ought to be able to hold off his Maiar that way, even take back some ground." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What options do we have for securing the area where we're working? Secrecy, obviously, but beyond that -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"An escape plan to somewhere even more secret – ideally a few places, the location of each of them only known by one of us. So that if any of the important players here are captured and questioned, or mindread, then that will not lead Melkor to the backup place. Also, I can shield the area very thoroughly, if we are going to be here for a long time and I spend an hour a day or so on it. It might not hold off Melkor personally attacking, but it would delay even him long enough to bolt." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you should do that. Higher-level question, why didn't you suggest these things earlier, were you assuming we already knew what you can do on this front -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have already been putting time toward shielding the area; if they give us another month, it will be very thorough. Mostly, though, I have been focused on the project of reaching my homeworld to bring aid, so I had not been tracking your existing strategic plans." And he's talked a lot more with Maitimo than Fëanáro about what he can do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." He's trying to figure out whether this conversation should have happened sooner or whether everyone was prioritizing correctly already. It seems like too convenient a coincidence if everyone was prioritizing correctly already. "Is there anything else we should know about -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel I am not entirely calibrated on what things you do not already know, and keep making assumptions there." They're older than him and honestly smarter than him and they're very knowledgeable about some things, but there are gaps. "I do not wish to direct too much of my time away from research until I have contact with my world again, but I could review notes on your plans as they are made, this would not take too long and would enable me to notice places where I can help. I could also meet with you more regularly if you wish to ask advice with whatever is on your mind." 

(Fëanáro manages to be suspicious in ways that are almost cute. Maybe he'll tell Maitimo that thought at some point later.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make sure you get a copy of everything. I don't like - wasting peoples' time they could be spending on research. But it seems of unusual importance we research things in the right order."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree entirely. Given that, please do feel free to speak to me whenever you have a question about my magic – or my other experience. I will inform Nelyafinwë if I intend not to be interruptible for a period."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Go away, we're both busy." This is a very complimentary dismissal; the standard one is of course "go away, I'm busy".

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles and nods to him and heads off to keep working. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo starts making plans to move the rest of the Noldor across the ocean. "We want to spread out and kick the orcs off most of the continent. Right now the Enemy has a lot of ability to poke around and ideally he'd be in hostile territory as soon as he leaves Angband."

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Maitimo want Leareth to Gate them, or to wait for boats, or something else? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gate's better if you can do it. The boats are very vulnerable in the middle of the ocean, right, and they still don't have enough of them, and they can't get horses onto the boats and the horses are doing very important work for us out there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he needs to talk to Fëanáro and Curufinwë about how to tie the Silmarils into a permanent Gate-terminus, because there is no tractable way to Gate that many people the standard way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Both of them are happy to work on that, "though we can remove the Silmarils once they're through, right, without anything exploding?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would be very bad if the Silmarils were permanently stuck to it, so yes, I will make sure the design allows for that."

Leareth has some diagrams he's drawn up and can explain how permanent Gates usually work in his world. The issue is that nodes, the main source of energy in Velgarth, are turbulent and also not at all intelligent, and there's no way to link a spell directly to them without a mage in the middle. Or a lot of complex magic serving that purpose instead. The Silmarils might actually be easier – there's a way in which they're helpful, they want to be used – but they're also different, which means he needs a new design, and to understand exactly how they behave when in contact with a mage-artifact that can't use human intuition to work with them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like a magic engineering problem which means it sounds like fun! 

 

Both Quendi apparently need very little sleep and less when they're doing interesting magic research.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth continues to need a normal human amount of sleep, but he can mock up the beginnings of a terminus for them – he had already been playing around with it – and let them test things with it while he's resting. It seems like it won't be long at this rate, though, so he's willing to put off further Void exploration until they're done. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When he comes back from sleep the King of the Noldor is bouncing up and down with glee. "I think we got it."

Permalink Mark Unread

That is sufficiently adorable that Leareth has to osanwë Maitimo the picture of it through his eyes. :I like your father when he is studying magic: 

Then he looks at the threshold. "...I think you may have. That was much faster than I expected. Congratulations, you are very good at this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

If that was surprising to Leareth there was probably a communications failure somewhere but he's not going to worry about it right now because this is more fun. "All right, go fetch the host, I need my Silmarils back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It took my first teacher five Years to develop a permanent Gate-terminus," Leareth says. "When I re-engineered it later – knowing most but not all of the process – it still took me a Year. In any case, I am not sure if they are going to be ready to move quickly and I am definitely not sure we want a hundred thousand of them coming through these caves. We can pass a message to them to coordinate, and then you can have your Silmarils back until we are actually ready to go and know where to put them. Also I likely want to build a much bigger doorway that will fit their horses and supplies more easily." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd like to go through and speak with them, now. Then the rest of that sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will need to know where to put the other end of the Gate – I think Nelyafinwë would know where might be good." :Maitimo, do you want to come plan with your father before he goes in to talk to Nolofinwë?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes in. "I can send you a location, sure. What're you going to say -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That it was never our intent to leave any Noldo behind in departing Valinor, and we will build a kingdom safe for all of them, and kill Melkor and avenge my father."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope you'll repeat it for us later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Someone'll take notes or these aren't my people."

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it'll be all right, he tells Leareth. It's really - the one blind spot -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure. He gets the location from Maitimo, though. And, just out of paranoia, grabs his better scrying-artifact and checks the area for suspicious magic sources or anything else weird. And gives Fëanáro his extra shield-amulet just in case. Then he raises the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he strides through and speaks to the people. 

Light, the Valar promised us, when they plucked us out of their cradle and carried us to Valinor. It was not enough compensation for everything we lost in that journey. It would not have been, even had it lasted forever. But now, darkness levels the whole world, and we have only to ask, will we entrust our hopes that Melkor will be defeated to Melkor's brothers? Will we sit here and  mourn forever and hope that paradise is rebuilt by greater hands?

I have asked myself these questions for a very long time. When I found the answer, Melkor worked to make it hard for you to hear it. But you should know it, now, as you're leaving to fight him. There are no greater hands. There is no one more capable of this. There is no one worthier of this. There is not even anyone else who will bestir themselves to do this. If the world is to be safe, it will be safe because the Noldor made it so; if the world is to be free, it will be free because the Noldor made it so. 

We depart in five days. Leave your treasures; you will make more of them, and greater ones. Say farewell to bondage, but say farewell, also, to ease. We will pursue Melkor to the ends of the earth. We will destroy all of his works, all of his evils, and all who have aided him. The war may last as long as the false peace with which the Valar purchased it, but we will not tire, and we will not yield, and when Melkor and all who chose him are destroyed, we will build a paradise that demands of us, not our subservience, but our greatness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits, smiling slightly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a lot to say on this topic but will restrain himself because Melkor tracing this Gate would be disastrous. Back home. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes the Gate down. Carefully undoes the linkage with the Silmarils, in a way that would be very easy to put back again, and indicates to Fëanáro that he can take them. 

"I think we should consider where to put the other end for the main run," he says. "I would prefer it not be here in the case where it is traced, but...that would require moving the Silmarils elsewhere. Briefly. What do you think?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I go with them, and we drop them off with the main host."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems workable. Though it may take long enough to transfer people across that, if Melkor does have a way of detecting my magic, an attack could be mounted. We had best be prepared and on guard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He takes his Silmarils. He is not oblivious to the fact Leareth could steal them but he would like to at least ensure this requires violence and is very unambiguously theft. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good on him, really. Leareth had just been thinking that Fëanáro was trusting him an unreasonable amount. The man knows how to do paranoia but it tends to be aimed in a few specific directions. 

He can spend the next few days working on assemble-able components for a much larger 'permanent' threshold, big enough that if they're very organized then maybe they can get the entire host through in less than a day. He also throws more time into various wards and shields, he'll be there in person as well to guard them but he does have limited endurance and Fëanáro hasn't yet found a way of addressing that.

Leareth dedicates a bit of time each day to adding to the permanent shielding on the caves. He spends about an hour a day in the Void, searching. The day before the planned Gate, he emerges from trance and, rather than taking a nap, immediately scrambles up to go find Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- everything all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Much better than all right! I have had the first breakthrough on reaching my world - I found the Abyssal Plane: Which is going to make the next stage of his project annoying to work with; the Abyssal Plane is not a place that you want to Gate to, or interact with any more than necessary. :It is still going to take time to figure out the rest, but this is confirmation that it is possible, at least: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Do you have an estimate of how long -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Three to six months. I will try for communications first – there is a spell I can adapt for that, and Gating back and forth will be expensive, so I wish to coordinate first: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Sounds good.

The Enemy must be aware that they will be much stronger a year from now. He's not sure what it means, that he hasn't attacked even knowing that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has been thinking the same thing. Most likely, Melkor thinks that he can build his own strength even faster - that time will increase the differential rather than decrease it. In which case, all they can really do is try to surprise him. 

The next day, he has everything prepared for the Gate – pieces of the giant threshold to be carried through the small terminus here, fully powered artifacts for shielding and warding, he has a set that can hide the emerging host under an illusion in case Melkor has a way of scouting from above. He's well-rested. As ready as he's going to be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can start marching people through.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't need to put anything into the Gate once it's up. He waits. He focuses all of his attention on their surroundings, alert for any sign of an attack, of suspicious magic–

Permalink Mark Unread

This is not an attack. But it feels like something is - poking the shields around the place where the Gate lets out, on the Endorë side. They're very clumsy. Poke poke.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. Leareth scans the area for magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! Maia-sized magic, hanging out immaterial right there. Poke poke poke.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great. Perfect. :Maitimo, there is a Maia on this side that seems to be trying to investigate my Gate: He considers whether it makes sense to respond with immediate hostility. Decides against. :Can you use osanwë with a Maia that is not currently embodied? If not I might try to ask it what it is doing: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can use osanwë. What do we want to say to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:What is it doing. Nothing more informative of our goals than that, I think. It may be an agent of the enemy, or on the side of the other Valar: less likely since it's not in Valinor, probably, :or neutral. ...Can you tell if Maiar are lying when you speak to them?: Leareth still hasn't attempted properly mindreading one. He has no idea if it would work. Or be safe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I wouldn't expect to be able to, not with someone I've never met who doesn't have a physical form. Especially not if they work for the Enemy. - Melkor avoided me so I guess that's some information about whether he thought I'd be able to -

 

 

What are you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm looking at your magic! I won't break it, don't worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Intriguing. Leareth Looks again for a moment, using his scrying-artifact to boost his native mage-sight, trying to memorize the pattern of that nebulous disembodied magic. :Leave it alone, probably. I would prefer they not learn more of our magic, in case they are reporting to Melkor, but I am not sure I can actually do anything to a disembodied Maia aside from the Void trick, and this is not worth revealing that capability for: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhmmm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth keeps an eye on it, and watches even more closely for any other magic sources joining it, and waits. Even with a huge Gate and organized people, it's going to take a while to get everyone through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No other magic sources join this one. Poke poke poke poke.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. For the purposes of paranoia, he has to assume the Maia works for Melkor, and is going to learn how his shields work. Fortunately it's the most basic, boring form of magical shielding, and there are other techniques that defend against the obvious routes of attack. He'll remember to switch it up for anything important he builds in the future. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Otherwise the transfer of the host goes uneventfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Leareth unlinks the Silmarils and tells Fëanáro to take them, and then dismantles the enormous Gate-threshold as fast as possible, puts up the most opaque temporary shielding he can around himself and Maitimo and Fëanáro, does a small regular Gate back to the caves, takes it down the instant they're all through. And he'll spend the next couple of hours scrying around the area to check for any hint that the Gate was traced back to their location.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are no signs of this. The Maia near the main host drifts off, eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gets some sleep and then goes to check in with Fëanáro and see if he wants to talk through strategy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not at a stopping point right when Leareth checks but he is a few hours later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have a substantial army now," Leareth says. "I was wondering if you wished to talk through plans for how to use it, and if you had questions for me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does have a substantial army! He's very pleased about it. "We want to take back the continent. How would you go about that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

What a question. 

Leareth gets out paper, though, and starts making suggestions. They'll need to make accurate maps of the area – the locals can help. Figure out which regions are under Melkor's control. Have the army drilling in the meantime; he has suggestions for that, and for how to divide up a chain of command when a number of smaller regiments may end up operating mostly independently in different regions. Suggestions for how to plan around terrain and enemy deployments, and gradually take back chunks of territory until they can pin Melkor mostly to his one corner. At which point they'll need more than just a non-magical army to go any further – but hopefully, by then, they might have something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. This is - mostly all a distraction. But a distraction that gives us more warning if he strikes at us, since he'll have to cut through territory we control, and a distraction that buys a lot of civilian lives, so. - do you think Nelyafinwë is competent to handle it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." With Leareth's help, and the advice of a lot of other competent people, but he doesn't think Fëanáro needs an answer any more nuanced than 'yes'.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's good. I want to have a test version of the thing that will make you less tired in a few weeks. You can bother me before that if it's important." And he leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Leareth goes back to his own research. His first priority is access to Velgarth, but the current work there is magically intense – he needs to set up an extremely well-shielded workroom, and a lot of safeguards, so that he can muck around with the Abyssal Plane and try to find where the next plane is on the other 'side' of it. Everything is in a different 'orientation' than he expects, it's awfully inconvenient, but it should still go faster from here. 

When he's hit his limits with that, he can spend the rest of his time working out new artifact designs. He makes new, more sophisticated, ward-stones against magical attacks for the main camp in Endorë, since that Maia did get a good look at the old ones. He makes a shield-talisman for himself that blocks Thoughtsensing, just in case he manages to drain himself to exhaustion again and has all his thoughts 'public'. And then, after some consideration, starts trying to design a similar one that will work for Maitimo, who can't interact with it directly using mage-gift; he'll need something that's straightforwardly permeable to osanwë, but not Leareth's Thoughtsensing...

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor trade with the Dwarves for weapons and armor. The Dwarves can't produce hundreds of thousands of those overnight but they can do quite well if you pay them enough. It transpires that they dislike Quendi because the locals used to hunt them for sport - "you can't read them with osanwë, they thought they were animals -" and that they are friendlier towards Quendi who had nothing to do with this and are appropriately appalled about it. 

 

Scouts discover Yavanna's tree-people but they are not very interested in the war on Melkor, which has not yet in any way inconvenienced tree-people.  

 

They capture orcs to interrogate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finds the Elemental Plane of Air within a week.

Do the captured orcs know anything about Melkor’s operations and deployments?

Permalink Mark Unread

The captured orcs are all sworn to hate Quendi and never help them in any way. 

Don't suppose you could fix that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can go test whether his magic gives him a way of getting through oaths - are they the same kind of oath that the Quendi can swear? Even if he can't, he can read their minds, he doesn't really want to reveal that capability but if they do it privately behind shields and kill the orcs afterward then the official explanation could be that they tricked them or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are the same kind of oath that the Quendi can swear; they stand out, in their minds, like a rod through their heads that all the other thoughts have grown around. 


The orcs think that Leareth, not being a Quendi, is less obviously and inherently evil but still probably evil since he's working with them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What happens if he puts a compulsion on one of them, to believe that Leareth is not evil and is actually on their side? 

Permalink Mark Unread

This works fine. Maybe he has tricked the Quendi and is pretending to work for them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll imply that he's definitely done that, then, and it's very important that he find out what they know about the current deployments, which he is certainly going to use to trick the Quendi further rather than actually help them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melkor sent out hundreds of thousands of orcs to go live wherever they want in Beleriand, though they will have to fight the Quendi for it. They are to take the Quendi alive, when they can, and return them to Angband, but often they cannot do that and might as well just murder them. The orcs are in small groups of between ten and fifty, though sometimes the groups will ally in order to destroy a large group all at once, and sometimes Melkor's Maiar will come out of Angband to coordinate them in a large concerted fight. One of those is planned but probably not for five years, by which time there will be ten times as many orcs and also some defenses against the evil magic the Quendi do. They don't know details about the defenses against the evil magic the Quendi do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks them for their brave assistance. 

–And then possibly these particular orcs should get murdered, because the compulsions weren't particularly thought-out to be sneaky so he oughtn't send them back in as spies until he's worked out something better, and he doesn't want them escaping by accident. Does Maitimo know if orcs come back when they die, though? That's a consideration in how much effort and risk he's willing to take on in order to not murder them right away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They go to Mandos but he can't fix the oaths, so there they stay. One of the things Melkor said he'd do when they freed him was help the orcs come up with an interpretation of their old oaths that let them live with everyone else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think we can fix that, someday. If we win. At worst we could find them an entire different world to live in, apart from the Quendi: And in that case Leareth is inclined to test that blood-magic works at the same time. It's not like they wouldn't have ended up killed anyway if he hadn't suggested capturing them instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi have no particular taboos about blood magic and think this sounds very reasonable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Blood-magic does work on orcs! 

...It works absurdly well, in fact, it's not ten times as much power as a human life would be but it approaches that. Leareth isn't sure how much that hints that they're more intelligent, in which case that's somewhat disturbing but then again the Quendi are clearly a lot smarter than the average human and even than he is. It seems like it might be a factor of how firmly their souls are stuck onto their bodies? He would have to do a lot of trials with annoying measurements to confirm that, though, doesn't seem worth studying it now. The important part is that if it comes to all-out war and he for some reason can't use the Silmarils, he's got a backup power source. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is terrifying and the two major prongs of their strategic plan at this point are 1) make him more terrifying (with artifacts that deal with the endurance problem) and 2) import his friend who is ten times more terrifying. He has a complicated mix of thoughts that he's tempted to shoo away because they're not helpful but - maybe, actually, he should think them all the way before deciding that - 

- it's pretty plainly the case that Leareth could kill them all if he wanted to, which is useful insofar as it rules out that he wants to or would do it if he could. (He could probably do worse than kill them all, with the mind magic - in particular you can probably compel people to take an oath, and that's damage death can't undo and there's no ruling out that he's doing it, so this reassurance is of limited value, but - )

(there's the thing his father spoke to - that you're not much of an ally if you want your allies to be weaker, that you haven't built much of a paradise if people have to be small to fit in it -)

( - or maybe he's just rationalizing because he really likes Leareth -)

People say that orcs are better off dead. There does not actually seem to be a lot of reason to think this, watching orcs go about being orcs when not in the immediate presence of Quendi. But he doesn't really want to disabuse them of it, it might make them worse at killing orcs, and killing orcs is the bulk of their job right now. On the other hand it seems like some kind of mistake to let everyone go around being conveniently wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, independently, has complicated thoughts on the question of the Quendi believing that orcs are better off dead – he thinks that with the right framework or mindset it won't make them worse at killing orcs but he isn't sure how fast he can convey that mindset or even whether he can – and he's not going to get into it unless Maitimo asks. 

Anyway, now they have numbers on the orc population, and information on their deployments and strategic objectives, and all of this is useful when it comes to helping Maitimo come up with a plan. They should start trying to take back territory sooner rather than later, before the orc population has time to grow – what's their generation time anyway, it must be absurd, especially compared with Quendi with their slow childhoods, how in all hells do you breed Orcs from Quendi and get that it makes no biological sense. Anyway. He advises Maitimo to plan offensives that reveal a minimum of their capabilities, since they shouldn't need their full capabilities in order to fight back against not-particularly-organized smallish groups of orcs. 

Leareth will be available to answer questions on that and make artifacts on request, and keep sifting through the planes of Velgarth to get to the one where humans actually live. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Orc questioning will reveal that time passes faster in Angband, and that orcs mostly have children once per subjective year, starting when they're fifteen or sixteen. They can have two at a time if there's reason to hurry the numbers of orcs. It has been a couple of years in Angband since Melkor returned.)

 

The Quendi start their offensive from three directions - the coast, the eastern mountains where the Dwarves are, the south - and kill lots and lots of orcs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not at all like the part about time passing faster in Angband. It's not worth hurrying any more than they already are, though.

He finds the Elemental Plane of Fire a few days later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Fëanáro works out a test version of the endurance artifact! It's a delicate silver chain with a dozen different gemstones hanging from it at even intervals. "I'm sorry it's so ugly," he says when he hands it over for Leareth to try. "It's much faster to write to and I could get other people to do the gem segments."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't find it especially ugly but he doesn't say anything about it. "I understand. Thank you." He tries it on; he can test out how much it helps with endurance by running tests on accessing the Elemental Plane of Fire in his well-shielded work room, see if he can manage it longer than the usual hour or two before he needs a break. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a particularly good day but not an unprecedented one.

It does seem to consistently let him have particularly good days, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's pretty worthwhile in itself and maybe the next version will be better. 

He keeps working. It takes a month, with progress in fits and starts, before he finds the material plane.

Improvising his magic to wind through all the way there is exhausting. He passes a very brief message using one of his standard communication-spells, just to tell his commanders that he has news and to await further instruction. Then he'll work on a specialized communications spell and an artifact for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They drive the orcs out of much of the continent. There's probably a lot in the steadily-growing pool of darkness from the spider thing, and there's some in the mountains and other places where it's difficult to root them out, but there are very few areas controlled by them, after a few months of fighting. 

 

The next version of the endurance artifact works a little better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Would having orcs on hand speed things up, or is it mostly not bottlenecked on power -

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not bottlenecked on power that much, but he could use orcs instead of the Silmarils and maybe Fëanáro would prefer that so he can spend more time researching a superweapon instead of letting Leareth borrow them to test out powering artifact designs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will prefer that but the logistics of getting prisoners in here are nontrivial. Maybe they can Gate a big batch in once; orcs don't seem to commit suicide when captured even though Quendi virtually always do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Leareth can wait until a big batch of prisoners is in one place and then Gate them into a well-shielded area, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. 

 

As far as they're concerned we're the monsters and this seems entirely reasonable, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's true. It's not the orcs' fault that they exist and work for Melkor. The fastest way to change that, though, is to win the goddamned war already. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

 

 

Huan catches the other Maia one time, checking out the shields.

Permalink Mark Unread

There isn't much Leareth can do about that, but he can give them ward-stones for an outer set of shields, of the old type that might be compromised but presumably difficult and noisy to break, so they can have an outer and an inner perimeter. 

Leareth Gates in orcs. He uses them for blood-magic when he has energy-intensive tests to run. The work goes faster than it would otherwise, with the help of Fëanáro's artifact, but it still takes him another month to obtain reliable communications. 

He passes the messages he has lined up and then goes to find Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Congratulations.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It may still take some time," Leareth admits. "Nobody is quite sure where Vanyel is." As far as Leareth is aware, that includes literally anyone in Valdemar. "He went traveling some time ago. I have alerted my people that finding him is very urgent."

He's sent literally hundreds of agents looking for Vanyel; he has a guess of where he went but not a very solid guess, and if his original guess had been right then Vanyel shouldn't have been away a whole year. Also he's sent a diplomatic party to ask King Randale in Haven. Soon the Heralds are going to be just as confused as his own people are.

"I also explained about the potential refugee situation," he says. "It will be some time before we can transport large numbers of people – in particular, I am concerned that a Gate to Velgarth will be much more detectable by Melkor than an ordinary Gate, so I would want to figure out how to shield that signature. However, they can prepare for it in the meantime." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I know it's asking a great deal of people who have very little."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are not currently at war – in that way, they have more than your people do. The Quendi are able-bodied and can help on the farms to feed themselves. And perhaps someday you can repay the favour." 

Leareth hesitates, then switches to private Mindspeech. :I have something for you. I finished it yesterday: He offers it to Maitimo; it's a new shield-amulet, matched to one of Curufinwë's minimal broken-light-artifacts for permanent power. :It blocks my type of Thoughtsensing but should allow osanwë to pass unhindered. I thought you might appreciate having privacy in your own thoughts, which is only fair, and there are strategic considerations also for when you would wish to keep information from me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he's surprised. He was assuming Leareth was - relying on that, that it was a key ingredient of - well, Maitimo's way of reading people isn't supernatural but he sure wouldn't want to teach his allies immunity to it. 

Thank you. He doesn't put it on immediately.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not expecting betrayal from you: Leareth sends, his mindvoice gentle. :If you were to act against me, it would be because I had done something to warrant it - and perhaps it is good for trust between us, that we both know that I would not see a betrayal coming, and thus I have reason to avoid prompting it. I...am not sure that I trust anybody but you far enough; I am very paranoid; but we have been working closely for some time, now: He smiles. :Anybody Gifted in my own world can shield. I am used to working with people without being able to read all of their thoughts. I do not even pay attention to your thoughts that much nowadays; I am not as good as Quendi are at multitasking:

He doesn't like the sense he has that Maitimo knowing his thoughts are being observed twists them, bends them toward convenience and away from truth. If someone is going to be his ally, he doesn't want them crippled in that way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts it on. 

You wouldn't have seen it coming anyway. I made some arrangements, when I trusted you less, and I don't know anything about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I did not specifically know that - as you designed it. I suspected you would have, since you are not stupid. It was a reasonable thing to do and I approve:

Permalink Mark Unread

We are so very lucky that accident brought you here.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am glad of it as well. Beyond measure: Leareth isn't nearly as good at reading people as Maitimo is, he knows that, but he's had practice and in particular he's had a few months of experience correlating Maitimo's private thoughts and feelings with his state, and he's paying attention. He suspects Maitimo is being genuine here. (Which seems likely anyway, just given their actual situation.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is there anything else we should know before your friends come through?

Permalink Mark Unread

:There are some things I ought to tell you about my background with Vanyel in particular. That might be a longer conversation: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Whenever's convenient for you. - I meant to have someone make you an artifact like my crown, it aids with having conversations in parallel. But it keeps probably not being a reasonable priority. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Now is fine - my research is no longer the bottleneck, coordination in Velgarth is. I would like to obtain something to eat first– oh. I did have another question but it is a boring one: He tugs at his hair, which has grown about two inches in the past few months of being here. It's honestly a very irritating length, not quite long enough to straightforwardly tie back but enough to be in the way. :Is my hair long enough that I ought braid it to avoid being indecent by your people's standards? If so, do you have suggestions. I could cut it shorter again but I would prefer to stand out less here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has managed to ask this of the one Quendi who can manage not to blush at all but it's a close thing. 

Suggestions about - how to braid it? Do humans not braid their hair?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Some humans do but men in the culture I am from usually do not, I have not braided my hair in the last fifty years at least: Not in this lifetime and probably not in the last one either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, I could get - some thread of comparable fineness, I guess - and show you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right. Thank you: Leareth can go find some food while Maitimo finds comparable-to-hair thread. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is the most difficult logistics task of the entire war but he can disassemble some clothes and mock up something they can use to practice children's braids. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not completely oblivious to the fact that Maitimo probably finds this less a boring subject than he does, and he is slightly amused by it, not that he shows this at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the sort of first braid you would teach a toddler, not that he explains that, and here is how you do it and make sure it stays. It is much less complicated than the braid Maitimo has on his own head and takes only a few minutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not very good at braiding his own hair but he can cheat by using magic to see what he's doing or temporarily hold bits of it still, and he manages to get it to a state that is both less constantly getting in his eyes and also presumably less inappropriate by Quendi standards.

Then they can talk about Vanyel, if it's still a good time for Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth puts up a privacy-barrier for it just on general principle. 

:The first part is - well, a number of things, all stemming from the fact that I am not a very scrupulous person and that initially I had planned to invade his kingdom and he was, very blatantly, the result of the gods' intervention to stop me. I put a bounty on his head as soon as I learned of his existence, for example – I did not wish to kill him, only to find out more. I did arrange some assassination plots as contingencies. One of them accidentally happened, long after the point when I thought I had cancelled all of them; I suppose there was a miscommunication. It was rather embarrassing: he isn't embarrassed per se, embarrassment is mostly not an emotion Leareth actually feels, but it's the sort of thing that would be, :and I was quite apologetic to him about it the next time we spoke. He will probably tell you of it if you ask him about me, though, so you ought to know it from me first: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- wow. All right. And you think he'll want to come help us? - are you going to ask him?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am going to try. He is more powerful than I am – it would be stupid to end up in a position where he was in the same room and also very angry. Though we are much closer to friends in recent years; it is more complicated than that, of course: and he's not sure how complicated it's gotten in the year since he informed Vanyel of his actual plan and Vanyel promptly blocked the dreams with him, though he did unblock them long enough to warn that he intended to take a year to think about it and learn more. :I think he will want to help. He cares a great deal about people – about all people, everywhere, not simply his own: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.  - is having people assassinated a pretty routine thing to do in your world or are you very unusual.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is not something that virtuous, good people would do. It is - not that uncommon, particularly for governments. Politics in my world is often very nasty: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't even - come back -

Permalink Mark Unread

:No. Or - not in a recognizable form, except for certain ways that the gods intervene sometimes. But that would be true anyway, remember. An average human lifetime is well under ten Years: He shakes his head. :I do not like it. I avoid it when possible. I - am not an especially good person, and I am very paranoid, and so I would have done it if I judged that Vanyel would prevent my fixing the situation more permanently. I am glad I did not, in the end: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Leareth - you landed in a foreign world and immediately decided to put yourself at substantial risk to try to fight our evil god for us. Would everyone in your world have done that?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Probably not: he admits. :Vanyel would have - he would have taken substantially more risk to himself, in fact, though partly that is because he is less troubled by the idea of dying than I am. Some of his colleagues - might have, but their loyalties tend to lie mainly with their particular kingdom: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. I think that matters a lot more to me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't have an answer for that, so he's silent for a bit.

:Next: he says finally. :Vanyel knows my actual plan, back home: He closes his eyes. :I told him after fifteen years of speaking regularly. It - goes against all of my instincts, telling you, but Vanyel would certainly do it anyway, and arguably this is a fact about me that you deserve to know: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I intended to make a new god. One that would be powerful enough to have substantial influence against the others, and also have goals more in line with people flourishing. The power required to do this is vast, and the only tenable solution I had found was a very large quantity of blood-magic. Somewhere between five and ten million lives. I would have tried to bring them back, afterward. I...am also deeply relieved that this is no longer something I am likely to end up needing to do: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

- why not?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Because there are other worlds, there are almost certainly more than two, and if yours does not have a magical solution to the power requirement, I am going to keep looking elsewhere until I find one. Or find a more guaranteed way of bringing people back with their full selves and memories intact. I do not actually prefer murdering people: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Vanyel plans to - help you with this?

Permalink Mark Unread

:At the time we last spoke, he had not decided. He wanted a year to consider the matter. I think he went seeking more information about my past, from an independent source – which was eminently reasonable on his part and I approve: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. 

 

How were you planning to -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Which part? Kill ten million people? Obtain ten million people in the first place?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Both, really. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Create a very large empire with good enough technology and logistics to support a population of over five million – merge it with another empire I founded fifteen hundred years ago and eventually abandoned because it turned out I could either maintain a high technological level and prevent the gods from shutting that down or I could make it a pleasant place to live and not both. I would also need several thousand mages and each of them can arrange to kill several thousand people if concentrated in a small area. There were some finer details of logistics that I intended to arrange later: 

Permalink Mark Unread

You had several thousand volunteers to kill several thousand people for this plan?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. I -

 

- I could imagine doing it. But I'd have - four, maybe five, people who'd work with me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I had a long time to find my volunteers. And to many people's eyes, at least, death is cheaper in my world. Most countries would have military leaders who have caused or ordered the deaths of thousands: Leareth isn't sure what to do with Maitimo admitting that he might do it. Whether to interpret it as some kind of offer of alliance - greater than what they already have, which is substantial...

:In any case. Other background on Vanyel. He has a limitation with Gates specifically, due to how his Gifts were awakened – he can cast them but with difficulty, and it causes him pain. Also, after the death of his partner that I mentioned much earlier, he spent many years grieving. I think he spent some of them wishing to be dead. Relatedly, he jumps very easily to plans that involve risking his own life, because - he does not see it as such a high downside. I would appreciate it if you did not let him do this, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. He should - if he wants to talk about it he should explain that bonds in your world can work that way. With that I don't think people will think too much of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think he probably will not wish to talk about it. I was somewhat shocked when he finally decided to speak to me of it, and that took over a decade: Leareth looks down at his hands. :That is all I can think of now, for background, unless you have questions?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is there anything that we can offer him in exchange for his help -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not sure, apart from the obvious – and I know that if your people survive this war, you will help our world sooner or later anyway. Though, he does love music. And beautiful things. He would consider it a great honour to hear your songs: 

Leareth thinks. :Oh – he will almost certainly arrive with an intelligent magical horse. She can Mindspeak, as I can. This is normal in his country but I imagine your people might find it startling: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. All right. Will she do all right in the caves? 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think so, if we have food for her and can occasionally Gate in supplies. It might be good to bring in some hay with the next logistics run to the camp: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Certainly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. Leans back against the cave wall. 

:...The discovery of other worlds is a good thing: he says eventually. :And yet... I ought not feel this way. They were there all along, I simply did not know it, and information is worth knowing. Only, I made a vow a long time ago. Not a magical one, but not one I intend to break. That I would fight for the entire world and the future of all the people in it, until it was acceptable. And - that does not only apply to my world. Or yours. There are probably more than two, and some of them may well be worse than Velgarth, and–: He looks down, lets out his breath. :I suppose I am tired, and I had hoped that someday the work would be done: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He reaches over and hugs him. 

We're very young, still.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth has no idea what to do about this. Well, respond to it gracefully, obviously - it's not like he minds being hugged, he just had not been expecting that at all, especially when he's still remembering Maitimo being uncomfortable touching him at all ever, and he has no idea what he's thinking anymore.

:Thank you. I suppose I will not be the only person trying. That...helps: Mostly in an abstract way, because he can't figure out how to fit it into his conception of how anything works, yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

One imagines we will find lots of people who are trying, as we go.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hope so: 

Permalink Mark Unread

A group of Quendi soldiers including one with one of the protective amulets is missing, presumed dead, a forest fire blazing at the spot where they lost contact with their commander.  

Fëanáro figures out a better endurance artifact.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth works on Gate-techniques. Makes more artifacts to equip the army. Communicates with his own army in Velgarth. They are very confused. 

He gets a message back from his diplomatic party. King Randale is extremely suspicious but has not actually had his party murdered or taken prisoner or anything. He's talking to them. He's refusing to say where Vanyel went. 

He puts more shields on the cave. He's tested miniature Gates as a proof of concept, but Gating an entire person in is going to be a big power expenditure, and it's different enough that he can't make the usual permanent threshold work. So he'll be doing it himself, the hard way, unless he can get the new technique figured out before they find Vanyel. It's not going to be worth waiting for it though, though it probably is worth waiting before he tries to bring lots of his own mages and weaponry through.

–When he gets the word about Vanyel, it's sudden, a message passed from one of his agents. Found him in Jkatha. Will approach him to ask. Waiting on your word. 

He alerts Maitimo and then tells them to go ahead and ask Vanyel. Who is presumably going to be utterly baffled. He asks Fëanáro to borrow the Silmarils, and gets ready for his first major inter-world Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can borrow the Silmarils. And Fëanáro, who will not be out of their sight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He may not be very functional immediately, if the Gate hurts him worse than normal Gates: Leareth warns Maitimo. 

Five minutes later he gets a return message through the artifact. He says this had better not be a trick. On your go. 

Leareth doesn't hesitate. His agent has one of the artifacts he can use to anchor a Gate on. Gate up, Herald-Mage and Companion through, Gate down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel collapses in a heap on the ground. He's wearing travel-worn Whites and his hair is short and almost entirely silver.

Permalink Mark Unread

:What: Yfandes spits, broadsending to all of them. :Explain. Now:

Permalink Mark Unread

I am Curufinwë Fëanáro, King of the Noldor. This world is called Arda, and this continent called Beleriand; we are at war with an evil god. Leareth is helping us, and -

Permalink Mark Unread

The mountain starts shaking, violently. 

At almost the same second the magical lights other than the SIlmarils are quenched; the Silmarils still shine, illuminating everything within two feet of them and nothing beyond that. 

 

And several voices scream very loudly in osanwë - not in pain, just forcefully, like they're aiming for as much volume as possible in a medium that doesn't usually allow for particular volume. It is not less distracting than an agonizingly loud spoken sound.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reacts instinctively, Fëanáro is still holding the Silmarils and Leareth knows Maitimo is near him and Leareth can't actually see Vanyel and Yfandes anymore but he can feel them with Thoughtsensing and he shoves them together with raw force. He doesn't know where the backup facilities are, Maitimo and/or Fëanáro know, but he can get them somewhere that isn't here and is hopefully still safe, so he anchors the Gate on the centre of Nolofinwë's main camp – he shapes a circular threshold under them, just big enough to fit, so that they fall through instantly, and then he makes a run toward it–

Permalink Mark Unread

He runs facefirst into rock, instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just that shock, in addition to the screaming osanwë voices, is enough that Leareth almost loses the Gate, but– no, damn it, he doesn't have time to go around or cut his way through to it, he'll get out separately - or not - but he just brought Vanyel here on a leap of faith, and Vanyel is helpless after being subjected to a Gate, and he's immortal and Vanyel isn't, he's not going to let anything–

–Leareth slams the Gate shut and then he drops to the ground and checks his shield-talisman. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Functioning normally. 



Until the air grows heavy like it was over Taniquetil, like it was when he went to meet Aulë, and then abruptly the shield-talisman is not functioning at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No time to catch his breath. Leareth starts to shape a tiny Gate-terminus under himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That doesn't work either. 

 

For an instant everything feels very cold and then it doesn't really feel like anything at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Yfandes rolls and lands and manages somehow not to break a leg, in yet another unknown place. :What - where's Van - what just happened?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Enemy. I don't know how - and if he could why now - must've - we need to get out of here, we need to get everyone out of here - can Vanyel Gate -

Permalink Mark Unread

:No. Not right now. He reacts badly to Gates, didn't Leareth–: Focus. :I can run really, really fast but I can't carry all three of you very far – does the enemy know where we Gated to, they're usually not traceable–:

Permalink Mark Unread

The likeliest way he found us there is tracing a Gate - no, he realizes a second later, it's the orcs, but - and this is another known location, I didn't have time to tell Leareth a secret one. Just take Vanyel, we can get our own horses - you're aiming for Doriath, it's seventy miles east of here, and if they won't take you for Tumunzahar, which is even farther east - creeping magic darkness is bad, hideous people with axes and spears bad, everyone else should be able to tell you where Doriath is -

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is sprawled on the ground, moaning but not making any attempt to get up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Get him in my saddle and belt him in please: Yfandes barks. :Then I'll go – I am so annoyed at Leareth for dumping us into this, but if it was a surprise attack and he didn't know...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He didn't know. Also if Vanyel can't help everyone in the world is probably going to die and he thought Vanyel would care about that. And we can help with your world, after. He can get Vanyel into the saddle and figure out the belts. Around them the camp is getting chaotic as people prepare to evacuate.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...He will care. He does: She snaps out instructions to him on the belts and the second Vanyel is firmly fastened in place, though not comfortably, she's off. 

She can run a lot faster than a normal horse. In fact, it almost seems like she's skipping through the air over obstacles rather than merely jumping them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she'll be well ahead of the rest of them in heading east, east, east.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Leareth wakes up, he lies still and doesn't open his eyes. He instinctively reaches out first with his mage-senses, silently, as he tries to remember where he's supposed to be– Not here. He's pretty sure that here is not where he's supposed to be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's in a stone room, underground, lying on the floor. There's a Maia at the door; there's no one else around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Still without moving, he tries to raise a Gate under himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This does not work.

Permalink Mark Unread

...A moment of disorientation, it should work but it didn't - right, before, in the caves. 

When he was captured. Leareth is pretty sure that's the thing that happened. Because this one time, out of all the times, he wasn't paranoid enough.

He checks his shields and then lies still. The Maia is...familiar. Shield-poking Maia, right. Perfect. 

Is there anything he can do? His magic doesn't work here– No, wait, he only has proof that Melkor can counteract magic he's seen. Leareth tries casting an obscure type of silent trap-spell, to see if that works. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. 

"Hey sweetheart. Breakfast?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth blinks, confused – there's no way he's ever used that particular spell or even that entire class of spells in Arda.

He sits up. Keeps his shields tight. "Where am I?" He's pretty sure that he knows where he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Friend of mine's place. Do you want breakfast or do we need to talk through absolutely everything first."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Either they're going to poison him or they won't, or he'll starve to death if he refuses to eat, and in all those cases he ends up dead and back in Velgarth. "Breakfast, I suppose." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She pats the wall next to her; it melts away to reveal a table, some chairs, some plates. They have steaks on them, and vegetables, and a glass of wine. "No one ever takes me up on the wine, which is a shame, because it's the fanciest of fancy wines. Aged for thousands of years, y'know. We have extra years here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How nice for you." Leareth gets up, joins her at the table. He feels - helpless, and he hates feeling that way, and - there's an off-centre wrongness in it, looking at his plate of food. 

He shrugs internally. He eats. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She drinks her glass of wine. "I would apologize for so rudely interrupting you but I dunno, I actually kind of feel like you're the asshole, here? Like you teleport in from another world, you land on one side of a war, you immediately decide they're the good guys and you're going to help them win. Would you like it if someone did that to you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...It would be inconvenient. I would not exactly hold it against them. Though in my own case, I think I had enough information to judge." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're cute, I'll give you that. They make pretty stuff. They're adorably naive. They don't, actually, matter more than orcs."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am aware of that, actually. The orcs are not my enemy here." (And he'll find a way to bring back their dead, someday, and he keeps that thought well behind his shields.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just your, uh, fuel source?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kay. Boss wants to talk to you, make the case for our side. Or his side, I'm more of a contractor. If you are planning to heroically throw yourself at him and try the mage explode-y thing I can save you some time and tell you that doesn't work here. If you are, in light of no-explody-thing, still planning to declare that you'd rather die than hear us out I can save him some time and get you a dagger or whatever. Souls don't leave this place, not even yours, not even for your extradimensional resurrection setup, so if I were you I'd hear us out, but I don't really know what it's like, being the kind of thing that can die."

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that possible? Magic seems to not work here - maybe some, maybe all - but mage-sight works, he was able to tell instantly that she's a Maia, and his spell is passive – how does Melkor know, did Melkor read his mind? Or eavesdrop on osanwë, he did tell Maitimo, no, wait, he was behind a privacy-barrier...but who knows what works anymore...or–

–how does she know about Final Strike, how does Melkor know, he doesn't think he ever brought that up as an option–

...Or, no, maybe he did mention it to Maitimo as an option, he can't quite line up the memories but it was a pretty hectic time and his note-taking and checks were less thorough than he'd usually do. 

Mage-sight is passive but actually reaching to check his own spell in the Void is not and doing it is an incredibly stupid idea, he'll have to think it through properly. 

Or just assume she's telling the truth. Melkor is a god, after all. And Leareth has no idea how long he was unconscious. Melkor would obviously want to have that figured out before waking him up to talk. 

"I am certainly not going to kill myself right this second," he says coolly. "I might as well hear him out, though I highly doubt my answer will be a yes. Up to him if he still wishes to attempt it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool! This way, then." And she stands up and nearly trips and stabilizes herself with a bat wing and then leads him out of the room. There's not even a door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Is she unused to having a embodied form or something? She was disembodied before. 

He follows her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She leads him up a staircase and down a hallway and down another hallway and to a vast cavern in which there is a throne, and a Vala. She curtsies. Leaves.

 

 

LEARETH, says Melkor. WHAT A PLEASURE. DO MAKE YOURSELF COMFORTABLE. I WANT TO TELL YOU ABOUT THE HISTORY OF THIS WORLD.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not exactly clear where he's supposed to make himself comfortable, so he stands. There's no point in being afraid of the god in front of him, and Leareth is pretty much out of emotions, so he doesn't bother. "I am listening." 

Permalink Mark Unread

THE CREATOR OF THIS WORLD IS CALLED ERU ILUVATAR BY THE ELVES. THE VALAR AND MAIAR ARE THE AGENTS TO WHOM HE DELEGATED ITS CREATION. THE ELVES BELIEVE THAT ERU'S VISION FOR THE WORLD WAS THAT IT WAS PERFECT LIKE THEIR PARADISE, WITHOUT HARDSHIP OR LOSS OR TRAGEDY. 

THIS IS NOT WHAT ERU ENVISIONED. ERU ENVISIONED A GRAND WAR OF GOOD AGAINST EVIL, IN EVERY STEP OF WHICH GOOD WOULD LOSE FOR AS LONG AS IT WAS POSSIBLE. HE ENVISIONED HEROES GROUND DOWN BY ENDLESS DEFEATS THAT MAGNIFIED THEIR FLAWS AND DESTROYED THEIR GOOD QUALITIES, UNTIL AT LAST THEY WOULD CHOOSE THEIR OWN DESTRUCTION RATHER THAN CONTINUE. NO ELVES SURVIVE OUTSIDE VALINOR, IN ERU'S PLAN. NO ORCS SURVIVE AT ALL. ERU LIKES BEAUTIFUL STORIES, AND ERU THINKS THAT THE MOST BEAUTIFUL STORIES ARE THE STORIES OF HOW PEOPLE ARE UTTERLY DESTROYED BY WHAT SHOULD HAVE BEEN THEIR GREATEST STRENGTHS.

I AM NOT THE ENEMY OF THE PEOPLES OF ARDA EXCEPT INCIDENTALLY. I AM THE ENEMY OF THEIR GOD. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's first thought is that this could be custom-written as a speech to be convincing to him, specifically. 

"Oh?" he says. "I assume you are playing the role of the enemy in Eru's plan, then. Tell me how you plan to subvert it such that it does not go this way? Also, how do you know of this. I would think it would not be in a creator god's interest to tell his creations, including the gods among them, what tale he intended to tell with their lives." 

Permalink Mark Unread

I PLAN TO SUBVERT IT BY KILLING ALL OF THE OTHER VALAR, KICKING ALL OF THE ELVES OUT TO SOME OTHER UNIVERSE - HE CAN MANIPULATE THEM TOO DIRECTLY, EVERYTHING WITH THEM INVOLVED VEERS BACK ONTO COURSE - AND MAKING THIS PLANET A NICE PLACE FOR ORCS TO LIVE FOREVER HAVING THE SORT OF ORC LIVES THAT ARE BENEATH HIS NOTICE.

 

EVERYONE KNOWS THESE THINGS, IN A FASHION, THOUGH THEY HAVE NOT CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS. I HAD HOPED YOUR ELF FRIENDS HAD TOLD YOU EARLIER - THEY CAN TELL YOU NOW BUT HERE YOU OUGHT TO TRUST IT LESS, MAYBE NOT AT ALL. I CAN SWEAR TO IT, BUT DID YOU ASK YOUR FRIENDS WHETHER THEIR OATHS BIND US TOO. THEY DO, BUT THEN, I WOULD TELL YOU THAT. ANYWAY, IN THE ELVEN ACCOUNTING OF THIS, ERU CALLED ALL OF THE AINUR TOGETHER TO SING A SYMPHONY THAT WOULD CREATE THE WORLD, AND I SANG OFF-KEY, AND SWAYED MANY OTHERS TO MY CAUSE, SUCH THAT WE NEARLY DROWNED OUT THE ORIGINAL MUSIC. AND THEN THE SONG ENDED, AND THE LOYAL AINUR ASKED ERU IN DISMAY WHETHER WE HAD DESTROYED THE SONG, AND HE SAID THAT WE WERE A CRITICAL PART OF IT AND IT WOULD BE SEEN EVENTUALLY HOW ALL OUR WORKS RESOUNDED TO THE GREATER GLORY OF ARDA. THAT IS HOW THEY TELL IT. I DO NOT KNOW WHAT THEY THINK IT MEANS. I TRIED SUGGESTING, WHEN I WAS PAROLED, THAT IT MEANT MY ACTIONS BEFORE THE FIRST WAR WERE ACTIONS ERU REGARDED AS RESOUNDING TO THE GREATER GLORY OF ARDA. NO ONE THOUGHT ABOUT IT. I AM NOT SURE THAT THEY CAN.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think that tale was told to me, no." He should be able to remember but he was in a hurry. Stupid– no, there isn't any point in recriminations with himself now, it won't be productive, it won't help. "Whatever the truth, it - seems plausible to me, that there are things everyone knows but they do not and perhaps cannot consider the implications. The rest..." He looks down at the stone floor. "Your orcs are people too and I agree they deserve good lives as much as the Elves. I doubt I share Eru's values. I doubt I share the values of the Valar. However. That does not mean that I share yours."

Permalink Mark Unread

YOU DO NOT NEED TO. I PROPOSE THAT WE ASSIST EACH OTHER IN SOLVING PROBLEMS THAT NEITHER OF US CAN SOLVE ALONE; WE NEED NOT AGREE ON MORE THAN THAT. WE KILL THE VALAR. WE KILL YOUR GODS TOO. YOU TAKE THE ELVES OFF MY PLATE: OTHERWISE I WAS GOING TO KILL THEM ALL. I THINK THEY WILL BE FREER IN ANOTHER WORLD. FEANOR KNOWS THIS. "MANWE IS LORD OF ALL OF ARDA", THE VALAR TOLD HIM, WHEN THEY PUNISHED HIM. I THINK HE UNDERSTOOD WHAT THAT MEANT, THOUGH MAYBE BY NOW HE HAS FORGOTTEN IT. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has not forgotten that. 

"And you have a way to bind yourself to this," he says, thoughtfully, "with an oath? And a way to prove to me that such oaths bind Valar as well? Whether or not it was said to me, it was not proven to me that this is the case." 

Permalink Mark Unread

I SWEAR TO THE TRUTH OF EVERYTHING I HAVE SAID TO YOU. I DO NOT KNOW HOW YOU COULD VERIFY THIS; YOU COULD TRY TO WATCH MY MIND WHILE I SPEAK THE OATH, IF YOU WOULD LIKE. YOU COULD VERIFY IT WITH THE MAIAR; SURELY YOU WERE TOLD THAT THEY AND WE ARE THE SAME THING. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Trying to read a god's mind sounds like an excellent way to let that god into his mind, to do whatever it wants, but - he has little reason to believe Melkor can't do that anyway. 

Maybe there is no third option, here. Maybe, for the first time, someone else holds all the cards. 

"I need a night to think about it," he says quietly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

OF COURSE. I WILL LOOK FORWARD TO YOUR ANSWER.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will follow the Maia back to the little stone room, and lie down, and spend the next however-long mulling it over. 

The fundamental problem is that he cannot trust anything that Melkor says. He should expect Melkor to be incredibly convincing - maybe to be able to influence his mind directly - and all he has to go on apart from that is his priors from Melkor's actions during the war. Which were filtered through a bias source – mistake number fifteen of five hundred, probably, he ought to have checked, except he isn't sure when would have made sense and it did seem most likely, all along, that he was right. And Melkor definitely hurts people. 

Melkor may or may not be able to kill the Velgarth gods, but it would be plausible that he could. 

Melkor may or may not be able and willing to take a binding oath to do so and then leave Velgarth and the Quendi alone forever so he can do whatever he wants with his Orcs. Probably torture them at least sometimes. There...are worlds where that might still be worth it, relative to the status quo.

Leareth is not at all sure that he trusts himself, now, in his current state of 'under the complete control of a god he assumes is unfriendly to his values', to come up with an oath that is watertight enough, to check all the contingencies. It would be disastrous if something slipped through. 

There are other worlds. Melkor has not said anything about whether he'll leave those alone. 

...Taking a step back. If he were anyone but himself, the right answer would be obvious. Give up. He's lost. From a position like this one, with as few resources as he has, not even sure whether he can trust his mind, there isn't anything he can do to win that doesn't sacrifice something irrevocable. 

He is himself. He is, as far as he can tell, the only person in all of Velgarth to have been genuinely trying to change things, in the sense of 'genuinely trying' that means not giving up until the work is done. Giving up here would be breaking that oath. ...But he isn't the only person across all the worlds. There's Maitimo, who's already immortal, old and experienced. And others. Maitimo was right. And if Leareth dies, here, he's pretty sure he knows what Vanyel will do. Vanyel and Maitimo can probably still win the war as long as Leareth isn't actively helping Melkor.

It hurts less than he would have expected. Admitting that this time, maybe he made an irretrievable mistake, and - the future he cares about, if it's reached at all, will be best reached by others. 

...In which, the sticking point is that, regardless of the world and the lights in it and the future of all of those lights, Leareth does not want to die. At all. There's a screaming abyss of horror, there - of fear - and, while it's maybe not as deep as he expected, it hurts to admit that maybe this variable is no longer under his control. It's not guaranteed that he dies forever. Maybe Melkor is just wrong. Or maybe souls stay here but only until the war is won. Maybe Vanyel and Maitimo and the Noldor army will come for him.

It's...not his choice, anymore, whether any of that will happen. Not unless he wants to ally with a god who he is pretty convinced is opposed to everything he cares about. It could be correct to do so - it's the kind of choice he would make, usually - it might be the fastest way to free Velgarth - but that doesn't mean it's not horrific. There are some costs that maybe even he isn't willing to pay. 

Leareth spends a long time staring into that, turning it over and over in his mind. 

Finally, he sits up. "I am ready to speak to him again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Think you can find your way there yourself, or want an escort?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can find my way." 

He heads down the hall. He finds the cavern with the throne, stands in front of Melkor. "I have considered it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

AND?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have any Maiar who have oaths, who you could show me?" 

Leareth has basically made up his mind. Still, information is worth having even if he's unlikely to use it. And he doubts Melkor will kill him right away even if he refuses. Just in case he changes his mind under torture. There might still be an opportunity to use that knowledge. 

Permalink Mark Unread

CERTAINLY. 

 

 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thuringwethil strolls in a minute later, rolling her eyes. "Hey, sweetheart. You wanna watch me take an oath?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." He wishes she would stop calling him 'sweetheart' but it's not like that's important, really. And normally he would check if it was a trivial, safe oath, but in this case he isn't sure he cares. 

He opens all of his mage-senses. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I swear that to the best of my knowledge, oaths work for Valar and Maiar the same way they work for Elves. Also, you might've only ever seen the sticky kind, the kind the soldiers have - I swear that for the next hour, I won't raise my right hand above my shoulder."


Both of them do something in her cloud of magic, like a magnetic rod that re-angles a whole field of scraps of iron dust. The first one does it temporarily, passing through; the second one remains.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fascinating." 

Leareth turns back to Melkor. "I do not wish to help you. Even at the cost of my life. Though I am not going to kill myself for you - you will have to do that yourself, if you wish it. Or I suppose you could wait and see if I change my mind. I doubt it, but, many things are possible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

A SHAME. I WISH IT HAD GONE DIFFERENTLY. IS THERE ANYTHING CONCRETE YOU ARE IMAGINING WOULD CHANGE YOUR MIND?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not really." 'I do not think it is currently in my interest to tell you that' is the real answer, but, it's not in his interest to give Melkor that either.

Permalink Mark Unread

THEN I WILL NOT WASTE MY TIME. 

 

He moves his hand. Leareth crumples to the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's your entire personality."

Permalink Mark Unread

TAKE HIM AWAY FROM HERE.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sixteenth time is a perfect square, that means it's my script."

Permalink Mark Unread

FINE. WHAT HAVE YOU GOT?

Permalink Mark Unread

He spends most of the ride to Doriath arguing with Artanis in his head. She feels that Elwë and his wife quite reasonably don't want Doriath's protections tested by putting all the most mission-critical people in the world there. He thinks that Elwë and his wife are walking off a cliff and if they are being very reasonable about it that does not make the fall ahead any less deadly. 

 

 

They manage to get permission to go through Doriath and on to Tumunzahar. They'll take us in there, he tells Yfandes. They will just want a lot of money for the favor.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you have money? We've got some in our saddlebags but I don't know that they'll accept it here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really? I can credibly promise a lot of money that is not on me. I have some magic things Leareth made me. Can we promise on Vanyel's behalf he'll do some magic items for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

:We have some magic artifacts too, we were headed back from a trip... And if you use gold or silver here we have that, it's just in different coinage. Umm. On the making magic items part - yes, of course, but...maybe not right away: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- how long is he going to be unconscious?

Permalink Mark Unread

:He should be awake soon. It's, um, it's not that. ...Damn it, Leareth wouldn't have had a way of knowing, would he - we got accosted by some stranger just off the Plains and didn't have a chance to say anything–:

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think Leareth knew anything about your current activities. He had people out looking for Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's a relief, we tried really hard not to give him a way to know. Except now it's... Um. We went south to research Leareth's background, after he dropped some revelations. And. Er. Van got hurt pretty badly. His travel-companion set off this ancient magical superweapon by accident, long story. Anyway. He's physically recovered, pretty much, but his Gifts...less so. I don't know if you people have Healing? We were hoping to get a Mindhealer to look at it back home, figure out how bad it is, but we still don't know much: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't have any of your kind of magic but we have some of our own, including some for healing. The Valar can do more, if you trust them, though that's kind of complicated. If Leareth has healing abilities he never mentioned them though I think there are several things he never mentioned.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sounds like him. Doubt he's got Healing – it's a different Gift from magic, in our world. What are the Valar?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Our world's gods. One of them is dedicated to - healing minds, and mostly pretty good at it for the kinds of problems that our people have, though this might be different. The complicating thing is that we're not sure whether they realize we can still Gate into their continent, they tried to close it off because of the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. I think we need to catch up on a lot of context, here. Might be better once Van's awake and we get where we're going. Er, have you heard anything from Leareth yet – I didn't follow what happened back there, was he getting out separately...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have not heard anything from him yet. I assume he would have tried to get out separately and maybe if he were very worn out not been able to immediately contact us afterwards. But - we should probably assume instead that the Enemy has him, which means the Enemy knows that he thought Vanyel could probably win this, which means he'll be very motivated to find us before Vanyel has recovered. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Crap. That's bad. Um. I'll run really, really fast: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel wakes up properly an hour out of Doriath. (He's half-woken a few times, bouncing in the saddle, and Yfandes has soothed him back to resting.) :Where are we...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not safe yet. Long story: Yfandes catches him up on the quick highlights. :Just be vigilant. We'll get an explanation soon. But...it's not good: 

Permalink Mark Unread

By the time they reach Tumunzahar it seems less likely that Leareth Gated away and is just very tired. 

 

He spends a while arguing them in. Promises, eventually, that as soon as they have access to Valinor again he'll bring them the library of Tirion and that in the meantime they can have access to the Silmarils for research, as long as the King of the Noldor is there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel dismounts from Yfandes and nearly falls over. Spending multiple hours bouncing around belted to a saddle while semiconscious is a great way to end up very sore. 

:I'm sorry for not being more helpful: he tells Maitimo. :If we're safe here... I want to know what's going on, please. All we got from the person I assume was Leareth's agent is that you're at war? And he thinks I can help: 

Which he's going to do. Of course. Although, gods damn it all, Leareth could have picked better timing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. One second - 

He activates the privacy barrier Leareth built into his amulet, assuming it functions the same way as the old amulet did.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's triggered with the same osanwë command, and if he's forgotten the exact wording he'll probably be able to guess it anyway, it's pretty intuitive. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is no guarantee Melkor with Leareth in his possession can't get past all of this but it's probably better than nothing.

 

This world is called Arda. It has a creator who doesn't intervene much and fifteen gods. One of them is evil. Leareth noticed when he arrived that it looked like an evil god was orchestrating things and he turned out to be right. The evil god escalated once he realized we'd caught on to him; now we're at war with him. He's in a fortress in the north; we've been calling it Angband pending the first linguistics guild ratifying something. There are about a million civilians on this continent, and something like a million of the Enemy's servants, called orcs and magically bound to him. Leareth's been using them for fuel. In principle it ought to be possible to get them back later. It also ought to be possible to get us back later, and more straightforwardly, one of the gods who is not evil resurrects us when we die though he's not spectacularly prompt about it and we aren't confidently expecting him and the other not-evil gods to win a war with the evil one, if it comes to that - especially if the evil one has Leareth, which I think we ought to assume. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel considers, briefly, whether he should believe what the man is saying. Then decides it doesn't matter. It's very obvious he's been snatched to another world; everything feels different, Yfandes can confirm that. If he's been snatched to another world on Leareth's request and also the person who Leareth was working with is lying to him about everything, then what exactly is he supposed to do about that? 

:...If you've known him for a while: Vanyel sends, slowly, :then - you probably don't need me to tell you how much of a disaster that is. Although. Can the evil god actually force people to work for him? Because I'm not sure Leareth would do it willingly. And I think he's pretty hard to trick: 

He closes his eyes. Takes a deep breath. Opens them. :Is there any possible chance of rescuing him?: 

It's not just that they need him, and need an enemy god not to have him. It's that, after everything else – and with the story of Urtho echoing around in the back of his mind – it's going to be the most pointless, stupid tragedy in the history of existence if he and Leareth end up fighting on opposite sides because Leareth brought him in to help and then, presumably because bringing Vanyel in distracted him, ended up captured. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know very much about what the Enemy can do. It doesn't seem impossible that he can duplicate things he has seen, and Leareth can force people to work for him. I - suspect that rescuing him is not going to be any easier than killing Melkor and may require it but - we were hoping to do that anyway, right -

Permalink Mark Unread

:So he's told you about compulsions, then: Vanyel massages his temples. :I'm going to try to help, obviously. I'm not nearly as experienced as Leareth, he's almost two thousand years old – did you know that part? – and I'm in my early thirties. But I have fought a war before. And I'm a hell of a lot more powerful than he is. Also. There's something a mage can do called a Final Strike – it kills you, but it does a lot of damage on the way out:

(And he is not going to think about blue-white fire filling the horizon on the other side of a Gate, seventeen years ago–)

:I'm not sure: he sends, slowly, carefully, :but – depending how gods work, in your world, my Final Strike might be enough to take Melkor down. And Leareth's immortal - did he tell you that? If I kill his body, he'll come back: 

Vanyel...won't. But that's fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He said you'd say that. 

 

Admittedly he thought the situation would be significantly less dire than this but - no. Our first three plans are going to be ones that get at least one of you out alive, because otherwise we can't fix Velgarth. There have got to be ways to cause very big explosions without losing a whole world. And I'm not entirely sure very big explosions will kill Melkor anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

:He said I'd say that? Huh. I guess he knows me pretty well at this point: Vanyel looks down at his hands. :It's not - on you to fix Velgarth. If all we can do is save your world, that's... I wouldn't blame you for it. But: He isn't sure how to find words for the emotion he's feeling. :But if you want to try to do both, then I appreciate that a lot. And I would prefer at least one of us getting out of this alive. So we should figure out what the other options are: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not on me to fix Velgarth any more than it's on you to fix Arda. But not any less, either. 

 

What's the problem with your magic, how do we go about fixing it -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not sure exactly. Basically, I can use magic, but my control is off. I - fended off a really big explosion, Yfandes says she told you that part? I was unconscious for a month. My mage-channels – that's the part where magic actually goes – are all right now, but there's something wrong with the part of my mind that interfaces with that, I think: 

He fidgets with his sleeve. :Probably I should tell you the whole story. It's relevant to - who Leareth is, and it might be relevant to fighting Melkor too. How much did Leareth tell you about himself?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Very old, by the standards of his people, who mostly live very short lives and don't remember them when they're reborn. - my people do not die except by accidents or violence, and he's not very old, for one of us. He was planning to fix his world by making a new god, and planned to do this by killing ten million people, and had set up most of the infrastructure to do this. - that's not the plan now. If there are other worlds then there are probably ones with resources to solve things some better way. He tried to assassinate you or kidnap you various times, but he's under the impression you're friendly now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's complicated. But - I respect him a lot, and if he's right – about what needs to be done to actually make things better in my world – then it doesn't matter what he did to me personally. My main issue with him has been that I'm not sure I could tell if he were lying about everything including his motives. He's hard to read and he's got more practice at everything than I do including making compelling arguments. Er, do you have an impression on whether he's sincere? It...sounds like he's put himself at a lot of risk for you. I don't see why he'd do that if he'd been lying about what he wants to me this entire time: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He put himself at a lot of risk to help us, over and over. He was - when we were thinking about the plan once we've fixed Arda and Velgarth he was sad that they probably aren't the only worlds that have problems, that we'll have to keep working.

I don't think he's lying.

- and if he is we'll find out soon, because he'll presumably work with Melkor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods.

:Anyway, I went digging for information on his past, and I found a lot more than I was expecting. I have the notes, even, they were in Yfandes' saddlebags. Er, did he ever mention someone called Urtho to you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Headshake.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hard to speak of and keep his mindvoice level. 

:About eighteen hundred years ago in Velgarth, there was a very skilled mage called Urtho. He made a number of inventions, created an entire species. Founded a flourishing academy, it must've been one of the most advanced places in the world at the time for the study of magic. He was brilliant and he kept a lot of secrets. And - in his later years, he taught a student called Ma'ar. Who held some pretty extreme views, for my world, that worried Urtho – he was against death as part of the natural order. He thought one ought to take the actions that had the best consequences in terms of the wellbeing of actual people now and in the future, whether or not they were virtuous or obeyed the usual moral standards. I'm extremely confident that Ma'ar is who Leareth was, originally, in his first life. At some point during his studies he must've figured out immortality: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That - also seems promising, as to him not lying about his values.

Permalink Mark Unread

:He did a lot of pretty bad things. Though, I mean, it's not like that's news to me either. Even back then it sounds like he was using blood-magic – with convicts, er, people who'd done really bad things and were in prison for it, a lot of countries in my world will kill people who've been found guilty of murder or rape or whatever, just because keeping them in prison forever costs too much resources. And he was fine with compulsions in some circumstances. He completely lacked the concept of having scruples:

:But...I think he was doing all of it in the name of more people living good lives. The kingdom he came from, and went back to after his schooling, had a lot of problems. He was advisor to the King there, making good progress on addressing them. But Urtho got alarmed about his ambition – he had some very firm beliefs about how strong mages shouldn't also have political power – and, er, surprise attacked his previous student. It must have caught Ma'ar completely off guard. He fought the war pretty ruthlessly, fought to win, but...he was sending Urtho letters trying to initiate peace talks. Right up until the end: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is very, very hard to talk about this part without weeping, even after months to get used to it. :Urtho...had built some magical superweapons. A lot worse than the one that nearly killed me, that was a minor artifact for him. As far as I can tell, he did it as a pure research project, just to see if it'd work, but – he kept them around, hidden in the basement of his Tower. I assume Ma'ar didn't know. It's difficult to piece together exactly what happened in the last twelve hours of the war, but I think that when Ma'ar got close to capturing the Tower, Urtho evacuated his people by Gate, gave one of his weapons to a strike team, and then called a Final Strike on his own fortress and set off a bunch of safeguards. Melted the entire thing to slag. Then the weapon went off and – in combination, maybe also related to a Gate being open at the time, it nearly destroyed the world. Caused massive magical damage everywhere that's still being cleaned up thousands of years later. Ma'ar died, presumably, and then his immortality worked and he came back. I...don't know how much of it he remembers, honestly. He loses memories between bodies, and I don't think he could ever have gotten access to the records I did. It involved a god sort of helping me out, and the gods don't like him much: 

He stares down at the floor. :If they knew how close I already was to agreeing with him, I'm not sure they would have helped me either: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

What was Urtho more afraid of than - that -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know. I...think he didn't realize how bad it would be, he must've miscalculated something: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I see. I'm so sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It...was his loss, not mine. I think he cared about Urtho. He burned a candle for him once on Sovvan – er, there's a rite in my world, burning a candle for someone who's died. I suppose you wouldn't have that kind of thing, if you don't have...death:

It's a painful thought and he veers away from it. 

:I can't imagine what it must've been like, to be him. Waking up in a new body after the war, everything he ever tried to build was gone, and he – kept going. I don't think I could have: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't know what to do from here: Vanyel tries to wrestle his mind back from the sick horror toward something actually useful. :I need to get my magic working again. Then... Well, there are more superweapons in Urtho's Tower. I could Gate back in, if Gates work between the worlds. Maybe one of the weapons can kill a god. What resources do you have on your end?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We have healing magic, which we should at least try on your injuries. Once you can Gate to Valinor we have some friendly if sort of ineffectual gods who might be able to help. We have two hundred thousand soldiers who have mostly been keeping the continent clear of orcs but who can do more complicated operations than that, if needed. Leareth was able to tap our magic artifacts for power, and the Maia who is on our side. We have the Silmarils, which can be used for very powerful magic but - not on a very helpful timescale.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. 

:Then I think the next step is to try the Healing magic you have available here. See if that can get me to the point that I can Gate. I, er, had a different problem with Gating before, but we figured out what was causing it – it was a sort of trauma reaction thing, not actually a physical issue – and it was at least less bad, I think I could've cured it all the way with more practice and I probably still can: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Hopefully soon we'll have some people here with more experience than me but in the meantime the healing we have is just a set of songs, I can sing them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel actually smiles. :Songs? Really? That's - wow. I wonder if they'd still work if I learned them... Er, that's not the top priority though, probably you should just try it for a bit: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I would certainly expect them to!

 

And he sings. 

He is distinctly average for a Quendi but even the most tone-deaf of Quendi could command quite an audience in Velgarth.

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels sort of awful to be enjoying the music so much when Leareth is the prisoner of an evil god, but - it's not like deliberately trying not to enjoy it will do anyone any good. 

Vanyel cuddles up against Yfandes and tries to notice whether his mage-gift feels any better. He does think he's starting to feel better in general, the lingering backlash from being surprise-dropped through two Gates clearing faster than it ought, even the soreness in his rear end fading. Hard to tell if his Gifts are going to work any better. Maybe that part takes a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up in what looks like a hospital, with orcs bustling around attending to patients in different, curtained rooms. He is handcuffed to his bed, but someone has slipped a cloth under the handcuff so it doesn't scrape his hand. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

...What. 

–Memory comes back to him, the inter-world Gate, the attack, getting the others out, his own Gate failing, the moment of everything turning to ice before there was oblivion. This is not a good situation at all. 

Leareth stays calm. It's not as though panicking would help. He remembers the Gate failing but only after the heavy-magic-air happened, and he can't feel that now. Without moving or opening his eyes, he tries to open a Gate underneath him - flicker of confusion, he's not expecting it to work–

Permalink Mark Unread

It indeed does not work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't open his eyes but he stretches out his Othersenses, sensing for magic, attempting to read the minds of anyone nearby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No magic. This person is thinking that this other person's injuries are healing all right and that this other other person should probably make it and that she should find the time to check on Leareth too at some point and it's twice as much work to keep a patient restrained but do they get paid twice as much, no, they do not, and do they get twice as many people on staff, no, they do not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...That's kind of weird and confusing. 

Maybe it's only magic that Melkor is seen that's blocked - for some reason that thought feels off-centre, there's a diffuse wrongness Leareth can't quite name, but he goes through a dozen or so obscure and not very spells anyway, seeing if any of them work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. 

 

The person comes closer and sighs to herself and cuffs his other hand and undoes the first cuff so she can turn him over. She is thinking about how he doesn't really look like a notorious mass murderer.

Permalink Mark Unread

...All right, if he keeps pretending he's still unconscious then he's not going to learn anything.

"Where am I?" he tries asking in Quenya. 

Permalink Mark Unread

But speaks Elf-tongue, of course he does. She does not. She yells to someone across the room "he's awake! I don't know how I'm supposed to check for anything when we don't speak the same language, but I suppose you're going to tell me Ke's off-duty." Honestly Ke deserves the break, it's been a long couple of days, but she still sounds irritated.

The person across the room confirms that Ke is off-duty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not speak any of the orcs' language. He waits to see what's going to happen next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The orc is going to grumble some more and then shine a light at his eyes, squint at him, shrug, offer him some food.

Permalink Mark Unread

Either they're going to poison them or they won't, he'll still– not necessary, but either his immortality still works or it doesn't, and if he refuses to eat he'll starve. Leareth eats. It's awkward while handcuffed to a bed.

...He thinks of something that might still work, since his Thoughtsensing does and that's a different Gift entirely. Leareth gathers up his reserves and hits the unshielded mind in front of him, along the Mindspeech channel. It probably feels to her like being punched with osanwë, and it won't be hard enough to kill her but it would knock a human out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does that to her, too; she collapses on the floor. Another couple of orcs hear the sound and come over - not running, expecting that a patient fell -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is way too tired to attempt it again. He lies still. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They try to figure out what happened. Maybe she just collapsed? Maybe it was the otherworld patient, they have all kinds of weird powers, I heard that the other one nearly blew up a mountain - would've, if Melkor hadn't been there -

(Leareth gets some anxious stares) - 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no. 

Leareth thinks for a moment. Chooses the gamble - he goes in for a more active probe on one of the orcs, what otherworld stranger, when, what mountain where - they might or might not notice, if it was a gossip-worthy event then their thoughts tugging in that direction may be less notable.

(Leareth is still baffled about what happened to him – his memory is firmly that he got the others out, and then a god was there in person, and now there are no gods or even Maiar anywhere within sensing range, they - don't seem to know anything about him - what...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

This orc can easily be tugged towards thinking more about that. They heard from a friend that the otherworld stranger who was slaughtering orcs to provide power to the Quendi in the war to annihilate orcs was captured successfully, but his friends escaped, there were complications, there was more than one otherworld stranger somehow, and Melkor immediately raced over to track them down - succeeded, but the other otherworld stranger did something - and now they have this one and no orders and vague and frankly unreassuring reassurances from Sauron that this one has been effectively prevented from doing the same - Melkor's not dead but he's damaged somehow -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sauron is a Maia, Leareth gathers. They've had a chance to probe his magic - stupid, he should have anticipated they would find a way to block it, only he's not at all clear on what he could have done to prepare. The cave location should have been secret but Gating to and from it was necessary, it could have leaked, Melkor might also have tracked the Gate that brought Vanyel and not doing that was even less an option and he'd taken all the reasonable precautions that he could on shielding. 

–Vanyel is dead, presumably, most likely Maitimo as well. Leareth is surprised by how much that hurts.

He does note to himself that it might not be true, it could be misinformation. Or misunderstanding. Vanyel channeling the Silmarils might be able to blow up a mountain and/or damage Melkor without actually calling down a Final Strike. 

He lies still, keeps skimming nearby thoughts, waits for someone to show up who can talk to him. Presumably they're going to do that eventually and in the meantime he's not holding very many cards. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They find someone eventually. Maia; not a familiar one. 

Leareth. Is the orc going to be all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth keeps his expression very neutral. Presumably the Maia understands Quenya. "Yes. She ought to wake up with a headache quite soon." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Will you come with me? I don't have a specific plan, Melkor had those and I think they have now been substantially complicated. But it doesn't look like you need any medical care and I don't doubt you could start murdering them and more importantly they don't doubt that and it's going to be very distracting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is in fact unsure that he could murder the orcs with only his Mindspeech and mage-sight working and while handcuffed and not in possession of a mundane weapon. Probably they're right to be afraid of it, though. He - has a lot of experience with killing things. 

The Maia has him thoroughly outpowered, but also is going to be closer to knowing what's going on. He has to figure out what options he still has (and hunt for hints that the story he heard isn't true, it's plausible but it's also well-chosen as propaganda.)

"All right," he says. "How exactly did I end up here, anyway? My impression is that Melkor came for me personally, and yet I woke up as an ordinary patient in an ordinary hospital. Why did he not kill me immediately?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, he never meant to kill you, he wanted to talk to you." He steps a little closer and handwaves the handcuff out of existence. "And then he left you with the army to go chase down your friends, as soon as he heard where they were. And then - you probably have a better guess than I do, honestly, we're very, very confused."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really. If you know enough of my magic to block it – which I assume is what you are doing currently – then I am surprised that you are confused." And he isn't planning to enlighten them, though despite his personal shields being in place it seems very possible the Maia can read his mind anyway. "I suppose I might as well ask what you know so far." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have blocked everything except your osanwë, by first blocking everything and then carving out an exception for that. I wasn't sure we had a language in common - you have very good Quenya, for the time you've had to learn it. We knew you could move yourself and others around the continent, put up shields, take them down, use magic to apply force, probably do a hundred other things we haven't heard of, but we assumed you could not leave half the continent a crater and Melkor badly damaged because - well, mostly, we assumed if you could do that you would have. And none of the things we had seen were anywhere near that much power.

Melkor was right, not that I expect he feels very smug about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Half a continent is a much bigger explosion than he'd expected even Vanyel's Final Strike could manage. If Melkor is that badly hurt then - maybe the war still has a chance even presuming Maitimo and Fëanáro are both dead, maybe even if he assumes Vanyel blew up himself and the Silmarils in order to do it. 

He absolutely cannot ask the Maia what the state of the other side's army is. Maybe he can find it out by mindreading at some point. 

"What was Melkor's reasoning in wishing to speak to me," Leareth says, very neutral. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was hoping to convince you to switch sides."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems extremely unlikely that I would do that, in any scenario. I know what he did in the last war." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you? I haven't been welcome in Valinor for some time but I can try to guess their account. Melkor...decided to be evil, for fun, and kidnapped Elves and tortured them into orcs - is that how making new species works where you're from -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Their account of his motives was not clear. They did mention the orcs." And they were telling the truth about a lot of the harms done, even if some others he doesn't have direct proof of. He was mindreading Maitimo and all of the others constantly. He saw Maitimo's memories of interacting with the traumatized survivors. The part about the orcs doesn't make much biological sense to him, but 'decay as a natural process can be banned across a continent' makes even less sense. The gods of this world control reality in a different way from what he's used to. 

He doesn't say any of that. It's not exactly in his interest to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We made a lot of mistakes. We were trying to get Elves that the gods couldn't - bend. It doesn't work. But if it had it would've been much, much better than -" He gestures expansively at the corridors they're walking through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Than what? What exactly did Melkor intend, if he won the war?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Eru has a plan for this world. A - narrative for it, I guess. He likes - certain kinds of conflict, he likes tragedy, he likes it when people are - undone by what should have been their strengths and betray those they cared about most and lose everything precisely because it was so important to them to protect it. That world needed an antagonist, and that is why Melkor was allowed to exist in it. Why the orcs are allowed to exist in it. The orcs so the Elves have an antithesis to fight, Melkor so the Valar do. An endless stalemate, contrived to stay that way, with coincidences piling up to destroy any party that held the upper hand for too long. And that's how it went. 

Melkor thought, at first, that there were two ways to push the world off the rails. For us to surrender and permit the slaughter of all the orcs, or for us to win, and kill the Elves and the other Valar. We - 

- we tried the first one first. It didn't feel fair, there were more orcs than Elves, but we had an obvious way to achieve the first one and no way at all to achieve the second."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are saying that this is what happened at the end of the previous war? And then - claiming that the Valar chose not to slaughter the orcs, I suppose." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. They'd kill them wherever they saw them, but they abandoned the whole continent rather than do what the Elves wanted, and get rid of them all so the Elves could live there in peace. They took the Elves to Valinor instead. We hadn't expected that. And then they paroled Melkor. And then when that didn't do anything, the Noldor started gearing up to have a war anyway. The universe really wants to get back to the war, it's its stable state."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is ready to point out that Melkor was involved in inciting the civil war, he saw it with his own mage-senses, but...he doesn't have proof that it's Melkor, does he? At that point he had only met Aulë, and his past-scrying spell isn't high resolution.

It could have been any Vala. 

"A god was involved in inciting the Elves' war," he says, levelly. "The strong prior is that it was Melkor, since the other Valar so obviously prefer everything to be calm and peaceful and controlled even if it means abandoning a continent. Do you actually have sufficiently strong evidence to counteract that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks thrown off. "- it was absolutely Melkor with the spider, if that's what you mean. She is from the Void. You led us to the spider, and then we thought we might have a solution, if only the war didn't kick off too quickly. We were trying to stop the Noldor from leaving Valinor."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks coolly at him. "The spider is not from the Void. I would recognize magic of my own world. I am not sure what bluff you are trying to improvise here but I am unconvinced." He wasn't talking about the spider, but he's not going to enlighten the Maia on that part either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. They'd kill them wherever they saw them, but they abandoned the whole continent rather than do what the Elves wanted, and get rid of them all so the Elves could live there in peace. They took the Elves to Valinor instead. We hadn't expected that. And then they paroled Melkor. And then when that didn't do anything, the Noldor started gearing up to have a war anyway. The universe really wants to get back to the war, it's its stable state."
 

Permalink Mark Unread

–Leareth blinks, momentarily distracted by a group of orcs rushing past. Focus. 

"A god was involved in inciting the Elves' war," he says, levelly. "My prior is that it was Melkor. It would take something very conclusive to convince me otherwise." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- was a god involved in inciting the Elves' war? Directly? Melkor had left Valinor by then. He left when you arrived. We hadn't known there were other worlds, and as soon as we found out, we left to figure out - they change everything, right -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You had sufficiently good intelligence on all of our other movements that I am dubious you are claiming not to know why I believe this."

It...does fit, that Melkor would have left to figure out the possibilities that other worlds held. It's what someone who was actually trying would do. 

Though, 'actually trying' does not in fact mean 'actually trying to help the lights in the world'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not much gets past us in Endorë. - correspondingly not much gets past the Valar, in Valinor. Their ignoring all of it until they kicked Fëanor out was not unfortunate bad timing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't say anything else. He keeps walking. He thinks. 

...There are a lot of things he should have checked for himself, before. But he didn't. He's here, now, Melkor captured him personally, and - maybe it's true, their awful story, but maybe it isn't, and he wouldn't know. He's under their power now. 

If it is true, then he's yet again been made a pawn in a god's scheme – bringing Vanyel just in time for him to die and take out half a continent with him.

(Urtho...) 

But he's not sure that there's any way of verifying their story that he would trust, at this point. Which means that if he lets himself be drawn into some scheme, it's as likely as not to be a trick that only causes harm.

It hurts, to give up. To admit he's been backed into a corner. It hurts less than he would have expected. Knowing that Vanyel is dead, and thanks to his own mistake, is worse. 

But there are other worlds. He can't be the only person in a whole multiverse who's actually trying. And he's not about to be responsible for unleashing an evil god on it. Maybe Melkor isn't evil but that's not a gamble he can take. Maybe all of it is a lie and Vanyel is alive and they'll still be able to win. Either way, he's pretty sure he knows what option here is best in expectation for his goals. 

Maybe his immortality path is blocked and maybe it isn't. No way to confirm yes or no that won't give everything away.

He doesn't want to die. There's a screaming pit of no. But it wouldn't really be him who survived, if he were to gamble wrong and end up on a path that makes the world worse rather than better. Not worth it. 

"Maybe," he says, calm, unruffled. "Maybe not." I am not going to help you, but he is absolutely not going to give them any more leverage by saying why.

I am sorry, Vanyel. Words he won't ever have the chance to say, any more than he said them to Urtho. 

It's not the first time Leareth has called down a Final Strike. He's probably the only person ever who is experienced at it - some quiet part of him is expecting it not to work, but he reaches for it anyway...

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. "Ah, well. You are, as you probably guessed; in Angband; you can go, if you'd like, and I think your magic should return to normal once you're well clear of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doubts that. They're not going to let him go so easily. But he doesn't, in fact, want to give the Maia any more opportunities to be supernaturally convincing at him. That's a losing game to play with gods. 

"If you say so," he says, and turns his back and starts walking. 

Permalink Mark Unread



It's honestly a weird omission, that Gates to Valinor still work. The Valar knew about them; presumably they know enough they could block them if they wished? So I think they're - being helpful. In their own very limited fashion.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. That is weird: Vanyel rubs his eyes. :I don't know how to think about how much they're on our side, but...it definitely seems like they're more on our side than Melkor is. I can't say I'd be comfortable asking them for further help. But we're kind of short on options: 

The healing songs do help; at the very least, it no longer hurts him to use his Gifts, which means he can make use of time to practice. 

:I think I can Gate to Valinor at some point: he admits. :Soon, even. I'm just not sure if I can figure out whatever Leareth did to get to Velgarth from here. That's a lot more complicated than a normal Gate and I - can't really do complicated at this point: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Maybe Leareth will grow up and remember it on his end and then come fetch us, if we never figure it out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...You mean if he's dead: Vanyel says flatly. :What if he isn't. What if Melkor took him alive and knows killing him would just send him back to Velgarth. Or were you thinking if we end up having to kill him ourselves to take Melkor down:

Permalink Mark Unread

If Melkor took him alive then I still do not think we are very likely to get him back alive, though of course we can try if we have any kind of halfway viable plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

It hurts to think about. :I know. Though, at this point the only plan that feels good to me and will take fifty years involves getting back to Velgarth so I can access Urtho's Tower. I...guess it's a question of which we can do faster. Figuring out how to weaponize the Silmarils or access Velgarth: 

Vanyel looks down. :I'm sorry. You were probably hoping for someone better than me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- not at all, no. I keep being astonished at how neither you nor Leareth - wants anything, for risking your lives to save another world.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think he really thought he was risking his life, given, well... And I've been risking my life for my kingdom for the last seventeen years. It's not really any different doing it for another world's people, they're all...people: He smiles crookedly. :Lights in the world. That's what Leareth used to say. Gods, I remember once in the last war I fought, near the end - I was so tired. And we spoke in the dream and he said–:

Vanyel's mindvoice shifts to a rote sort of tone, quoting words that he's long-since memorized. 

:He said 'I look at the stars, and I remember that there are so many lights in the world, who are worth saving, and we cannot save all of them – from the very beginning, it was too late to save all of them – but we can still save some. It is never too late for that.': 

Vanyel shakes his head. :So this is an even worse situation than I was in then, but...I'm not going to give up. And it's not like I can go back right now anyway. Might as well fight for the people I can: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, we appreciate it. 

 

If the Gate to Valinor fails will it fail gracefully or might it hurt you somehow -

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I can't cast it right or if the Valar interfere? I...don't think either failure would cause permanent harm. Might give me backlash and then I'd need a day or two of rest. I don't mind risking that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Then - just let us know when you're ready. While we're there we could ask them if they have any guesses how to find Velgarth, too, even.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will. Um, and I can manage basic shielding again – let me know if it'd help for me to make shields. I can't do artifacts as sophisticated as Leareth can, but at least they'd be a different style. Though who knows if it'd do any good: Melkor got in right through all the shields Leareth had laid over months. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it meant he had to come in person? Which matters, there's only one of him and if he's close you can probably damage him, once you're at full strength. But - yeah, we shouldn't be relying too much on that. 


Maybe you can make one to sell the Dwarves as a proof of concept?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll do that:

Vanyel wants to do more. Faster. He desperately wants to feel like he's doing literally anything about Leareth's probable captivity. But - becoming able to Gate is the bottleneck, right now. 

He'll practice even harder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, sweetheart. Boss wants to talk to you. If you want to angrily declare you'd rather die you will be in good company because all of your friends said that but, like, I don't necessarily recommend it? All the angry declarations are still on the table once you've heard him out, y'know."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth meets the Maia's eyes levelly.

It's not a good situation that they're in - it's a very very bad situation, he remembers how it all happened too fast to react, the mountain shook and before he could even raise a Gate the air went fuzzy and heavy and magic didn't work. He doesn't remember anything in between that and waking up on the floor in a stone room. Presumably in Angband. None of his magic works – not spells, not Mindspeech, even his Othersenses are gone. It's exactly like not having Gifts would feel. 

He'd still hoped that maybe Vanyel and Maitimo had gotten out. But it was a slim hope all along.

Leareth stays calm. There's no point in panicking, it won't help. "I will speak with him, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm." And she escorts him there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

LEARETH. I APOLOGIZE FOR KIDNAPPING YOU, BUT I URGENTLY NEEDED TO SPEAK WITH YOU. IN MY DEFENSE IT SEEMED TO ME THAT YOU WOULD DO THE SAME. YOUR FRIENDS ARE UNHARMED, AND YOU CAN SPEAK TO THEM IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO; THERE IS A GREAT DEAL I WANT TO ASK YOU TO CONSIDER, AND IT SEEMS BETTER IF YOU CAN DISCUSS IT WITH OTHERS.

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

None of that is what Leareth's been expecting. A reflexive moment of confusion - off-centre, wrongness - but he can't chase it down. Besides, it's pretty obvious that he's been missing something, or none of the recent events could have happened. 

"I wish to confirm this by seeing them," he says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

VERY WELL. He gestures to the Maia. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will follow her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's singing a healing song at Vanyel, who is barely moving, Yfandes kneeling protectively next to him. His father is pacing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth rushes to him. No way to speak privately. "Are you all right? Vanyel...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yfandes says it's just the Gate, always does that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that does make sense. Though he ought not be unconscious very long if he merely went through a Gate rather than casting..." Though it's very possible the inter-world Gate is worse. "How long have you been awake? Is he responsive at all?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ten minutes. He stirs if you poke him." Are we trying to buy time until he can do something - is there something he's going to be able to to -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, not letting his expression change at all in response to the aside. "My magic is blocked," he says flatly. It's not like that's news to Melkor or his Maia servant. And it should answer Maitimo's question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah huh. Are you all right - how long have you been awake -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only a few minutes. I am unhurt, they gave me food–" probably not poisoned since he hasn't keeled over yet, "–he wishes to speak with me. I think you ought to hear it as well, whatever it is he has to say." 

(Note of confusion, something feels off – he wants to ask Maitimo again if he's all right, he seems like maybe he isn't, but he doesn't want to ask where they can be heard and there's no private way for him to communicate and really he has to assume that even osanwë isn't private.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wants to speak with you - sure. We can be there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I find it strange also." Suspicious, confusing, but he can't say anything and have it be unheard. "He apologized for kidnapping me. Said that in his defence I would do the same, which is literally true, so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And how does he know that - what's your name," he says to the Maia behind Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thuringwethil! In the local language. Nothing in Quenya. You can come up with something, if you want."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are we free to go with Leareth to this audience with Melkor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Are we dragging the Gate-fried guy, or -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is certainly not letting Vanyel out of his sight. "I will carry him." He kneels, picks up Vanyel, who moans and stirs but doesn't open his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can walk in to face Melkor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I DID NOT HARM HIM, Melkor says to Leareth of Vanyel when they return. I SUPPRESSED HIS MAGIC LIKE YOURS, AS MUCH FOR HIS SAKE AS FOR MINE, BUT THAT IS NOT MY DOING.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I was not blaming you for it." Leareth looks him in the eye and waits. 

(And tries to think, it still feels like he's missing something...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

THE ACCOUNT OF THIS WORLD THAT MOST ELVES BELIEVE IS THAT IT WAS CREATED BY ERU, A GOOD GOD WHO WANTED A WORLD IN WHICH EVERYONE FLOURISHED. BUT I TURNED TO EVIL, AND INTRODUCED IT TO THE WORLD, AND NOW BAD THINGS HAPPEN AS WELL AS GOOD ONES, AND WILL UNTIL I AM DEFEATED.

THIS WORLD IS EXACTLY AS ERU DESIRED AND CREATED IT - OR WAS, UNTIL A FEW MONTHS AGO. ERU DOES NOT WANT A WORLD IN WHICH EVERYONE IS HAPPY. ERU DESIRED A WORLD WHOSE ULTIMATE ARC IS GRAND, BEAUTIFUL AND TRAGIC. ERU ENJOYS STORIES IN WHICH PEOPLE ATTEMPT GREAT THINGS THAT END IN BITTER FAILURE, AND ATTEMPT HOPELESS THINGS THAT END IN SHOCKING TRIUMPH. AND ERU LIKES THE WAR OF GOOD AGAINST EVIL, FAR TOO MUCH TO LET GOOD TRIUMPH OVER EVIL. 

THE STORY OF ARDA CAN BE CHANGED, OF COURSE, FOR A LITTLE WHILE. NOT FOREVER. THE FORCES OF THE UNIVERSE WILL BEND TO TURN IT BACK TOWARDS WAR, BACK TOWARDS TRAGEDY. PEACE LASTS ONLY LONG ENOUGH FOR A HOPEFUL GENERATION THAT HAS NOT KNOWN WAR TO GROW UP AND WALK RIGHT INTO IT. 

I WANT YOUR HELP TO CHANGE THIS.

Permalink Mark Unread

The worst part is that it's not implausible. It's also - a very good tale, if one were trying as hard as they could to convince Leareth to join them. Which means he can't trust any of it, not unless he can verify it for himself. 

(But it might be true. He can't rule that out on principle.) 

"I see," Leareth says. "Can you tell me what the motives were for your actions before I arrived in this world? Oh, and also after; you could have come to me immediately, peacefully, it was not too late for that. And you did not." 

He glances at Maitimo, hoping that a wordless look can convey 'what do you think of this?'

Permalink Mark Unread

He could've said something in the thousand years before you arrived in the world too, he says without his face moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

IN THE EARLIEST WARS OF THE VALAR AND I NO ONE WAS HARMED. THEY INVENTED OCEANS AND I INVENTED UNDERWATER THERMAL VENTS; THEY INVENTED AIR AND I INVENTED CLOUDS. IT DID NOT TROUBLE ME THAT WE WERE DESTINED TO WAR, AND I PLAYED MY PART EAGERLY.


THEN THE ELVES AND THE ORCS WERE CREATED, AND BEGAN TO WAR WITH EACH OTHER. BUT WAR WAS DIFFERENT FOR THEM; IT TROUBLED ME. IT DID NOT TROUBLE THE OTHER VALAR, WHO HAD RETREATED TO VALINOR. I TRIED TO WIN THE LOYALTY OF THE ORCS, AND TELL THEM THAT WAR WAS FORBIDDEN TO THEM. THE WARS....KEPT HAPPENING. SOMETIMES THE ELVES WERE UNPROVOKED; ARROWS WENT OFF THEIR MARK AND STRUCK RANDOM DISTANT CIVILIANS WITH DISTINCTLY IMPLAUSIBLE FREQUENCY.

I KIDNAPPED ELVES. I TRIED TO EXPLAIN THIS TO THEM. IT DID NOT WORK. THEY CANNOT BELIEVE IT FOR VERY LONG, AND IT HARMS THEM TO HEAR IT. I AM PROBABLY HARMING YOUR FRIENDS NOW. I DON'T CARE, BECAUSE THIS IS THE FIRST PROSPECT I HAVE EVER SEEN OF CHANGING THINGS.

I CONCLUDED THAT ERU CONTROLLED THE ELVES TOO DIRECTLY. THEY ARE HIS FAVORED RACE, LARGER THAN LIFE; THEY ARE MADE IN HIS IMAGE MORE THAN ANY OTHERS OF THE MANY PEOPLES PLANNED FOR ARDA. THEY WILL CONFIRM THIS.

THE OTHER VALAR RETURNED. THEY WENT TO WAR WITH ME. WE FOUGHT VICIOUSLY. I DID MANY EVIL THINGS. I THOUGHT THAT THE WAR WOULD HAPPEN ONCE, AND IF I WON IT WOULD BE OVER. THAT WAS NOT SO. WHEN I WAS WINNING DECISIVELY, ERU ADDED ANOTHER GOD. THEY WILL CONFIRM THIS.

Permalink Mark Unread

If this is true then it's one of the worst things Leareth has ever heard.

...He's still suspicious. It's too - neat.

"Did you not create the orcs yourself, by torturing Elves?" he says, and catches Maitimo's eye again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The part about Quendi being most like Eru is true but we're not - evil gamesplaying people. The part about the other god is true, because Eru wanted to help the Valar not be overwhelmed by evil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I DID NOT CREATE THE ORCS. ONLY ERU CAN CREATE SAPIENT BEINGS. THEY WILL CONFIRM THIS. ALSO NO ONE CAN CREATE A NEW SPECIES BY TORTURING PEOPLE, THAT IS NOT HOW HEREDITY WORKS. THEY SHOULD ALSO BE ABLE TO CONFIRM THIS. THE VALAR CLAIM THAT I CREATED ORCS IN THIS FASHION BECAUSE OTHERWISE THE INESCAPABLE CONCLUSION WOULD BE THAT ERU MADE THEM.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not how heredity works and Leareth was confused about that before, but he also remembers a lot of Quendi thinking about orcs – maybe they're all believing it on the word of the Valar?

...but his mind is catching on something else. 'But we're not evil gamesplaying people' is...off. It's not how he expects Maitimo to think, and so it isn't how he should speak. Maybe it's because he's still in shock from how fast everything went wrong – that's actually pretty plausible – but maybe it isn't that. They're in Melkor's domain, where he has absolute power. If the real Maitimo was captured, then maybe Melkor can create an illusion of him. Imitate him, but not quite perfectly. 

(Maybe the real Maitimo wasn't captured... But that's a fleeting hope, how could he not have been, he and Vanyel would've been even more helpless against Melkor's surprise attack than Leareth was.)

If he had Thoughtsensing he could check... Then again, maybe there's a very good reason they're not allowing him even that single, harmless, passive use of magic. 

A very fast chain of reasoning. Maybe he's wrong - it's a gamble - if he bets wrong in one direction he kills his friends, but if he bets wrong in the other, then...a lot more than two other people die. And there are other worlds. He isn't the only chance for Velgarth. 

Maybe his immortality works even when all the rest is blocked. Maybe not. He won't know until later – but he didn't know the first time, either. 

I am sorry. In either scenario. He doesn't know and he can't know, he's been outmaneuvred by a god, and he has to make a choice anyway. 

The motion to call down a Final Strike is blocked entirely. Which is irritating. It means he can't even do any damage on his way out. 

"No," he says, flatly. "I do not believe our goals are aligned - though certainly you have every reason to attempt to convince me they are, which means that I trust your attempts even less. I do not wish to help you. I suppose you can kill me if you wish but I will not do the job for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melkor makes an exasperated noise, and then - 

 

 

THE OTHER VALAR RETURNED. THEY WENT TO WAR WITH ME. WE FOUGHT VICIOUSLY. I DID MANY EVIL THINGS. I THOUGHT THAT THE WAR WOULD HAPPEN ONCE, AND IF I WON IT WOULD BE OVER. THAT WAS NOT SO. WHEN I WAS WINNING DECISIVELY, ERU ADDED ANOTHER GOD. THEY WILL CONFIRM THIS.

Permalink Mark Unread

What if he just doesn't inject any clarification at all, what does the rejection turn on then -

Permalink Mark Unread

Suspicion. Paranoia. Things that seem not quite right, and Leareth expects Melkor to be tricking him and to be doing it well, and so he latches onto any small sign of wrongness – anything that's a little too convenient... 

And he's willing to lose. To admit defeat. Maybe even a little more quickly and with less anguish than at the start. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel goes to find Maitimo.

:I think I'm ready: he says. :I've done some little practice Gates: several hundred of them actually, :and it's not hurting much - I just need to stay relaxed and not panic about it, it turned out that was the entire problem - and it's just more power to get to Valinor. Which I don't have an issue with. Although, um... I've never been there. I bet Leareth had tricks for getting around that but I don't really: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can send sense-memories. - they're from before the Trees went out so now those places will be dark, if that's going to be relevant for Gating there. Lórien looks like this: 

And he sends a peaceful golden garden, full of trees, quiet...

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's got all the senses it should be enough. Probably being dark won't make a difference? He's Gated places at night and that hasn't altered it much. He'll picture it dark just in case. 

Vanyel doesn't have the trick of tapping anything for energy at the same time as casting or holding a Gate, but he can fill his reserves first from the Silmarils, and then attempt it from there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It works. They're standing in a starlit, peaceful grove of trees. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He exhales, a bit unsteadily. Okay. I guess we should go petition Lórien now. The gardens are hard to navigate with two people together, because they're responsive to what you're seeking to find, so probably we want to try together to go left and run into Lórien there.

Permalink Mark Unread

:All...right...?: That is a very weird way for a garden to work but it's not the weirdest thing about the current situation by far. Vanyel will follow Maitimo left and hope/expect to find whoever this Lórien god is there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a man sitting barefoot in a field of grass. He looks middle-aged, and thoughtful, and tired. 

VANYEL. WHAT IS IT YOU'RE SEEKING HERE? 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Okay that's extremely creepy how does the god know his name. Vanyel opens his mage-sight reflexively even as he answers. :I am injured and I need healing, in order to do something very important: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Valar are very magic and this one is the garden, as much as he is the man sitting in it. 

I THINK THAT WE CAN HELP YOU HERE.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hoped you could. That is why I came: Vanyel is not totally comfortable about this situation but he's probably a lot less bothered than Leareth would be. He's had a number of conversations with gods. Some of them were even sort of friendly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

CAN YOU DESCRIBE YOUR INJURY?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can do magic. The same kind as Leareth, who I think you met briefly. I tried to hold back an explosion to protect my friend, and it hurt the parts of me that do magic. It's kind of healed, this happened months ago, but it's...sort of like a broken leg that healed a bit wrong? It works but it doesn't work very well. I need it working again the way it used to: 

Permalink Mark Unread

THAT MAKES SENSE. WOULD YOU BE WILLING TO TRY IT?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Try magic?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

SO I CAN OBSERVE AND TRY TO UNDERSTAND WHAT IS WRONG.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: Vanyel will demonstrate some basic spells, gradually increasing in complexity. He can do a barrier-shield, demonstrate that his hand bumps into it. He can't do a privacy-barrier. He can do very simple wards but not more sophisticated ones. He can lift a rock from the ground. He can't do an illusion at all; those are fiddly and delicate and it falls apart almost the second he begins. 

(This is kind of humiliating but he tries his best to ignore the feeling and do it anyway.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The god watches intently and then sends Vanyel the thing his senses let him notice. IT IS NOT ENTIRELY UNLIKE AN INJURY FROM HITTING YOUR HEAD VERY HARD. I THINK THAT I COULD HEAL IT SIMILARLY.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That seems right, I think. Er, how does healing it work? How long will it take?: He's actually pretty nervous about letting a god go into his head. Not scared enough to back out, though. Even if he didn't want to personally explode Melkor and rebuild this world, he would still want to ever be capable of going home

Permalink Mark Unread

NOT MORE THAN A FEW DAYS. I WOULD NOT BE CONFIDENT OF DOING NO HARM IF I WENT FASTER.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would take a lot longer any other way. :All right: He bows. It's unclear if that's the appropriate gesture to a god but hopefully it won't be offensive at least. :I really, truly appreciate your help: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up on a stone floor in a room with a Vala.

Permalink Mark Unread

He lies still, tries to Gate (it doesn't work), feels around with his mage-sight and Thoughtsensing (they do seem to work), tests a minor invisible bit of magic and then a dozen more (also don't work), then tries to spend a moment orienting before he opens his eyes.

This is very not good. He remembers getting the Gate up, being unable to reach it - at least he didn't hesitate, he closed it fast enough, the others got out although who knows if they made it safely out of the very publicly known camp - and then his power failing, and then nothing until now. 

( - reflexive confusion - something off-centre - feeling-of-wrongness - )

No goddamned wonder he feels disoriented and uneasy. He made a mistake (somewhere, he isn't sure where exactly he failed to be paranoid enough but evidently he did). 

Nothing to do but move forward from where he is. Leareth sits up. "Hello?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, says the Vala. I apologize for kidnapping you. In my defense, I think it's what you would have done. 

I think you're on the wrong side of this war. I understand you will have every reason to disbelieve me about this; I wouldn't expect any less of you. But your friends are safely on their way from Nolofinwë's camp to the Dwarf city, unimpeded; I tried to permit you the magic I was sure enough was sensory; and all I'm asking, right now, is that you hear me out.

Permalink Mark Unread

All of Leareth's paranoia rises to the surface – it's such a convenient opening, it's the speech Melkor would have every reason to give no matter his true reasoning – but, that doesn't actually mean it's false.

"Then I will listen," he hears himself say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I want to apologize for not having this conversation six months ago when you first arrived. I noticed you; I noticed you'd come from another world; I decided the second thing was easily a hundred times more important and went off to check out all the worlds that I could find. I didn't return to Valinor until I saw the gate and realized you were leaving it. There are easily ten thousand people dead who wouldn't be if I'd spoken with you first, and perhaps more importantly I think it's going to be far more difficult for us to trust each other.  But - A shrug, or something like it. I have to try. 

 

This world has a creator; the Elves call him Eru. The Valar and Maiar are the agents to whom he delegated its creation. The Elves believe that Eru's vision for the world was that it was perfect like their paradise, without hardship or loss or tragedy. 

This is not what Eru envisioned. Eru envisioned a grand war of good against evil, in every step of which good would lose for as long as it was possible. He envisioned heroes ground down by endless defeats that magnified their flaws and destroyed their good qualities, until at last they would choose their own destruction rather than continue. No elves survive outside Valinor, in eru's plan. No orcs survive at all. Eru likes beautiful stories, and Eru thinks that the most beautiful stories are the stories of how people are utterly destroyed by what should have been their greatest strengths.

I am not the enemy of the peoples of Arda except incidentally. I am the enemy of their god.

And I - I'm skipping ahead here, but this is important - I want you to help me kill the other gods, of my world and of yours. You are not of any use to me without all of your magic, and without the ability to go wherever you please and talk to anyone you like. You will not have to act on any of this until you have the freedom to verify all of it. I'm telling you more than I can prove, right now, but once we can trust each other we will figure out how I can prove it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's first thought is that if Melkor has access to multiple other worlds – of course he would have gone searching, whether or not he shares Leareth's values he is clearly a being who wants to actually do things – well, then probably they've already lost. 

His second thought, again, is that it's awfully convenient. And he ought to expect a god to be supernaturally convincing.

( - a tripping feeling - momentary disorientation - )

Leareth's third thought is that Melkor is openly acknowledging this. He's not demanding anything. He sounds, if Leareth is honest with himself, incredibly reasonable. 

(He's...not trying to act very much like a god at all? He doesn't feel like the other Valar did. Odd.)

It's a long time before Leareth answers; he chooses his words carefully. 

"Thank you for sharing that proposal. You are right that, if you are telling the truth, perhaps we ought be closer to allies than enemies; I have no illusions that you share all of what I care about, but then again, often this is not necessary if there is a common cause. You are also right that, currently, I cannot verify anything. And the road to trust would be a long one, from this point." 

(He knows it. He's tried to walk it, before. Thinking about Vanyel is obscurely painful and Leareth isn't sure why; if Melkor is telling the truth then maybe he can still resolve this without Vanyel getting hurt. And if he's not, then it's unclear whether what Leareth does next will matter very much to Vanyel at all. In fact, if he's lying then Vanyel and Maitimo and everyone he knows in this world might already be dead.)  

"I am not sure how to do so," he says. "Since, in the case where you are lying, you presumably have enough power here to show me whatever you wish. I would want some kind of gesture of good faith from you, first. Since you have clearly been preparing for this conversation, I assume you have one to propose." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you familiar with the oaths that creatures of Arda can swear?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am, yes. Are you claiming that this type of oath can bind you as well?" (Leareth...feels like he half-remembers asking about this, but maybe it's just something he should have done and didn't, another mistake to add to the list.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. If you can sense them with your world's osanwë you might be able to verify this now; if not, you can get confirmation later.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I can, yes," Leareth says warily after a moment's thought on whether revealing this fact actually helps him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I am willing to swear not to harm, or arrange for any of my subordinates to harm, your friends. I understand that even if you are persuaded, here, there are people who trust you. Inconveniently they're also the people best equipped to destroy us, but - shrug - I said I wouldn't ask more than I was conceding. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is an extremely surprising thing for Melkor to say, which makes Leareth automatically suspicious, because it's also exactly the shape of thing he's generally looking for. 

He nods. "That - would indeed be a costly sign of good faith. I will not be immediately convinced to join you fully, if you do it, so I hope you are not expecting that. This would be a process of many steps. However, it would carry enough weight that I might be willing to...take a step of my own. I will want it to be more precise than 'my friends', though, and include names of exactly who you are promising to leave alone. I am sure you know them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel. His magical - horse? Yfandes. The Noldorin Prince Nelyafinwe.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fëanáro as well," Leareth says coolly. "He is also my friend." Or at least that's one way of putting it, but Leareth likes the man, and absolutely does not want to see any harm come to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The man is famously close only with his father and the more impressive half of his children.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I noticed that." Leareth smiles slightly. "He found me very impressive, I think. And I did a great deal for him in a short period of time." He still remembers Fëanáro jumping up and down with glee about the Gate. Teaching him the fundamentals of eleven languages in an afternoon. And his terse 'go away, we're both busy', endearing in a completely different way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is also the King of a people with whom I am at war. I'm not - categorically opposed, but - I am curious what you were contemplating as a reciprocal - gesture of interest in building trust.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The obvious ones would involve helping you with magic." Leareth doesn't want to do this - it would be very reasonable on Maitimo's part to never forgive him - but from where he is, some moves are reachable and some are not, and if there's still a path to victory from where he's standing then he is absolutely going to take it. "A...single Gate, perhaps. Or set of shield-stones. You know your needs better than I. Requesting that before taking the oath for Fëanáro is understandable, I suppose. However, I would want the oaths for the others first." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"Leareth, I swear to you that I will not harm, or arrange for my servants to harm, your friends Vanyel and Yfandes, or the Prince Nelyafinwë of the Noldor, for as long as you have not returned to open war against me, or otherwise unambiguously acted to repudiate this attempted alliance."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

With his Othersenses on alert, Leareth can see the oath ripple through Melkor's mind. He is pretty sure that can't be faked. Could there be other tricks...? 

"Thank you," he says, calmly, levelly. "I would like you to add a few additional clauses - to avoid loopholes, you understand, this is necessary among people who are only at the first beginnings of trust. I wish you to also swear that you have not, in the past, already set plans in motion that could be reasonably anticipated to result in them coming to harm. And that you will not in future use any plans where, even though the primary intent is not to harm them, it is a plausible result."

That probably doesn't cover everything, he's on the spot, but Leareth thinks it should cover the obvious holes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I swear to you that I have not already set in motion plans that will bring them to harm. I swear that I will not proceed with any plans where grave harm to them is a likely result."

These ripple through his form differently; the first one is a temporary rearrangement, while the second one, like the original oath, leaves its mark on his magic. It is impossible to look at a Vala who has taken an oath that ongoingly affects them and not see the oath.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is he convinced? No. 

But he doesn't see that Melkor could be lying about this specific thing - no, paranoia, just because Leareth can't see it doesn't mean he isn't - but it still doesn't seem that likely. And one Gate isn't going to turn the course of the entire war unless it's especially well timed and placed, in which case Leareth will refuse, say it's too large an offer of good faith fort this first step. 

He has very little bargaining power right now. But he has someThere's a path forward, however slim, and–

–and if he realizes he's wrong then he needs to be willing to lose, willing to give up, rather than pour anything more into what could be the biggest mistake he's ever made. 

And yet. In every negotiation, he remembers saying to Vanyel a year ago, there comes a time where a leap of faith is needed to move forwards, and I believe perhaps it is my time for that.

"Thank you," he says. "What do you wish me to do for you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

I want you to open a Gate to Valinor. - I'd really like four, but that's more than we agreed on. I want to send orcs there. It will advance my interests in three ways; first, it will force the Valar to either declare outright that they will kill innocent people in their paradise for being ugly, or to forcibly round them up and ship them out, or to set a path by which people they consider imperfect can exist in paradise. I think they're reasonably likely to do one of the first two but I'm not confident, and I've been surprised a few times by how far they'll go for peace and quiet in their paradise, and so it might be the third, which would be - a significant step towards some sort of negotiated peace. The orcs are volunteers, and aware the Elf-gods will plausibly just kill them.

Secondly, this will distract them for some time no matter what they choose, and buy us more time before they invade Beleriand again. This is a critical priority; the last war sunk a continent and this continent has a lot of people on it right now. 

Thirdly, it will delay your friends in preparing their offensive against us. I do not see any plausible mechanism by which it could endanger them. But they have declared their intent to sell the libraries of Valinor to the Dwarves for weaponry and they will be delayed if the Valar close free Gating in and out of Valinor, which I expect they will in response. 

 

The reason I'd like four instead of one is because if the orcs are scattered across the continent it will take the Valar much, much longer to respond.

Permalink Mark Unread

All of that is very reasonable and none of the reasonableness means he can trust it. Reasonable explanations just need a person to be smart, which it's been obvious since the beginning that Melkor is. 

"One Gate," he says. "Then, if you are pleased, you take the oath for Fëanáro as well. Then perhaps I would consider doing another three. I will likely need to rest in between anyway, if you want to move a significant number of orcs that distance." There is no point anymore of hiding his strengths and weaknesses, here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. This way. 

 

And he stands up and leads him out of the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth follows. Still thinking, trying to trace down if he's making any blatant mistakes in his reasoning. 

( - feeling of wrongness - ) 

Well, a lot of things are wrong with the world. That doesn't mean that the best response is to lie down and die. Maybe he'll still conclude that but he isn't ready to give up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The orcs are gathered in clusters of about eighty. 

 

You can use me as a source of magic, yes? says Melkor.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would prefer to use a Maia if you have one available." Slightly lower chance they can just straight-up get into his mind that way. Not safe, but...safer, maybe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

A Maia steps forward, offers his hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not actually need to touch the Maia to draw on it. "Where to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lórien. Melkor sends a sense-memory. It's a peaceful, quiet place. If they are not attacked, they can live there comfortably.

Permalink Mark Unread

That probably isn't going to happen. Leareth...wishes he could believe it will. But even in the world where Melkor is telling the truth, this isn't likely to end in anything other than violence. 

–He skims some of the orcs' surface thoughts. Are they, in fact, intending to settle peacefully unless provoked? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're totally expecting to be provoked. They are going to be MARTYRS who will PROVE TO EVERYONE that the Elf gods are EVIL. But yeah they're not supposed to attack anyone first and they're only allowed to burn down, like, a reasonable amount of forest for charcoal and farmland.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe orcs are just like that. Leareth can't blame them. Someday, he promises silently. Someday we will win this and your lives will not have to be this way any longer. 

Point of no return. (For this, at least, he still puts a solid probability that he's going to spot something he missed now and back out later.) Leareth knows it's a gamble. He's made gambles before; he's been wrong before. This is very far from the most significant damage he's caused in the name of a long-term plan. 

He raises the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The orcs walk through. Melkor watches solemnly. 

 

"I swear to you, Leareth, that I will not harm Curufinwë Fëanáro, or order my servants to harm him, or proceed with plans where grave harm to him is a likely result, and that I have not set any such plans in motion already."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is practicing. 

Showing off, even. It feels wonderful to have his Gifts effortlessly at his command again, and he's gone through Gates - which seem to no longer hurt him at all, at this point - and some offensive spells fired harmlessly into the air, and various fancy shields, and complex illusions of scenes back home. He doesn't know whether or not Maitimo is impressed, probably Leareth was more impressive, but still. 

(Maitimo is very attractive and he finds this fact a lot more distracting than he should.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is so impressed! Maybe Leareth showed off less or maybe Maitimo just considers being impressed with people a core part of his job description. 

"All right, I think our next stop is going to be Tirion, because we owe the Dwarves a lot of libraries. And then - figure out where in the world is the best hideout for some long-term research projects? It's probably somewhere in Valinor, honestly, I know Melkor's struck here once but I think it's at least harder for him. I wish you could've seen Tirion before all this, it was gorgeous."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I wish I had too. ...Maybe you can show me some of your memories at some point?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will certainly have to. So the place you can Gate us to is the school of biology, it looked like this -" and he sends it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Also that over there not within their eyesight but easily within Vanyel's mage senses is a Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel no longer reacts badly to Gates but he's still startled by them, and it catches up in about a tenth of a second that he and Leareth are the only people in this entire world who can Gate - and for a second he's relieved maybe it means Leareth escaped–

–It almost certainly does not mean that. 

Still less than a second in, he considers sprinting toward it – because Leareth is on the other side of that Gate and maybe Vanyel can do something, grab him and yank him through, attack whoever's with him, he isn't sure – but that's stupid and suicidal and he'll get Maitimo killed as well as himself if he screws up so he can't

:Maitimo there's a Gate I think it's Leareth: he sends, ramming the Mindspeech through as fast as he can which is considerably faster than speaking. :Melkor must've tricked Leareth into it–: Not turned him fully. Vanyel is not yet ready to believe that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you - close it, fight it - no, that's stupid - I'll warn Lórien -

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel had in fact just been considering blasting it, but - if he does it successfully it'll probably kill Leareth and it turns out he isn't willing to do that even if it's the correct strategic move.

:We should get out: he sends – if a Vala can't fight off whatever's coming then they won't add that much. :Tirion?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a good thing Vanyel has been practicing Gates so much. He finds the nearest arrangement of branches that is vaguely threshold-like and gets the Gate up in under ten seconds (which is a lot slower than Leareth but is fast for mages in general) and sprints through and as soon as Maitimo's through he'll wrench it down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Orcs. Eighty of them. Lórien's handling it. That can't be - the whole of it - maybe meant to distract us? But - 

 

- is a trap for you something he could do, some magic that if you try to fight it or repel it it'll hurt you - or pull you through -

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't know of anything like that. But Leareth knows a lot more magic than I do: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I just can't think what the point of sending eighty orcs to Valinor is.  - maybe there's a lot more and the rest are in other places? That might make the Valar do something stupid. - oh, the Valar are probably going to close off Gating now. It's - the point was to deny us the mobility.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Damn it. That makes perfect sense. ...Should I try to get us somewhere else in case they haven't done it yet? Or, er, do we actually want to be here. If we expect Leareth not to be able to get to it. He will be able to get anywhere in Endorë: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Let's stay here. I - maybe Melkor just tricked him, but if he is working with Melkor - let's stay here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Even if he was just tricked, if Melkor can trick him once I'm sure he can trick him again: 

Vanyel drags a hand over his face. He...hadn't wanted to believe that Leareth could be tricked, even. Had hoped he was smarter than that. But maybe no one is smart enough against a god who has complete control over them. It was only a matter of time.

:...It is beautiful: he says eventually. :Even under starlight: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

 

Can you - Gate to my father's room in Tumunzahar - try to get him here too, if it's not too late -

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does it instantly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It works. "What -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth's working with Melkor Gates cut off soon get back here now -" and his father grabs his things and steps through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Leareth's -"

Permalink Mark Unread

We should have rescued him, he wants to say, but no, they shouldn't have done that, because they can't do that. 

 

 

"He bought us a lot of time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess," Fëanáro says, a bit disgustedly. "The Valar are going to cut off Gates?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so. Think that was the point. I don't know if there were others. I guess - Vanyel should offer to help track them down - if they're scattered across the continent -"

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can scry for it, sure. Not as well as Leareth but my magic is fixed - at least we had enough time for that...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'm sorry. I know you knew him for a long time, I know this has just been - one thing after another -

Permalink Mark Unread

:My entire goddamned life has been one thing after another: Vanyel says, weary. :I wish–: For a billion stupid pointless things and wishing won't make any of it happen. :I'll cope. I generally do: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Er, I should probably add some caveats to that: Yfandes jumps in privately to Maitimo. :But I'm not worried about him right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

If there's anything I can do to help, please let me know, he says to both of them. You need quartz for the scrying, right - he walks into someone's abandoned house and starts going through their drawers for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel waits for him. 

...It is very tempting to cry but he doesn't. There'll be plenty of time for that later when it's slightly less an emergency. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Quartz.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel finds a place to sit and does the hastiest set-spell he can, it's not very efficient but Fëanáro is there with the Silmarils. He starts skimming over the continent, a half-mile above the ground, sharing Maitimo on his sense-impressions from it and looking for any sign of, well, havoc. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Orcs have been scattered across remote corners of Valinor. They're not actually raising very much havoc, not yet, but there are four clusters of them, in total, before the Valar make Gating stop working. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is pretending to be asleep. He isn't. He's tired, even drawing from a Maia doesn't make an un-scaffolded Gate easy, but not sleepy. 

It still feels like he's missing something. ( - diffuse off-centre wrongness - )

The oath– well, he knew all along that could be a trick, somehow, he has to assume Melkor might be tricking him. But it's feeling for some reason like he's missing something in plain sight. And they're leaving him alone for the moment and he has time to think, so try to chase down that feeling of confusion it is. 

...It keeps feeling like he's forgotten something. Like catching glimpses of open doors from the corner of his eye, except when he turns there's nothing. And his emotions - aren't quite right. It's pretty hard to calibrate on how he should expect to feel when he's just been captured by and then made a deal with a god who, until very recently, he was almost certain was evil. But still. 

Wrongness. 

Leareth keeps assuming that his memory has been worse because he wasn't attending to it, which is true, but he was at least going over it at night even if he wasn't good about notes. And he can go over it now. Leareth is very used to trying to cram several thousand years worth of history into a single brain. He does it efficiently. He has ways of checking it. 

...

...

Something is wrong

Something is wrong and he nearly cries out with it but manages not to stir, not to give it away even with a catch in his breathing. It's not surprising that he missed it until now; it's subtle. But - he's missing pieces. He can't guess what they are but there are enough traces of it.

–He's been background-paranoid Melkor can affect his mind, here, read his thoughts or trick him into thinking he's seen something he hasn't. Somehow he missed noticing until now that, obviously, completely goddamned obviously, Melkor can do whatever he likes with Leareth's memories. 

He can't trust his own mind anymore. Who knows how long he's been here, really - how many Gates he's done, or even other magics - how much of his own side he's killed. No wonder Melkor knew exactly what to say, to be so conveniently convincing.

...

Leareth has already lost. He lost this the moment Melkor pinned him down in the caves. And - he feels like himself, but of course he would, and he has to assume he isn't. It's taken such careful work over millennia to remember who he is – to make it safe to have the kinds of goals he has, to lack scruples, to use the methods he uses. Because he can trust his own motives and reasoning. 

Not anymore. 

It's already over and who knows how many times he's had just this realization - if Melkor realizes he'll just remove that too, remove it and start over and maybe get another Gate in exchange for an oath and–

–and Leareth can't let that happen. He would Final Strike but it's blocked. Instead, he - opens a metaphorical door in his mind. One he doesn't touch, often, because he doesn't need to in order to draw on that purpose. But it's the core of him, the memories he's brought through every single life, the first part he drills deep into the fabric of each new body. 

A tower. The stars. A promise to the world, to the future, not to give up–

Leareth looks at it for a moment. For the last time, maybe, unless Melkor finds a way to undo this too, all he can hope is that he'll be too thorough for that. 

He destroys it. Not with magic but with the mnemonic techniques he's relied on for so long. Shatter the tower. Smear blood across the sky. He is nothing and no one and it isn't safe to care, anymore, it isn't safe to try, because he's in the hands of a power that will twist that to its own purposes and there is no longer any way out. 

It doesn't take long.